THOMAS LINC OLN
CASEY
LIBRARY
1925
if
TRANSACTIONS
fio TOMOnOGICALT SOCINnVY
LONDON.
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
FOR) ELHE YEAR
1898.
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,
LONDON AND BUNGAY.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,
AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.
1898-1899.
DATES OF PUBLICATION IN. PARTS.
Part I, (TRrans., pp. 1-120, Proc., i-vili) was published 20th April, 1898.
ENC, 455 121-208, ,, 1x—xx) 5) 29ths june sers,.
Peiien(nee ne 209-380)8 === ——) » 30th Sept., _,,
papVs.( 3 381-444, 4, Xxi-xxxvl) » 22nd Dec., ,,
Vv. (———_--—- XXXVli-]xxxvili) ,,. 9th Feb., 1899
?
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
FOUNDED, 1833.
INCORPORATED BY RoyaL CHARTER, 1885.
OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1898-99.
President.
ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
Vice-Presidents,
Str GEORGE FRANCIS HAMPSON, Bart., B.A.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.
Treasurer,
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.LS.
Secretaries,
WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.
TDibrarian.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.ZS.
Council.
WILLIAM BATESON, M.A., F.RB.S.
WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A,, F.Z,S.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D.
Str GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart., B.A.
MARTIN JACOBY.
ALBERT HUGH JONES.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
PHILIP BROOKES MASON, M.R.C.8., F.L.S.
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.
(OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)
ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
JAMES WILLIAM TUTT.
GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.
CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE.
Resident Inbrarian.
W. R. HALL.
( vi )
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1833—1898.
The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows
at the following reduced prices :—
PUBLIC. FELLOWS.
First Ser’es, 4 volumes (18384—1849) ......... Price £4 13 0 £310 0
Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)......... 8 0 0 615 0
Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ......... LL 40; 10 410 0
The Transactions for the year 1868 ............ is 0)
USGO Teese escree 1 2 o|
URS YA) eaaceanecase ib key 0) 2 5 0
iti re 15 0 |
Gy PP aeaamsers sac Ly 2570
IESG Monkeroccnoer 1160
Koy (ee serennesoeen 112 0
UGH 5 asprscneccts 1 2 0 3.0 0
5 1 US(A6y sennnonasqer 112 0
Sipe acco se)
P IES Co imecnaenceose 00 015 O
US TOR eee ee 1 2) 0 O16 6
ASSO ee 019 0 014 3
OSU a eeceseeee 1G 40 i
s SS 2 i ee eres. 110 O 12 6
SSSR 0 10 3
LS SAl es Sea eees L310 LO
ISSO Ae sca ib to) Mt) On9G
SSC Sees asee I 16540 019 6
ISSiteeeeec 1 4 6 019 O
iste te Wecopesosenee 115 0 163
US89 eee ees 116 6 i i ©
SOO Nese 119 0 110 0
LSO 1) eee ee- 116) 0 iO
ute} Py eae Seesoodee 1 We) ib al
US} BY Sraconcoacce 1) 6 019 3
Ket) 2 Sepeoabeeseee LONG eae:
S05 eee ees I ib 9)
SOG: eoceseet c= LLORO if Saal
USS Res noarenece 1 4 0 018 0
SOG Mecen ences LeSeLO ak es
Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.
First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and
Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.
The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :
Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana?.....cccecceeeeees 212 0 £119 0
Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1., A posta-
SROBI eek Soca cvs See eS ee ea 016 0 012 0
Saunders’ ‘British Heterogyna and Fossorial
PTY MENODECT IE pieces cote one nee ame eae ee 0 46 OVSy4
Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’
Daron ecsaeneece nese cea ce se eee ee OMG a0 0 4 6
Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifoliw’ (Prize Essay) (Om ake 9) yak ©)
The JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.
Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are
entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,
and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address.
(vii)
CONTENTS.
PAGE
Explanation of the plates _... es es of = wie Vili
Errata i a aA Vili
List of Gellows.. si mee ee oes Ze ce ie a ix
Additions to the Library oon oD ee “ “ez ia Pe XAT
IV.
XVII.
MEMOIRS.
. On some new or little-known Species of African Butterflies. By
RotanD TrimEn, F.R.S., F.L.S., Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond. oe
. Some Results of recent Experiments in hybridising Tephrosia
bistortata and Tephrosia cr eDisene: By James WILLIAM
Tort, EES. ... 17
. A List of Rumanian Oreo prer meet [Mesecniions of Aimee new
Species. By Matcorm Burr, F.Z.S8. xe oe 43
Notes on American and other Tingitide with Deseriphons of
two new Genera and four Species. By GEORGE CHARLES
CHAMPION, F.Z.S. Bs 55
. A List of the Cicindelide, Cuabide and Staphylinide eolleered =
Mr. J. J. Warker, R. N., F.L.S., in the region of the Straits
of Gibraltar. By Guorer CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. ... .. 65
. Descriptions of new Species of American Rhopalocera. By F.
Du CANE GopmANn, F.R.S., F.L.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A.,
TRIS oe 105
. On some Phytophasons Galecnters (Hamolpide) ier ine felends
of Mauritius and Réunion. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.
) 15)
” 9s 9 ue one ” ”
Purchased.
Everts (J. E.). Coleoptera Neerlandica. Deel I. 8vo, ’sGravenhage, 1898.
The Author.
Fert (E. P.). Elm-leaf Beetle in New York State.
[Bull. N. Y. State Mus., Vol. V., 1898. ] The Author.
Freser (F. X.). Rhynchotographieen.
[Abh. Konigl. Bohm. Ges. der Wissenschaften, V. Folge, 7 Band.
1851. ] G. W. Kirkaldy.
@ xxv)
Finn (F.). Contributions to the theory of warning colours and mimicry,
Nos. I—IV.
(Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vols. LXV.—LXVII., 1895—1897. ]
The Author.
FowLer (W. W.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyin (0.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. |
GILLErTE (C. P.). American Leaf-hoppers of the subfamily Typhlocybine.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1898. ] The Author.
GopMaNn (F. D.) and Satvry (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Arancidea
by O. P. Cambridge. J/nsecta by W. F. H. Blandford, G. C.
Champion, H. Druce, W. W. Fowler, H. S. Gorham, A. Pictet,
H. de Saussure, and F. M. van der Wulp. Parts CXL.—CXLYV.
GorHam (H. 8.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0O.). Biologia
Centrali-A mericana. |
GrimsHaw (P. H.). Nottinghamshire Diptera: a preliminary list.
[Naturalist, 1898. ] The Author.
Grote (A. Radcliffe). Specializations of the Lepidopterous Wing, the Pieri-
nymphalidz.
[Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XXXVII., 1898. ] The Author.
Hanpiirscu (Ant.). Monographie der Phymatiden.
[Ann. K.-K. Hofmus. Wien, Bd. XII., Hft. 2, 1897.]
The Author.
Horvatu (G.). Fauna Regni Hungariz. Hemiptera. 8vo, Budapest, 1897.
The Author.
Howarp (L. O.). On some new Parasitic Insects of the subfamily Encyr-
tinge
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXI., 1898.]
[See U.S. Department of Agriculture, division of Entomology. |
U.S. Dept. Agriculture.
JANET (C.). Etudes sur les Fourmis, les Guépes et les Abeilles, 14e Note.
8vo, Limoges, 1897.
= 15¢ Note.
[Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1897.] The Author.
Jounson (W.G.). Report on the San José scale in Maryland, and remedies
for its suppression and control.
[Maryland Agric. Expt. Stn. Bull. No. 57, 1898.] The Author.
Kirpy (W. F.). Marvels of Ant Life. 8vo, London, 1898. The Author.
Kirkatpy (G. W.). Description d’une espéce nouvelle de Notonectidee
(Hémiptéres) de la collection du Muséum histoire naturelle de
Paris. :
(Bull. Mus d’Hist. Nat., No. 3, 1898.] The Author.
Konow (F. W.). Ueber wenig bekannte oder bisher zweifelhalfte sowie
einige neue palaarktische Tenthrediniden.
[Entom. Nachr., X XII., 1896. ] G. W. Kirkaldy.
Lron (N.). Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Mundteile der Hemipteren.
[Inaug.-Dissert. der Philos. Fak. zu Jena, 1887. ]
G. W. Kirkaldy.
Gebocae ®
Linnt [Lixnzvus] (Carl von). Systema Nature per regna tria naturz,
secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum characteribus
differentiis, synonyimis, locis.
Tom. I., editio decima. 1758, cura Societatis Zoologicze Germanicz
iterum edita, A. MDCCCXCIV. 8vo, Lipsiz, 1894.
Purchased.
Linect (M. L.). New species of Coleoptera of the family Chrysomelide,
with a short review of the tribe Chlamydini.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1897.]
Coleopterous Insects of the Galapagos Islands.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXI., 1898.] The Author.
Lintner (J. A.). Twelfth Report on the injurious and other Insects of the
State of New York for the year 1896. 8vo, Albany, N. Y., 1897.
The Author.
Lowk (V.H.). Plant Lice: Descriptions, Enemies and Treatment.
LN. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 189, 1897.]
Cottonwood Leaf Beetle. Green Arsenite.
[N. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 143, 1898.] The Author.
Mackinnon (P. W.) and Nicf&virre (L. de). List of the Butterflies of
Mussoorie in the Western Himalayas and neighbouring regions.
(Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XI., 1897, 1898. ]
The Authors.
McLacuian (R.). Odonata collected by the Rev. A. E. Eaton in Algeria,
with annotations.
[Ent. Monthly Mag.,2 Ser., Vol. VIII., 1897.]
Some new Species of Trichoptera belonging to the European Fauna,
with notes on others.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. IX., 1898.] The Author,
Marcuat (Paul.). La dissociation de ’ceuf en un grand nombre d’individus
distincts et le cycle évolutif chez VEncyrtus fuscicollis
(Hyménoptére).
[C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1898. ] The Author.
Marrarr (C. L.). [See U. 8S. Department Agriculture, division of Ento-
mology. }
Meiers (J.C. H. de). [See Wuxp (F. M. van der).]
Morvey (Claude). The New Forest in May.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VI., 1895.]
A Day in Kirby’s Country.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VIII., 1897.]
A list of the Hymenoptera-Aculeata of the Ipswich District.
(Entomologist, 1898. ] The Author.
Nic&vILLE (L. de.). [See Ewes (H. T.) and Mackinnon (P.W.)]
OrmerRoD (Eleanor A.). Handbook of Insects injurious to Orchard and
Bush Fruits, with means of prevention and remedy. S8vo,
London, 1898. The Author.
PackarD (A. §.). Text Book of Entomology, including the Anatomy,
Physiology, Embryology and Metamorphoses of Insects. 8vo,
New York, 1898.
A Half Century of Evolution.
[Proc. Am. Assn. Adv. Sci., Vol. XLVII., 1898.] The Author.
(7 xvi)
PeRINGUEY (L.) Descriptions of some new or little-known South African
Mutillide.
Catalogue of the South African Hispinze (Coleoptera).
[Ann. 8. African Mus., Vol. I., 1898.] The Author.
Pictrr (A.). [See ,Gopman (F. D.) and Savin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
Pinrers (M. C.). Die Farbenevolution (Phylogenie der Farben) bei den
Pieriden.
(Tijd. Ned. Dierk. Ver. (2), 1898.] ~The Author.
RevurTer (Enzio). Berattelse Ofver skadeinsekters upptradande i Finlandar,
1897.
[Landt. Meddelanden, No. XXIITI., 1898. ]
On a New Classification of the Rhopalocera,
[Ent. Rec. and Journ. Var., Vol. X., 1898. ] The Author.
Reuter (O. M.). Hémiptéres Gymnocérates d’Europe, du bassin de la
Mediterranée et de Asie Russe. Tomes I.—III., 1878—18838.
[Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicee, Tomus XIII., 1584. ] Purchased.
Rogerson (C.). New or little-known North American Bees.
[Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis., Vol. VIII., No. 3, 1898.]
The Academy.
SaussurRE (H. de). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvin (O.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. ]
Scuauruss (C.). Beitrag zur Kaferfauna Madagascars.
[Entom. Nachr., X VI., 1890. ] The Author.
Scupper (S. H.). Revision of the Orthopteran Group Welanopli (Acridiile)
with special reference to North-American Forms.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1897. ]
The Alpine Orthoptera of North America,
[Appalachia, Vol. VIII., No. 4, Boston. 1898. ]
The Orthopteran Group Scudderix.]
[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XX XTIT., 1897. ]
The Author.
Sripritz (Georg). [See Ericuson, Insecten Deutschlands, Coleoptera. |
SyempER (Georg). Die Schmetterlinge der Philippinischen Inseln. Beitrag
zar Indo-Malayischen Lepidopterenfanna. Band 2. Die
Nachtfalter-Heterocera. Lfg. 2. 4to, Wiesbaden, 1898.
The Author.
Sirrine (F. A.). A Spraying Mixture for Cauliflower and Cabbage Worms.
[N. York Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 144, 1898. ]
The Author.
Smit (J. B.). [See Dyar (H. G.).]
THEOBALD (F. V.). Notes on Injurious Insects.
[Journ. 8. E. Agric. Coll., No. 6, 1897.]
The San José Scale, and its probable introduction into England.
8vo, Ashford, 1898. The Author.
Turr (J. W.). Some considerations on the Nature and Origin of Species.
(Trans. City of Lond. Ent. Soc., 1897. The Author.
(xxvii)
UnireD Statrs DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY),
BuLieETINs (New Series), 1897—98.
No. 10. Some miscellaneous results of the work of the Division of
Entomology. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 11. The Gipsy Moth in America. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 12. The San José Scale in 1896—97. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 18. Recent Laws against Injurious Insects in North America,
together with the Laws relative to Foul Brood. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 14. The Periodical Cicada. (L. O. Howard.)
U.S. Dept. Agriculture.
Van Dvzee (E. P.). Preliminary Review of the North American Delphacide.
[Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., Vol. V., 1897.] The Author.
VOLLENHOVEN (Dr. 8. C. Snellen van). Sepp’s Nederlandsche Insecten.
2nd Serie. II., Nos. 45—48. 4to, 1894—97. Purchased.
WarRrEN (W.). New Geometridz in the Tring Museum.
New Species of Drepanulidz, Uraniidze, Epiplemidze, and Geome-
tride from the Papuan Region, collected by Mr. Albert S.
Meek.
New Indian Epiplemide and Geometride.
New Species of Drepanulidee, Thyrididz, Uraniide, Epiplemide, and
Geometride in the Tring Museum.
[Nov. Zool., Vol. III., 1896. ]
New Genera and Species of Moths from the Old-World Regions, in
the ‘Tring Museum, Pts. I. and IT.
New Genera and Species of Drepanulide, Thyrididze, Epiplemide,
Uraniidae, and Geometride in the Tring Museum.
New Genera and Species of Thyridide, Epiplemidz and Geometride,
from South and Central America and the West Indies, in the
Tring Museum.
[Nov. Zool., Vol. IV., 1897. ] The Author.
Wart (George). Pests and Blights of the Tea Plant. S8vo, Calcutta, 1898.
The Author.
WEED (Clarence M.). Studies in Pond Life, &c.
[Bull. Ohio Agric. Expt. Stn., Techn. Ser., Vol. I., 1889. ]
G, W. Kirkaldy.
Wore (Ff. M. van der) and Mriere (J.C. H. de). Nieuwe Naamlijst van
Nederlandsche Diptera. S8vo, ’s Gravenhage, 1898.
The Authors.
[See Gopman (F. D.), and Sarvyin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
(— sent 4)
Periodicals and Publications of Societies.
AFRICA.
Cargt Town. South African Philosophical Society. Transactions, Vol. IX.,
The Society
South African Museum. Annals. Vol. I., Pt. 1.
Trustees S, Afr. Mus.
AMERICA (NORTH).
CANADA.
HaciFax. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Proceedings and Transactions.
Viol EXG. Eta: The Institute.
Lonpon, OnTARIO. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXX., 1898.
By Exchange.
Monrrear. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions.
Ser. 2, Vol. IIT., 1897. The Soctety.
UNITED STATES.
Burrato. Soc. Nat. Sci. Bull. Vol. V. The Society.
CampripGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
Annual Report, 1896—97. The Curator.
New York. N.Y. Entomological Society. Journal, 1898. Purchased.
PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings,
1898. By Exchange.
Entomological News, 1898. Proceedings of the Entomological Section.
Vol. IX. By Exchange.
American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1898. :
By Exchange.
WasHInGTon. Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1898. Purchased.
U.S. National Museum. Proceedings, Vol. XIX. The Museum.
WEST INDIES.
Jamaica. Institute of Jamaica. Journal, Vol. II., No. 5.
The Institute.
AMERICA (SOUTH).
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.
Buenos Arres. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin.
Tomo XV. By Exchange.
( Sexe }}
ASIA.
INDIA.
Bompay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XI., Nos. 3, 4.
By Exchange.
AUSTRALASIA.
ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Proceedings
and Reports. Vol. XXII., Pt.1. - By Exchange.
BRISBANE. Queensland Museum. Annals. The Museum.
Sypney. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1898.
Agric. Dept.
Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1898.
By Exchange.
NEW ZEALAND.
We uneton. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and. Proceedings.
Vol. XXX., 1897. The Institute.
HUROPE.
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY.
Buparest. Rovartani Lapok. 1897. The Publishers.
Termés zetrajzi Fuzetek, kiadja a Magyar nemzeti Mizeum. Vols.
VII.—XX. 1882—1897. By Exchange.
Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.
Verhandlungen. Band XLVIII., 1898. By Exchange.
Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1898. By Purchase.
BELGIUM.
BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales, 1898.
By Exchange.
DENMARK.
CopENHAGEN. Entomologiske Meddelelser. Bd. VI. By Purchase.
FRANCE.
Carn. Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XVII. 1898.
By Purchase,
Soc. Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin. 1896.
By Exchange.
CHaTEAUROUX. Le Frélon, 1898. By Purchase.
Lyon. Soc. Linnéenne de Lyon. Annales. 1896. By Exchange.
Paris. L’Abeille, 1898. By Purchase.
Soc. Entom. de France. Ann. et Bulletin. 1896.
By Exchange.
(@ xxx)
GERMANY.
BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1898, Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange.
Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1898. Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange.
Drespen. ‘‘Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Bd. XI.,
Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange.
Franxrort. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht.
Abhandlungen, Bd. XXI., Heft1. Bd. XXIII., Heft 4. Bd. XXIV.,
Heft 1. By Exchange.
Stertry. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LIX.,
Hefte 1—6. By Exchange.
Wirspavren. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbicher. Jahrg. LI.
By Exchange.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
Buckuurst Hitt. Essex Naturalist. Vol. X. 1897—98.
The Essex Field Club,
Dusuin. Roy. Dublin Society. Transactions and Proceedings.
: By Exchange,
LrEeps. Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. Transactions. Pt. 21.
The Yorks. Nat. Union.
Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1898.
By Purchase.
Athenewun. The Publishers.
City of London Entomological and Natural History Society.
Transactions for 1897. The Society.
Entomologist (The). 1898. R. South.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1898. The Editors.
Linnean Society of London. Transactions, Vol. VII., Pt. 4.
Journal, Nos. 169—172. By Exchange.
Nature. 1898. The Publishers.
Nature Notes. 1898. The Publishers.
Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1898. The Club.
Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 3rd Ser., Vol. IX.
The Society.
Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1898. By Exchange.
Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 882—404. By Exchange.
Year Book. 1896—97, 1897—98. By Exchange.
Philos. Trans. Ser. B., Nos. 187—189.
By Exchange.
South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings,
1897. : The Society.
Year Book of Se.cntific Societies. 1898. By Purchase.
Zoological Record for 1897. By Purchase.
Zoological Socisty. Proceedings, 1898. Transactions, Vol. XIV.,
Test BOs Te to 2 Wa Teta Ihe By Exchange.
Zoologist (The). 1898. The Publisher.
Wve (Kent). Journal 8.E. Agricultural College. Nos. 6 and 7. 1898.
F.V. Theobald.
(Go pxcxextie 9)
HOLLAND.
Tue Hacur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1898. Nos. 1, 2.
By Exchange.
IMMA De
FLorENcE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino, XXTX. Pt. 4. 1898.
By Exchange.
Genoa. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Annali. Ser. 2.
Viol XVALI. By Exchange.
RUSSIA
Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1897
and 1898, Pt. 1. By Exchange.
Sr. Pererspurc. Societas Entomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XXXI°
1897. By Exchange.
Académie Impériale des Sciences. Annuaire du Musée Zoologique,
1898, No. 1. FF. D. Godman.
SWITZERLAND.
Gwyxerva. Sociétéde Physique et V’Histoire Naturelle. Mém. Tome XXXIIL.,
2e Partie. By Exchange.
Soc. Ent. Suisse. Bulletin, Vol. X. Heft2. By Exchange.
SCHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. | Mitthei-
lungen, Heft 2. 1898. By Exchange.
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For THE YEAR 1898.
I. On some new or little-known Species of African Butter-
jlies. By RotanD TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.LS., Pres. Ent.
Soc. Lond.
[Read November 8rd, 1897.]
PuatE I.
THE butterflies here described are the following, vid. :—
ACREINA.
Acrexa hypoleuca, sp. 0.
LYCHNID&.
Lycena gigantea, sp. n
Desmolycena (g. n.) mazoensis, sp. n.
Aphnexus erikssoni, Trim., g.
Lolaus alienus, sp. n.
Durbania pallida, sp. n.
Mimacrea marshalli, sp. n.
HESPERIIDZ.
Pyrgus delagox, sp. n.
The Lyczenide are all natives of Mashunaland, and have
been sent to me by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall. The actual
locality of the Acrxa is not known; the unique ~ example
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTI. (APRIL.) 1
2 Mr. R. Trimen on
is in the Hope Department of the Oxford University
Museum, and was kindly lent by Prof. Poulton for des-
cription. The Pyrgus was taken by the Rev. H. Junod
at Delagoa Bay, and is in his collection at Neuchatel.
One of the Lycznidx presents characters in combina-
tion that amount to generic value, and I propose for it
anew genus, Desmolycwna. Two others, Lycwna gigantea
and Mimacrea marshalli, exhibit mimetic relations with
the protected group Acreine, but the former to a less
extent than the latter.
Fam. NYMPHALIDA.
Subfam. ACRAINA.
Genus ACRHEA.
Acrxa hypoleuca, sp. n. (Pl. I, fig. 1).
¢. Exp.al., 2in. 2lin. Fulvous-ochreous, each wing with the
following black markings, vid.:—two disco-cellular spots (one being
terminal) ; an irregular discal series of seven spots; and a hind-
marginal border containing pale spots ; cilia white, narrowly inter-
rupted with fuscous at extremities of nervules. Forewing: costa
narrowly edged with black ; spot in cell subreniform, just beyond
origin of Ist median nervule ; terminal cellular spot attenuated
superiorly ; below median nervure a small slender oblique spot ; in
discal series, the first three spots are united and form, with the
smaller separate fourth spot, a narrow rather oblique subapical bar
between costa and 3rd median nervule,—the fifth is round, nearer
base, between 2nd and 8rd median nervules,—the sixth, also rounded,
is between 2nd and 1st median nervules, immediately below terminal
disco-cellular spot,—and the seventh is reniform, below 1st median
nervule and not far from posterior angle; hindmarginal border
rather narrow, enclosing eight rather large (but inferiorly diminish-
ing) almost contiguous spots of the ground-colour, so that these are
outwardly bounded only by a linear black edging of even tenuity,
but inwardly by much wider black, which is a little diffuse, and,
while of even width near costa, becomes unequal and strongly
dentated inwardly between nervules below 2nd radial. Hindwing :
a very narrow blackish suffusion at base; spot in cell oblique,
narrow, just above origin of 1st median nervule ; spot at extremity
of cell very small; in discal series, the spots are smaller than in
New or little-known African Butterflies. 3
forewing, the 4th being smallest and farthest from base, and the Ist
and 6th nearest to base ; hindmarginal border of even and moderate
width (its inner edge very slightly irregular), enclosing seven small
but rather conspicuous rounded white spots, of which the last, at
anal angle, is geminate. UNDERSIDE.—Hindwing and broad apical
bar of forewing white ; disco-cellular and discal spots as on upper-
side. Forewing: in discoidal cell an additional small sub-basal
black spot, preceded by a black dot ; black on inner side of hind-
marginal border thin and diffuse, and partly effaced by radiation of
the apical white along the nervules as far as 2nd median. Hind-
wing : on costa at base a fulvous-ochreous spot; bases of nervures
clouded with black ; the following additional black spots, vid. :—a
small one on costa very near base ; a large, elongate, sub-basal one
between costal and subcostal nervures; a similar large elongate
one between median and submedian nervures ; and two small spots
below submedian nervure ; on the right side only, there is a very
small spot near base in discoidal cell ; an eighth spot in discal series,
below submedian nervure ; white spots in hindmarginal black border
very much larger than on upperside, and outwardly bounded by a
merely linear black edging.
Palpi ochre-yellow ; abdomen pale dull creamy-ochreous, clouded.
with blackish in its basal part.
From its nearest ally, A. chilo, Godm., ~, this remark-
able species differs in its (1), much reduced black mark-
ings throughout—especially, on the upperside, the sub-
basal disco-cellular spot in the forewing, and the basal
clouding in the hindwing; (2), small white and rounded
spots—as in A. violarum, Boisd—in the hindmarginal
black border of the hindwing on the upperside, instead of
large dull-reddish crescentic ones; (3), more ochreous
eround-colour of upperside, in tint like that of A. anacreon,
Trim. ; and (4), much purer white of hindwing and apex
of forewing on underside. Another curious feature in
this Acrva is that, although clearly belonging to the zetes
and acara group and a close ally of A. chilo and A. bar-
beri, Trim., yet the hindmargin of the forewings is not
incurved about the median nervules as in that group,
but is even and almost straight, as in A. violarwm and
A. nohara, Boisd.
The only example known to me is in the Oxford Uni-
versity Museum, where Prof. Poulton most kindly brought
it to my notice; it bears a ticket “Coll. Watson, 1871,”
but unfortunately no record of locality. It is unquestion-
4, Mr. R. Trimen on
ably African, and I think not unlikely to prove a native
of some dry and elevated part of the S. W. tropical area.
The pure-white underside of the hindwings and apices of
the forewings is very striking and peculiar, and must
make the butterfly highly conspicuous in repose; and in
life there can be little doubt that the rufous of the entire
upperside and of the forewings on the underside was of a
much brighter and livelier tint than is now seen in the
specimen—red colouring in the Acrwx invariably fading
greatly after death.
Fam. LYCANIDA.
Lycena gigantea, sp. n. (Pl. I, figs. 2, $; 3, 2).
Exp. al.($)2in. 1lin. ; (9) 2in.25lin. Allied to LZ. leucon, Mab.,
but much larger.
¢. Rather dull pale lilacine-blue, with a pinkish tinge; the
conspicuous spotting of the underside showing faintly through
the wings; a rather strongly-marked black hindmarginal edging
streak ; cilia blackish, faintly tipped with whitish and mixed with
whitish at posterior angle of forewing, and between 2nd median
nervule and anal angle of hindwing. Forewing: an almost linear
terminal disco-cellular black striola, which looks diffused on both
sides owing to the large broad corresponding marking on the under-
side showing through. Hindwing: between Ist and 2nd median
nervules a hindmarginal small blackish spot, scaled with bluish-
white, and bounded internally by a very faint stain of orange; a
similar but much smaller and fainter hindmarginal spot immediately
above submedian nervure; at extremity of Ist median nervule a
short rather thick black tail. UNpbErRsipE.—Dull-white, with con-
picuous black spots ; costal border of both forewing and hindwing,
and neuration generally, ochre-yellowish, and a tinge of the same
tint over hindwing generally. Forewing: terminal disco-cellular
spot much the largest on the entire underside, very broad, reniform ;
discal series irregular, consisting of 8 spots—of which the 1st (on
costa), the 7th, and the 8th (geminate, below Ist median nervule),
are much smaller than the rest, and in a line with the round 2nd and
5th spots—the round 3rd and the much larger and obliquely-elon-
gated 4th are beyond the rest,—and the ovate 6th (between Ist and
2nd median nervules) is before the rest; a well-marked submarginal
black streak, interrupted regularly on each nervule, from costa to sub-
median nervure; hindmargin edged with a sharply-defined thin
black line. Hindwing: a sub-basal series of three round spots—of
New or little-known African Butterflies. 5
which the largest is between costal and subcostal nervures, a smaller
one in discoidal cell, and the smallest on inner margin ; terminal
disco-cellular marking elongate, curved, but little more than a third
of the width of the corresponding marking in forewing ; eight spots
in irregular discal series decreasing in size from costa to inner
margin,—the 1st, 6th, and 8th before, and the 3rd and 4th beyond,
the remaining three ; submarginal black streak situated as in fore-
wing, but lunulate, and with much wider interruptions on nervules,
—its 6th lunule faint orange-yellow, instead of black ; hindmarginal
black spot just beyond this. orange-yellow lunule and smaller black
spot at anal angle, thickly scaled with bluish-silvery ; a few black
scales between the two spots ; hindmarginal black edging linear.
Q. Pale-greyish, inclining to whitish on discs ; both wings, ex-
cept along costal and hindmarginal borders, shot with pale-blue,—
the former strongly, the latter slightly. Forewing : terminal disco-
cellular marking very large and broad, as on underside, but not so
sharply defined ; a submarginal ill-defined dusky stripe, succeeded
by some very indistinct, sublunulate whitish marks. Hindwing: a
submarginal ill-defined lunulate dusky stripe, immediately succeeded
by a series of tolerably distinct whitish lunules, of which the three
lower ones at their extremities unite with a white streak imme-
diately preceding the black hindmarginal edging streak ; blue-scaled
black spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules considerably larger
than in ¢, and the preceding orange lunule better defined. Under-
side asin g.
A very worn female of this species in the British Museum,
from Lake Nyanza, has been associated erroneously by
Mr. A. G. Butler with the female of his Castalius hypoleucus
(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, pp. 660—61), from Lake
Nyassa.* The Nyanza female in question still retains part
of the tail on the hindwing—an appendage wholly absent
in L. perpulchra (hypoleuca).
The nearest ally of Z. gigantea is L. lewcon, Mab., a
native of Madagascar, which is, however, very much
smaller, the male being barely 1 in. 3 lin. in expanse of
wings, and on the upperside of a pure sky-blue, with
paler discs, and a well-defined narrow black hindmarginal
* As the Rev. Dr. Holland has pointed out (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
XVill, p. 239, 1895), C. hypoleucus is identical with his Lycxna per-
pulchra described in the ‘ Entomologist’ for September, 1892, as well
as with my own Lycena exclusa (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 47,
pl. vi, fig. 11, ¢).
6 Mr. R. Trimen on
border in the forewing, as well as sublunulate linear dark
marks in the hindwing. On the underside the two species
in the main agree; but in. the forewing, LZ. gigantea has
actually and relatively much larger terminal disco-cellular
and discal spots, and a much stronger and more continu-
ous submarginal black streak, but it wants the succeeding
marginal series of black spots found in L. lewcon ; while in
the hindwing the spots are all relatively smaller, and (as
in the forewing) there are no hindmarginal spots except
the blue-scaled ones below 2nd median nervule,—the tail
being shorter and not white-tipped.
L. gigantea is not so nearly allied to either LZ. perpulchra
or L. mashuna, Trim., which are similarly characterised by
the heavy black spotting of the underside * but have no
tail on the hindwing. The extraordinary size of the
terminal disco-cellular spot, and the great elongation of
the fourth spot of the discal series, in the forewing, and
the black subterminal streak in both wings are features
of the underside which at once distinguish L. gigantea.
The lilacine-blue tint of the male on the upperside brings
it nearer to LZ. mashuna, but the dull-white ground of the
underside resembles that of L. perpulchra. ‘The very
much greater size is also of importance, L. gigantea being
the largest Lycwna known to me, while LZ. perpulchra does
not exceed 1 in. 9 lin. (2?) and LZ. mashuna 1 in. 8 lin. (2 )
in expanse of wings.
Five specimens of this exceedingly fine Lycwna were
taken by Mr. Marshall, a male in the Mazoe Valley on the
16th October, 1894, and three other males with a female at
Gadzima, Umfuli Valley, Mashunaland, on 18th December,
1895. The first-named male was flying through fairly thick
bush in which there were few or no flowers, and settled
on the ground among some dead leaves.
* There is some ground for believing that this great and unusual
development of the black spots on the underside is in imitation of
certain Acrexe, especially in the case of LZ. mashuna, in which the
ground-colour is ochre-yellow. Mr. Marshall wrote to me that on
20th October, 1894, he saw two of this Lycena sleeping on the end
of a stem of dry grass among a number of Acrexa nohara and A.
caldarena, and was struck with the general similarity of their under-
side to that of the Acree; he also noticed that in the attitude of
repose the forewings of the Lycwna were well depressed between
the hindwings, giving the insect the elongate outline of an Acra.
New or little-known African Butterflies. i
DESMOLYCANA, gen. n.
Allied to the genera Lycexnesthes, Hypolycena, and Zeritis.
d Head small: eyes smooth ; palpi long, porrect, not rising more
than half-way to vertex, the second joint decidedly long, flattened
laterally, and inferiorly densely clothed with elongate erect scales,
and the terminal joint very short, slender, cylindrical, rather blunt,
clothed with closely-appressed scales ; antennz long (almost three-
fifths as long as costa of forewing), rather slender, but with very
well-developed, elongate, cylindrical, blunt club. Thorax rather
slender. Forewings rather elongate, with somewhat acute apex ;
hindmargin incurved a little above posterior angle, costa and inner
margin nearly straight ; costal nervure ending about middle of costa ;
subcostal nervure 4-branched—the 1st nervule originating a long
way and the 2nd a moderate distance before extremity of discoidal
cell,—the 3rd (very short) originating considerably nearer to apex
than to extremity of cell, and the 4th running to apex itself; upper
radial united to subcostal nervure a little beyond extremity of cell,
lower radial originating rather nearer to subcostal than to median
nervure. Hindwings slightly lobate at anal angle, and bearing a
rather long moderately-slender tail at extremity of submedian
nervure :; costa beyond basal prominence very slightly curved ; costal
nervure extending to apex ; subcostal nervules originating a little
before extremity of discoidal cell. Legs rather short, moderately
stout ; tarsi of first pair rather long, with inferior bristles well
developed.
Type: Desmolycena mazoensis, sp. 0.
I am unable satisfactorily to assign the Lycznide above
characterised to any recognised genus, and therefore pro-
pose a new one for it, although hesitating to do so in the
absence of any specimen of the female. In neuration this
butterfly is in agreement with the genus Lycwnesthes, but
is of far more slender structure throughout: it has porrect
palpi with short and blunt (instead of long and acuminate)
terminal joint; longer antennze with cylindrical and blunt
(instead of flattened and acuminate) club; a single longish
sublinear tail on the hindwings instead of 3 slender
pencils of short hairs; and an underside pattern and
colouring altogether different from that of Lycwnesthes.
From Hypolycena the new form differs markedly in palpi,
8 Mr. R. Trimen on
neuration (especially in having one more subcostal nervule
in the forewings), outline of wings, and Zeritis-like under-
side; but agreement between the two genera is found in
the antennez, the slender structure, and the colouring of
the upperside. The relation to Zeritis is shown towards
the rather aberrant section of that genus which wants the
usual fifth branch of the subcostal nervure in the fore-
wings, and includes Z. chrysantas, Trim., and Z. leroma
(Waller.) ; and it is the last-named species to the colour-
ing of whose underside that of D. mazoensis exhibits so
much resemblance.
Desmolycxna mazoensis, sp. n. (Pl. I, fig. 4).
6 Exp.al. Udlin.—lin. Greyish-brown, strongly shot throughout
with bright violaceous; hindmargins with a linear fuscous edging ;
cilia white ; on submedian nervure of hindwing a linear black tail,
reddish at base and conspicuously white at tip. UNnbErstpE.—Pale
brownish-grey, with numerous silvery and black spots ; a hindmarginal
linear black edging emitting a short acute projection on each ner-
vule ; in each wing the following silvery spots, vid.: a linear
transverse terminal disco-cellular mark, finely dark-edged on both
sides ; some sub-basal and cellular spots; a highly irregular discal
series of eight ; and a regular submarginal series : all these silvery
spots slender and many sublinear, most of them edged in parts with
some black scales, and each (except the terminal disco-cellular ones,
two in discoidal cell of forewing, and one close to anal angle of fore-
wing, and one close to anal angle of hindwing) succeeded by a
completely separate black spot of corresponding size. Forewing: A
short silvery streak along lower edge of costal nervure near base,
some silvery scales near costal margin, and three spots in discoidal
cell towards the extremity ; the exceedingly irregular discal series of
spots is preceded by a subcostal row of three, placed longitudinally
between 1st subcostal and upper radial nervules, the outermost of
these making the uppermost of the discal series of six; the black
spots accompanying these discal ones increasing in size downward to
below Ist median nervule ; below median nervure and its Ist nervule
a sub-basal black spot followed by a premedian one. Hindwing :
some silvery basal scales, succeeded by a partly indistinct series of
five very small silvery and blackish spots running straight from costa
to inner-margin—the 3rd spot being in discoidal cell ; a sub-basal
series of three elongate silvery marks, with accompanying separate
black marks, between costal and submedian nervures—the middle
New or little-known African Butterflies. 9
pair being in cell towards extremity ; in discal series of spots the
first, seventh, and eighth are largest and most elongate, while the
fifth (in fork of second and third median nervules) is minute ; 8
silvery marks in submarginal series, of which the last is elongate and
extends from submedian nervure to inner-margin ; between the 7th
mark and a silvery hindmarginal spot is an orange-yellow mark, and
at anal angle a large round black spot.
Described from four examples, which vary somewhat
in the size and distinctness of the black spots of the
underside.
On the upperside this butterfly looks very like an
ordinary Lycwnesthes or Hypolycena, but the underside
pattern and markings are quite unlike anything in those
genera, and come near to those found in Aphnaus pseudo-
zeritis, Trim., while their colouring resembles that of the
more brightly marked examples of “Zeritis leroma (Wallgr.).
The singular association of an entirely separate black spot
with nearly every silvery spot is altogether peculiar, and
at first sight renders it difficult to gain a clear idea of the
actual pattern.
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall wrote that he had taken eleven
males, but no female, of this curious little species in the
Mazoe River district of Mashunaland during the last ten
days of October, 1894; he notes it as abundant about the
same “machabel” trees at the top of a kopje that were
frequented by Aphnxus erikssoni and its congeners.
Genus APHNZUS,
Aphneus erikssoni, Trim. (Pl. I, fig. 5, $).
2. Aphnexus erikssoni, Trim., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1891, p. 86, n. 65; pl. ix, fig. 15.
3d Exp. al. 1 in. 6$-74 lin. Ground-colour brighter and deeper
in tint than that of the 2, more ferruginous, and bounded hind-
marginally by an ill-defined narrow fuscous border ; forewing with
the discal yellow-ochreous spots redder in tint and better defined,
and with a small irregular basi-inner-marginal patch of bright
metallic blue. Forewing: a narrow fuscous cloud along costal
margin ; terminal disco-cellular spot narrow, vertical ; 5 discal spots
rounded, distinct, ringed with dark scales; blue patch from base
10 Mr. R. Trimen on
lying mainly between median nervure and inner-margin but en-
croaching on discoidal cell at base, extending superiorly not much
beyond origin of Ist median nervule, but inferiorly along inner-
margin to beyond middle, where it ends abruptly and truncately ;
in discoidal cell, at about its middle, a metallic-blue spot, variable
in size and distinctness. Hindwing : a moderately-wide basal fuscous
space, with a faint gloss of blue which extends over lower part of
discoidal cell and along 1st median nervule ; inner-marginal fold
dull pale-yellowish, densely clothed with grey hair, which becomes
whitish just before anal angle ; on disc beyond middle on each side
of radial nervule, a small yellowish fuscous-ringed spot, marked with
some blue scales. Cilia white, with rather wide brownish interrup-
tions at ends of nervules, UNDERSIDE.— 104 (1855).
eumonia, Mén., isenrenies Reise, p. 34, t. ili, 4
ab. ? et var, adyte, Hiibn., 759-60 ; cf Schilde,
Stett. ent. Zeit., 1873, p. 179 :
(var. minor, alpestris, inconstans, ? trans.
in part ad euryalem.)
var. livonica, Teich., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1866,
p. 133
(inconstans, ¢ al. spose ibe sinsesloribtun)
36. EURYALE, Esp., 118, 2, 3; Hiibn.,
Meyer-Diir, p. 177
(bona sp. in part. secut Penal oe
guenda.)
var. euryaloides, Tengstr., Cat., p. 11.
jeniseiensis, Trybom, Ofver. Vet.
Forh., 1877, p. 46.
(var. inconstans, ocellis subnullis, ? trans
ad ligeam in part.)
var. ocellaris, Stgr., Cat., p. 11
(inconstans, 3 supra mac. (non Waser)
rufis al. post. subt. grisescentibus.)
789-90 ; ef.
Akad.
37. META, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit, 1886, p. 237
gertha, Stgr., l. c. (var. inconstans fasc. majus
distinctis.)
mopsos, Stgr., l. ¢., p. 239 (var. } major minus
ocellata et fasciata) ;
alexandra, Ster., 1. ¢., 1887, p. 55 .
issyka, Ster., lc. . : : -
var. ? melanops, Christ., Hor., Ent. Ross., xxiii,
p- 299 .
38. LAPPONA, Esp., 108, 3 (1798 ?)
Eur. centr. et
sept., It.
mont., Balk.
pen., Ural,
Sib. occ.
centr. et or.,
Kamschatka,
Norv. _ bor.
Dovrefjeld,
Fen. Alp. ?
Liv., Mt. Oesel.
Fen.
Alp., Pyr., Sil.
Hung, it:
mont., Dahu-
ria.
Fen., Ross. bor.,
Sib. bor. ad
68° N.
Tyrol, Styr. et
Car. Alp.
Prov. Nama-
gan mont.
Prov. Samar-
kand,Kuldja.
Alexander
mts., Turkes-
tan or.
Issykut, Turk-
estan.
Prov.
kand.
Alp., Carp.,
Scand., Balk.
mont., Lap,
Altai ?
Samatr-
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
Revision of the Genus Erebia.
var. sthennyo, Grasl., Ann. Soc. Fr., 1850, t. 10,
1-3
(inconstans, fase supra a mbine Shroteta
vel indistinctis.)
oonus, Ev., Bull. Mose., 1843, iii, 538, t. 8, 5,
a,b; H.-S., 291-92
sto, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (e« Hor. Ross, Ent.,
1881) p. 83, t. xv, 20, g, 21, a ; ? var. vel
bona sp.
mongolica, Ersch., Hor Ent. Roe XXil, p. 199,
t. ix, fig. 3, ¢ (1888) ; Gr.-Gr., Rom. Mém.,
iv, p. 452, t. xiv, 3, ¢ (1890).
DABANENSIS, Ersch., Hor. Ent. Ross., viii, p.
315 (1872) ; Rom. Mém., ii, t. xvi, 1, ¢
? var. tundra, Stgr., Rom. Mém., iii, p. 148,
t. viii, 1, 2 (1888) ; :
TURANICA, Ersch., Hor. Ent. Ross., xii, p. 336
(1876) ; Alph., dc. (in sep.) t. xv, 22
var. leta, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 275.
? var. tristis, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxvii,
p. 383 (non vidi).
EMBLA, Thunb., Diss. Ent., 11 (Dec. mere
Soy ta L...85 8 : ; :
var. succulenta, Alph., Rom. Mém., ix, p. 325,
(1897) F ; : ;
lama, Stgr., MSS. 7
(var. dunes distincte ocellata ? nomen
conservandum. )
embla, var. vel. transitus ad disam ?
embla-disa, Mén., ¢f. Mén., Cat. Lep. Nine
Petr., p. 105 ; Mén., Lep. Sib. or., Schrenck’s
Reise, p. 358 ; Mén,, Bull. he Acad.
Petr., 1859, p. 218.
44, pisa, Thunb., J. c., p. 37 ; Freyer, 416, 1, 2
griela, Hitbn., 228-9.
181
Pyr. centr.
Sib. mer. alp.,
Alatau mont.
Kuldja prov.
alp. Thian-
shan,Transili
alp.
Dahuria mont.
Sayansk mont.
Alatau, Nama-
gan, Thian-
shan mont.,
3 — 10,000
ped. alt.
Scand. centr. et
bor., Ross.
sept., Sib.
bor.ad 70° N.
Amur sup. et
inf.
Kamschatka,
Arga (Mon-
golia).
Proy. Irkutsk.
ad fluv. Vil-
ni, Vitim et
Oudim.
Lap. Norv. bor.
Karelia.
182
45.
46.
47.
48.
49,
50.
Mr. H. T. Elwes’s
var. mancinus, Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii, Prov. Alberta,
. p. 380, Atlas, t. 54 (1850-52). : : Brit. Colum-
(al. ant. supra disc. rufescentibus al. post. bia.
subt. minus fasciatis.)
Rossi, Curt., App. Ross. Voy., p. 67, t A, 7 Boothia Felix,
(1835); Aurivillius, Ins. Vega Exp., ze Am. Arct. 67°
p. 75, t. 1, 4 (1885) — 68° N,,
var. vel. syn. ? ero, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib,, p- Hudson Bay,
20) b. alae St. Lawrence
Bay, N. E.
Asia, Apfel
Gebirge
(Amur sup.),
Sayansk mts.
Dahuria,
Yenesei, 78°
N.(Trybom).
EDDA, Mén., Midd. Reise, p. 58, t. iii, 11 (1851) ; Sib. or. bor.
Graeser, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1888, p.96 . (Prov. Ir-
kutsk, Yene-
sei flum. ad
65° N.)
cycLoPius, Ev., Bull. Mosc., 1844, iii, 590, Ural mont.,
t; X1Va0, 2, Ds H=S:, 607-8 : : : Sib. centr. et
or.
TRISTIS, Brem., Bull. Acad., 1861, t.iii . . Amur(Burcija).
wanga, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 20, t. ii, 1
? var. sawicola, Ob., Et. Ent., ii, p. 32, t. iv, 1 Mongolia
(1876) (non vidt) : 5 : ; : (Ourato).
DISCOIDALIS, Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am., iv, p.298, Am. bor. Hud-
t. iii, 2, 3; Graeser, Berl. ent. eae son Bay,
1888, p. 96 : Canada occ.,
lena, Christoph, Hor. Ent. Rose Xxlii, * 299, Prov. Alber-
(fide Alphéraky, non vidi). ta, Amur.
sup., Sib. or.
et bor. ad
ZOOIN.
EPISTYGNE, Hiibn., Verz., p. 62 (1816) ; Hiibn., Gall. mer. or.
855-58 : ; : : j : mont.
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 183
51. AFRA, Esp., 83, 4, 5 (1783) : ; : . Ross.mer., Altai
mont.,Tarba-
gatai mont.,
Cauc. mer.
mont.
var. dalmata, Godt., Enc. Méth., p. 530 . Dalmatia(prope
(major ?, subtus majis unicolor, venis minus Zara), Aska-
albicantibus.) bad, Persia
sept. (fide
Christoph,
non vidi).
Subgenus distinctum ?
52. FASCIATA. Butl., Cat. Sat. B. Mus., p. 92, t. 2,8 Amer. arct.
(1868) : ; : . : : : (WinterCove,
Cambridge
Bay) voy.
Collinson.
53. MAGDALENA, Streck.,'Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., iii, Colorado alp.,
p. 35 (1880) ; Edw., Butt. N. Am. iii; pt. v ; 12 — 14,000
Ereb. i, 1-4 (1888) . : ‘ : ; ped. alt.
54, ERYNNIS (recte erinna), Stgr., Iris, vii, p. 247, Sayansk or.
t. ix, 2, 9 (1894) ; : ‘ : i mont. Sib.
Genus ? novum distinctum ad PARALASAM vel CALLERE-
BIAM majus affine.
1, PARMENIO, Boeb., Nouv. Mém. Mosc., ii, p. 306,
t. 19; H.-S., 421-22, 464-66 . . ... Sib. cent, etor.
2. Myops, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 296 . Alatau mont.,
Persia sept.
3. MARACANDICA, Ersch., Lep. Turk., p.17,t.1,13 Pamir, Alai
(1874) : : - : . : : mer.
4, RADIANS, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1886, p.240 . Kuldja mont.,
prov. Fer-
ghana mont.
5, KALMUKA, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (Hor. Ent. Ross. Thianshan
1881), p. 81, t. 18, ¢, 19, 9 : 5 : mont.
6. HADES, Stgr., Berl. ent. Zeitschr., 1882, p.172. Alai, Pamir
mont.
184 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
7. HERSE, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxv, p. 457
(1891) ; Leech, Butt. China, p. 99, t. ix, Tibet or., Sinin
Thee Son teh ee : : : : : : mont.
Genus PARALASA, Moore, Butt. Ind.
1. MANI, de Nicév., Journ. As. Soc. Beng., xlix, 2,
p- 247 (1880) ; Butt. Ind., 1, p. 242, t. xv,
43, ¢ : : : ‘ . . Prov. Ladak.
jordana, Stgr., Berl. ent. Zeitschr., 1882, Prov. Khokand
p. 171 : : é . 5 mont.
var. ? rovane, Gr.-Gr., Rom. Mém., ii, p. 401, Alai Pamir
(1888) mont.
(al. post. supra rufo-fasciatis, subtus
punctis albis subnullis)
2, KALINDA, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 301, t. xxx, Him. oce, 9--
5,2; Marsh. & de Nicév., Butt. Ind., p. 241 13,000 ped.
alt.
3. SHALLADA, Lang, J. As. Soc. Beng., xlix, 2, Him. occ., 6—
p. 247 (1880) ; Marsh. & de Nicév., 1. ¢., 8,000 ped.
te Xavan a Deni: : : : ; : : alt.
The group of small Erebias, which are mostly peculiar
to the Alps of Europe, and some of which are rather local,
have been separated generically under the name of Oreina,
Westw.; but I can find no character which justifies their
separation from Erebia, and even if there were, the name is
preoccupied. Though several of the species occur abundantly
together on the same ground, fly at the same time, and
have similar habits, I have no reason to believe that hybrids
occur ; and though abnormal varieties of HL. epiphron, me-
lampus, eriphyle, pharte, manto, are often difficult to identify
without a good series and an intimate knowledge of their
variations, yet they can be separated without having
recourse to the genitalia, when one knows them well
enough. I have nothing to add to what I wrote of the
varieties of L. epiphron and E. melampus ; but £. eriphyle,
which I formerly thought a doubtful species, seems, now
that I know it better from the fine series kindly given me
by Dr. Chapman, to be distinct.
In the Central Alps it is rare or local, the variety
described by Freyer, which occurs at Davos, and occa-
Revision of the Genus Hrebia. 185
sionally in other parts of Switzerland, being less distinctly
marked than those from Tyrol and Carinthia, where in
certain places it is very abundant. On the San and Kur
Alps near Stetzing it seems to be very numerous, and
flies in company with #. pharte (which it often very
closely resembles), cassiope, and melampus. I have taken
it myself only in the Lechthal, near the Arlberg pass,
and failed to recognise it at the time. Dr. Chapman
found it at San Anton, on the east side of that pass,
the specimens from these places being intermediate be-
tween those from Switzerland and Carinthia.
It may be recognised on the upperside by the shape,
and especially by the position, of the fulvous markings of
the hindwing ; these are normally four in number, of which
in Swiss specimens the two hindermost are usually faint
or absent, and in Carinthian examples usually distinct.
These marks are not placed in a regular line parallel to
the outer margin, as in L. pharte, melampus, and cassiope
but in pairs, of which the upper two are close together,
and the second, always the most conspicuous, and the last
to disappear, is more or less elongated towards the base of
the wing. The band of the forewing has usually two (in
the females and in both sexes from Carinthia sometimes
three or four) black spots, which are very rare in E. pharte
(I have only two females which show any trace of them),
On the underside the male has the base of the forewing
more suffused with rufous and the band of the forewing
not so well defined. On the hindwing in the females and
Carinthian males there is sometimes a fifth spot nearer
the costa, in which case the elongated spot is the middle
one. The colour of the hindwing in the female is more
chocolate, and less grey than in Z. pharte. From £. mel-
ampus it may be known by the absence of black eyes in
the fulvous spots of the underside of the hindwing. There
are occasionally small male specimens of Z. manto var.
pyrrhula, which are hard to distinguish from Swiss speci-
mens of L. eriphyle, and these as well as abnormal melam-
pus often stand for it in collections; but, by using glass-
bottomed drawers, which enable the whole series of
undersides to be seen at once, the difference, however
slight, can be appreciated, and though the females of
ertphyle, pharte, and melampus are close, that sex of
£. manto in all its varieties is easily distinguished by
the pale base of the hindwing below.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (JUNE.) 13
186 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
Hrebia keferstent.
This is an eastern form, of which I knew little nine
years ago, but I have now received specimens from the
Chamar Daban Mountains near Lake Baikal, where
it seems abundant. It is nearest to H. melampus, from
which it can usually (perhaps not always) be distinguished
by the inner area of the forewing being more or less
tinged with red-brown and the band on the inside being
less well defined. The difference in the genitalia is
however enough to decide on in doubtful cases.
Erebia flavofasciata, Heyne.
It seems almost incredible that a new species of Hrebia
so distinct in appearance as this should be discovered in
a part of the Alps which must have been often visited
by collectors, but such is the case. It was found by
Lieut.-Col. von Nolte on July 8, 1893, on the Campolungo
pass between Fusio on the upper part of Val Maggia,
and Faido on the Val Levantina in the Canton Ticino at
about 7,500 feet elevation.
It flies on the east side of the pass, on grassy slopes
among rocks, in company with #. cassiope and gorge, and
apparently comes out about the end of June, as some of
the males were much worn on July 8. It is distinguished
from £. melampus, to which it apparently comes nearest,
and from all other species by a well-defined yellowish
band on the underside of the hindwing, in which five dark
spots appear. On the forewing below there are four
similar spots, placed in a narrower darker band, which
towards the hindwing becomes merged in the ground
colour of the wing. On the upper side the bands are
nearly or quite obsolete, well marked only towards the
apex of the forewing. The spots above are in some
specimens more or less obsolete, especially on the hind-
wing.
The female, which I have not seen, is said to resemble
the male.
Dr. Chapman informs me that there are two specimens
of this species in Mr. Nicholson’s collection, which were
taken by his father somewhere in the Upper Engadine,
and there is little doubt that the species is not so re-
stricted in its habitat as it now seems to be.
The genitalia are distinct from those of £. melampus or
any other species.
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 187
Erebia christi.
Ritzer, MT. Schweitz. ent. Ges. viii, p. 220, 1890, ¢.
Schulz, Stett. ent. Zeit. lii, p. 359, 1892, °.
The position of this newly discovered species is at
present a little doubtful. It looks so near to some speci-
mens of #. mnestva that I should have been doubtful
as to its specific distinction if it were not for the genitalia,
which show it to be different from all European species ;
while its occurrence in quantity proves that it cannot be
a hybrid between JH. cassiope and mnestra, of which it
seems to combine the characters.
Schulz, who first described the female, says that
E. mnestra occurs in great numbers in the same place
where he found £. chvisti, and after discussing carefully
the opinions of Dr. Christ, of Ritzer, and of Dr. Staudinger,
which he quotes, he comes to the conclusion that the species
is more nearly allied to cassiope than to muestra, though it
averages from a half to a quarter larger in size than
E. cassvope.
The only locality in which christi has been taken, so
far as I know, is the Laguinthal near the village of
Simpeln or Simplon on the pass of that name, where it
flies during the first half of July on steep slopes covered
with a rich Alpine vegetation between steep cliffs and
stone shoots. :
Erebia maurisius, BE. kindermanni, #. haberhauert and
probably £. pawlowskyi and L. stubbendorfi form a group
which comes nearest to #. pharte, and has a wide range all
throughthe mountains of Central Siberia. Whether theycan
be distinguished as separate species seems very doubtful,and
the synonymy is difficult, because it is not easy to say
from Esper’s figure which of the forms he knew. That
however which has been identified with this figure by conti-
nental entomologists is found in the Altai and mountains
south and west of Irkutsk, and has a well-marked choco-
late patch in the cell of the forewing above and a well-
marked series of elongate brown spots on the hindwing
below, which often shows a much paler central streak.
E. kindermanni, Stgr., may or may not be the same as
this. It was described from a single pair from the Altai
in Lederer’s collection at a time when Dr. Staudinger says
he did not know H. mawrisivs. No one has since discrimi-
nated between the two, so far as I know.
188 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
E. stubbendorfi, Mén., or what has been identified with
this by Staudinger, is ike mawrisiuvs but with little or no
chocolate in the cell; the band of yellowish patches on
the forewing is therefore more defined on the underside
and on the hindwing variable or even absent.
L. haberhauert was taken in the Tarbagatai mountains
which are connected with the Altai range, and differs in
having the chocolate cell less defined and in the smaller
and rounder spots of the hindwing below, which in one of
my specimens are almost obsolete.
EL. pawlowskyi from the mountains near Urga and of
Irkutsk, has no chocolate in the cell above, and the band
of spots on both wings much reduced. On the underside
however the series on both wings is more conspicuous and
much paler in colour (in the 2 almost white), but there
is considerable variation in the size, number and colour.
Dr. Chapman can find no characters in the clasps of any
of these by which they can be distinguished inter se.
In the Yellowstone Park of North America and also on
the west coast of Hudson’s Bay has been found an Erebia,
which Strecker described as sofia and considered almost
the same as haberhauert, and which was afterwards named
ethela by Edwards. I have three males and two females
from the Yellowstone which have most resemblance to the
male of £. haberhauert and the female of £. pawlowskyt.
All five however have a more or less defined pale patch in
the cell of the hindwing below, of which only a faint trace
can be seen in two or three of my 20 Asiatic specimens,
and by this patch I am at present able to distinguish any
American from any Asiatic specimen I have seen.
The nomenclature might therefore best stand as follows:
ee Ouniseis SOSD. 20. eee oie ee eee Mountains of Central
=kindermanni, Steger. Siberia from Altai to:
var. ? haberhaueri, Stgr. Dahuria.
var. ? stubbendorfi, Mén.
var. pawlowshkyi, Mén.
var. vel bona sp. sofia, Streck. . . . Fort Churchill, Hudson’s
=ethela,W.H.Edw. Bay; U.S.A., Yellow-
stone Park, Montana,
about 8,000 ft.
Erebia theano.
This species, though apparently belonging to the same
group as maurisius, is very well distinguished by the pale
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 189
yellowish markings at the base of the hindwing below,
which somewhat resemble those of the 2? of H. manto.
It is one of the most distinct of all the Asiatic Erebias,
and has, so far, as I know, only been found in the Altai
mountains, though it is also recorded (on what authority
i do not know) from the Amur region.
Erebia manto.
This is a common but very variable species, always
distinguishable by the markings of the hindwing below,
which in the female are very distinct and unlike those of
other species.
In certain localities it has a small high Alpine form
(pyrrhula, Frey.), which seems to be constant on the
Albula pass in the Engadine, and at San Anton on the
Arlberg pass. Similar small specimens occur occasionally
elsewhere.
In the Pyrenees it occurs in a very distinct form usually
referred to cecilia, Hiibn. This is quite black without
any markings in the male sex, and with only an indistinct
band in the forewing below, and sometimes a trace of the
. outer band in the hindwing.
Something like this occurs rarely as an aberration in
the Alps, but I have never seen one quite like the
Pyrenean insect, and if the clasp were not identical, I
should be disposed to separate this. As however I am
not certain whether true manto occurs in the Pyrenees or
not, I think it best to wait.
Erebia ceto.
Another common species, varying very much in
different localities. On the south side of the Alps it
usually has a well marked band of seven chocolate streaks
of which three, four or five contain black ocelli sometimes,
especially in the female, pupilled with white. On the
Col de Lauterets in the Western Alps it is much smaller,
and the markings are much less distinct, though of the
same peculiar type.
Erebia medusa.
The opinion expressed by Strecker, which I quoted, as
to the probability of epipsodea being the American form of
190 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
this insect is not confirmed by an examination of the
genitalia, which show epipsodea to be quite distinct.
The varieties wralensis and polaris, which have also been
separated, prove to be without doubt only well-marked
forms of medusa. Though wralensis on its underside
resembles epipsodea much more than medusa, the form of
its clasp is that of medusa. Several specimens from the
province of Irkutsk in Siberia sent to me by M. Alphéraky
are intermediate between Scandinavian polaris and Alpine
medusa, the males being like medusa and the females
nearer to polaris.
Erebia eme, var. spodia, Stgr.
This form, which on the upper side resembles medusa
more than typical wme, and of which the larva is said by
Ruhl to be like that of medusa, proves to be rightly placed
as a variety of wme, which it represents in the Alps of
Salzburg and Styria. Struve records this form from the Port
de la Picade in the Pyrenees, but all those I have taken
and seen in the Pyrenees at Luchon and Cauterets are
typical wme with the ocelli not more developed than in
the Alps.
Lrebia hippomedusa.
This is a small form which occurs in the S.E. Alps and
is very difficult to distinguish from spodia. Whether, as
Staudinger thinks, it is a form of wme rather than of
medusa I have not sufficient evidence or material to decide,
but at Trafoi it seems to occur as a variety and not as an
aberration, which many of the so-called hippomedusa in
collections seem to be.
Erelia epipsodea.
Since I wrote last I have collected epipsodea myself in
many places. It seems to be a most wide-ranging species
and as much at home in the open prairies at 2—3,000 ft.
elevation as on the high alps of Colorado and the Northern
Rockies. It is a very variable species, and I now think
that what I called var. brucei must be looked on rather as
an aberration occurring rarely in various localities than as
a local alpine variety, as I formerly supposed. Anyhow,
Revision of the Genus Erelia. 191
I found no more of it in the region where Bruce discovered
it, and besides his original two specimens, only one other
has, I think, been since recorded from the province of
Assiniboia, N.W.T.
Dr. Chapman would take this species out of the position
in which I place it next to medusa, on account of the
different form of the clasp, but it seems to me so near
uralensis and polaris that 1 prefer to keep it here.
Erebia melas.
The difficulty which I formerly found in understanding
the geographical distribution of this species is now re-
moved by the fact, proved by the form of the clasps, that
the true melas does not occur in central Europe or the
Pyrenees.
The only certain habitats which I know of at present
for this species are the South-Western Carpathians, where
it occurs abundantly in the neighbourhood of Mehadia at
about 5,000 ft. elevation, and the mountains of Veluchi,
in Northern Greece, where it has been taken by Dr.
Kruper.
I have a single specimen with a ticket “Stens? Dalm.”
from the Vienna Museum, which seems intermediate
between JZ. nervine and melas; it is probable that a form
of one or other of these species exists on the mountains
of Croatia and Dalmatia. The form which I took at
Campiglio in the Tyrol is now proved to belong to
glacialis, and not to melas, though at first sight it much
more closely resembles the latter. »
The colour of this species, when quite fresh, is black,
and in one male taken at Mehadia by Miss Fountaine
there is a distinct chocolate patch on the forewing below,
sharply defined on the inside and including the three ocelli.
A trace of this colour shows on the upper side, and in the
female it is conspicuous on both surfaces. The ocelli of
the hindwing, normally three in number but occasionally
four, are sometimes wanting on the upper as well as
the undersides.
Erebia lefebvrer.
This is without question a distinct species, confined
to the Pyrenees and Asturias mountains. It has three
192 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
forms which have been defined by Oberthiir, Et. Ent.
vill, p. 22, as pyrenea, inhabiting the Eastern Pyrenees,
lefebvrei, the central Pyrenees, and astur, the extreme
western extension of these mountains, called the Picos de
Europa. I am unable to say whether these three races
can be certainly defined, or whether they have inter-
mediate variations and intergrades, but the latter case
seems the more probable. All of them frequent steep
stony slopes at from 6000-9000 feet elevation. The central
form has the ocelli the most developed, and in the
western form they are nearly obsolete.
Erebia hewitsoni.
This species, which I had previously treated as a form
of melas, seems by the form of the clasp, as well as by the
constantly present chocolate band on both wings and the
more numerous and conspicuous ocelli, to be good and
distinct ; it has more resemblance to evias than to melas.
It inhabits the Transcaucasian region, where it is found
at Borjoin, Abbas Tuman and in Suanetia in May
and June. Dr. Chapman thinks it nearer to evias
than to melas, and I am quite ready to agree with him
in this.
Hrebia stygne.
A well-marked form of this, which seems to be preva-
lent in the Valais of Switzerland, which I also found con-
stant on the Spliigen pass, and which occurs also in other
parts of Switzerland, but never, so far as I know, in the
Black Forest or Pyrenees, is better worthy of distinction
than many which have received varietal names. It has
the rufous band on both wings above nearly or entirely
wanting, though usually there is a trace of it round the
ocelli, which are very small and inconspicuous. On the
underside the band is also much reduced, the ocelli are
small, and in the female the hindwing below is much
more uniform in colour.
This, though perhaps a local, is not an alpine variety,
as I have from Zermatt, from Briancon and from Lansle-
bourg, on the Mont Cenis, the normal form. I propose to
distinguish this as var. valesiaca.
Revision of the Genus Erebia, 193
Hrebia nerine.
This is a species confined to the eastern alps, occurring
in the Lower Engadine and valleys south of the Stelvio
pass, in great abundance at Riva as low as 1,500 feet,
where I took it fresh on very hot rocky slopes as late as
the end of July, at Campiglio, up to 5,000 feet, and on
the Mendel Pass, in the Italian Tyrol, where Mr. Tutt
found it still fresh on August 11th. 2: x %
14 | medusa aS 6 x ae x x
var, polaris...... x
var. wralensis ... Bais wei Bere
15 | CME ........0seseeess x x x
16 | epipsoded............
WE || GOOLE Sdecosceo oxt6o eee
NE} |) UGRADERAE seoosconoons x ts: Sp sik
OIESCY OTC: ace ceseneece ee x x x x
DAN) | PAPO soosaneoansddse set x
il |) SCOOD 2a. cosancosobe | x ae
22,)| glactalis .....5...... Ae x x
PB) WV GOUGS Jaga caocoosesbe x x x
24) hewttsont ........ ae at sate
D5 LY MAGTUS! o. c.c.2. 50. x x x
PAT: I GIWRELA cooecno0douecoe x x x
XN || GORTOW 5. secaseosc x oh oon
2 SIN |G OCILLE aiscieectsies cee 2 x x
297 SPTONMOC eemas creeecene x on x x
SiO) || CRAG TS sooconsoanan x x x x
var. talemene ..
Bl |) BARMIADEE, cob66 coder
82 | vidlert, sp. n.... .. 06 dite
BB} || GAD RALERS Boe ponoeebac x x
BY || ERROR Beoconcascne x ae bet = ae
SO MIMCLOCO emecien ccna te ?(Sand)) x x x x
SORINCUTYGLe access ceases x
SHMPMLELO Preis occtccscrss fx
SYS | Uae ay Wales onoopgaosese x
39 | ocnus ROnHGne
Al). || GUND 5 obanoooneoncéee
41 | dabanensis .........
ADNCUTUNICG weceau oes
BY | GUO sonansssosusens
TAN OOS Bn ociigebocenOpetane
Ab) | MOSSti(C70)) een sesces
ING W GUT 0 acgaoeaceunsoe
Ava) ICY CLODUILS erteranne:
ANS) | VAROSHOS. ccocewons noone
49 | discoidalis ... ...
50 | epistygne............
Rl |) CieR@deacoocaoncceood
[3D || JORGUITR sipesoscocuc
53 | magdalena .........
Rak || GOO noo on tcooceoue
; Italy,
ox OS 8 excluding
Alps
Car-
pathians.
x:
F
oO
THE GENUS EREBIA
| ‘SUIBJUNO[
oory
|-volteury *N
USIFNE
‘V's'n
AYOoY puv
OpRIo[op
‘Q°QL
“UOIsey Be ee ee eee en ee ec Santee neua ham Ce OOM ham sO Comat fey ute Reo male iaunes sel mieilviey aes ade umcevaNe
muy ere ee ee a ee
" waqis ‘0
jo szunoyy
pue ‘ermyeqg
‘eISY O1VI¥
“‘ysny
npulH
pus Meg
‘yeyeseqie lL
‘WeqTTY Smee oC aya IEL SON PTESC SPC Ue Semis) (toa (Chums meso mrnen Saimin ts] tc gniey s SuastCISULS@ crits go) CAN mua tym tC siggh ithe ty spre eyes as
rare SIC ger eenes tia cas Gt ameristar es Aig ct ea scarier tO aint one OR Ge ous Os Scan Pes Bache
jo spo
“BISSNY “N
pues [vig
“BIUOULY
pue
snsvoneg
x
x
x
x
x
x
se
x
x
x
x
x
Dalmata
( 209 )
XIII. A Review of the Genus Erebia, based on an
Examination of the Male Appendages. By THOMAS
ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.ES.
[Read February 16th, 1898.]
PLATES V-=AcVia;
THE Erebias have a certain fascination for many of us,
not only because they have a very real interest of their
own, but because of their association in memory with
those excursions amongst the mountains, which we regard
with good reason as the most genuine form of holiday and
recreation.
Though myself under this influence for many years, it
was only recently that I determined to make some en-
deavour really to understand the various puzzling ques-
tions as to the limits of specific forms within the genus,
questions upon which no very certain sound emanated
from any of our authorities. I hoped also to learn some-
thing of the mutual relationships of distinct species, inas-
much as all published lists appear to me to mix up species
of different affinities without any obvious method of
rational or other classification.
With this object I especially determined to examine
the male appendages of all forms that had any claim to
specific distinction. I had got well on the way when I
found that Mr. Elwes had undertaken a fresh revision of
the genus and was making a similar examination of these
special structures. Since then, we have in some degree
divided the work and compared our results, to such effect,
that I believe there is no point of any moment, if indeed
any at all, as to which we arrive at different conclusions,
though we may vary a little as to our method of present-
ing them.
I have left to Mr. Elwes all questions of bibliography,
nomenclature, description, geographical distribution, &c.
for which I am but poorly equipped, and in fact all ques-
tions except those arising out of the forms of the male
appendages. These questions I have more particularly
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1598.—PART III. (SEPT.) 15
210 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
worked out, but with so much collaboration and assistance
from Mr. Elwes, that he is quite able to accept the con-
clusions from my work as readily as if he had arrived at
them without my assistance; as doubtless, in fact, he
would have done had I not relieved him of the necessity
of following this line of research more exhaustively. I
have to acknowledge the assistance received from him in
various ways and from various other friends for specimens
and material; of these I may mention Messrs. Nicholson,
Tutt, Jones, &e.
I do not propose to discuss the homologies of the organs
forming the male genital armature in Hrebia. They con-
sist of the following portions:—An upper portion, the
tegumen (tegmen 2) or sicula (uncus and scaphium ?), with
a central and two lateral processes; two lateral portions,
the clasps or valves (combined valve and harpes?); a
ring of chitin continuous with the tegmen and supporting
the clasps ; the penis; two chitinous ridges between the
ring and the penis on either side.
In £rebia as in most other Lepidoptera, it is the clasps
(or valves) that present the most distinctive characters in
different species, so that in nearly all cases the species
may be at once named from its clasp; and this being so,
one naturally pays less attention to the other appendages,
which with a closer study might probably be found to be
equally characteristic.
The tegumen or sicula (why not anglicise this as‘ sickle’ ?)
varies comparatively little as regards the central or upper
process, which usually has a somewhat regular curve, and
a nearly equal diameter throughout; its chief variation
is in length and the sharpness or bluntness of the tip.
Here dried specimens are apt to be deceptive, from twist-
ing and curling, especially if previously treated too freely
with alkaline preparative. The lateral arms are more
variable, they almost always have a slight curve and
taper to a point, but they may be longer or shorter, more
or less sharp, and so forth. In a few instances they are
distinctive ; thus in LZ. xthiops (Group ITI), viewed laterally,
they are seen to be expanded at the end and to terminate
obliquely at nearly their full width instead of in a point.
In £. radians they are of nearly equal width throughout,
sweep round in an S-curve and terminate in a rounded
end. In #. disa, EF. embla and £. cyclopius, they expand
at the extremity into a racket-shaped disc, a form to
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 211
which there is no approach in any other species. The
other parts I have not studied, so I can only say that, in
some species at least, they present marked characters.
Since the sickle is so constant in form in Hrebia and in
neighbouring genera presents many considerable varia-
tions, one might say from an Erebian stand-point that the
sickle presented generic characters, whilst those of the
clasp were specific ; for in the allied genera we find forms
of clasps very like in general outline to those of some
Erebias. Were we to adopt clasp forms as generic char-
acters, there would be extreme confusion; thus Hrebia
ame, Enodia hyperanthus, Chionobas brucei and C. aello
would be in one genus, Hipparchia semele, Hrebia glacialis
and Chionobas chryxus in another, and so on. It is, per-
haps, not quite correct to say this without noting that,
though there is this great similarity of form, there is a
recognisable something distinguishing the clasps of the
Erebias, chiefly perhaps, that throughout the genus, they
exhibit a vigour and strength about the spines or styles
which is rare in the neighbouring genera.
This circumstance emphasises the necessity of always
interpreting the evidence of the appendages with close
regard to other characters, and though most valuable for
distinguishing separate species, otherwise much alike, it
must only be used to unite those as to which such a
presumption can be otherwise supported.
Nevertheless it is by no means futile to attempt some
sort of classification of the forms of the appendages as an.
indication of the relationship of the species. Indeed, I
think, in most cases the appendages give a more certain
indication of alliances than is derivable from wing forms
and patterns; because, in H7ebia the variety in the ap-
pendages is of a much less erratic character than it is
said to be in many other genera, where close alliance
otherwise is often associated with the greatest diversity
in the appendages ; whilst it also happens that Hrebia is
especially a genus in which colour and marking are very
misleading. The case of H. melas, in which varieties of
two very distinct species (H. nerine and #. glacialis) were
associated as one with a third species, LZ. lefebvrei, itself
possibly really a variety of another species (ZL. pronoe), is
by no means a solitary instance of confusion that an
examination of the clasps corrects.
Some such form of clasp as that of #. manto or
212 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
E. euryale may be assumed to exhibit the most normally
developed type—presenting a base, body or shaft, a
lobe or shoulder, and a hind process with a neck and head.
This would describe the outline of the clasp, as viewed
laterally, or at such an angle as will throw the spinous
margin into profile along the edge.
It is perhaps hardly necessary to say anything as to the
difficulty in securing the same point of view in comparing
different clasps, or in making the necessary allowance for
any want of such exact correspondence. Having got over
these difficulties myself, I may perhaps not make suffici-
ent allowance for them in presenting the results so as to
be clear to others. I have, however, endeavoured to avoid
them as far as possible in the rough sketches that I pre-
sent, so that they will support my statements without
explanations as to the aspect shown, &c. These sketches
are all taken with the camera lucida and to the same
scale.
I have adopted the method of preserving the pre-
parations in balsam, on ordinary microscopic slides, with
as little pressure as possible; a method that has
several practical advantages, though it is not free from
objection.
I have not examined the appendages of every named
variety, but have done so in nearly all cases, including all
those where there seemed any possibility of specific
differences ; H. margarita, a species founded by Oberthiir
on a single specimen, and possibly a form of neoridas, is
the only one I have not seen. In the case of all
other species, I have examined material that has fairly
satisfied me, in so far that, whilst in several instances I
should have desired more and more varied material, I do
not think the want of it has led me to any erroneous con-
clusions. How far, of course, this confidence is justified
remains to be proved,
In arranging the species of the genus in accordance
with the structure of the clasp, a certain group of species,
with a definite clasp form, together with several others
probably derived from this one, at any rate, unlike the
remainder of the genus, is found to have a neuration
differing from the rest; and, as the former species further
are almost all of Asiatic and American distribution, whilst
the rest are chiefly European, it seems best to divide the
genus first into two sections.
Review of the Genus EHrebia. 213
Section A, the European section, has vein 10 arising
from the cell separately; the clasp usually has an
obvious, frequently a long, neck.
SecTIon B, the Asiatic section, has vein 10 arising
from vein 7; in the clasp of one or two species only is
any suspicion of a neck present, and it would not be
absurd to suspect that the style-bearing surface is the
head, and that the shoulder is absorbed into the shaft.
Section A is divisible into seven or eight groups and B
into two or three. It is as obvious here as elsewhere that
no linear arrangement is satisfactory. By placing certain
groups in their most satisfactory linear arrangement, the
equally real relationship of other species finds no ex-
pression. Thus, as I have arranged the species, the
embla group is placed after the last and least typical
members of the neovidas group, whereas its probable
alliance is with the earlier forms; if this were expressed,
L. evias right find a more natural position, ZL. neoridas,
nerine, embla and evias being representatives of these allied
branches. The latter members of the neoridas group
would then come into relation with #. medusa and the
. eastern group, with which #. embla seems to be in no
relation.
The manto or euryale clasp may be taken as the most
pronounced form of clasp in the first group, which con-
tains L. ligea, ewryale and vidleri as a first division, and
the Grass Erebias as the second. In these there is a
gradation from E. manto and eriphyle with the well-
marked typical outline, through forms in which the lobe
or shoulder sinks and disappears, to H. flavofasciata, in
which from base to head the line of styles presents no
irregularity. The species are £. manto, eriphyle, melampus
epiphron, pharte, arete, christi, kefersteint and flavofasciata
The name “Grass Erebias,” a name I have heard ap-
plied to these species, on what authority I do not know,
at first seemed to me rather absurd as all Erebias are
grass insects. It is intended no doubt to mark them
as not being rock or wood species; at any rate, a name
for a group is very desirable if we can get one on any
reasonable terms.
These “Grass Erebias” are those that puzzle one in
the field, and even in the cabinet perhaps, more than any
others. It is therefore very satisfactory to find that the
214 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s Review of the Genus EHrebia.
forms of clasps are quite distinct in all the nine species,
and especially that they are most markedly so in precisely
those species that are most frequently confused or likely
to be so. Thus eriphyle is not unlikely to be associated
with melampus or with pharte, and its specific distinctness
has even been denied; but the clasp is widely different
from that of either of these species, though it somewhat
resembles that of manto. LEvriphyle is not likely to be
often taken for that species; yet, as a matter of fact,
though I took eviphyle freely last year in Carinthia, and
ought to have known it well enough, I also took it at
Innsbriick and at St. Anton, but left the specimens mixed
with those of manto until an examination of the clasps
called my attention to them. Then I found no difficulty
in separating them. J. pharte and melampus are also
likely to be confused, and have even been stated to be
one species, interbreeding together. The clasp forms are,
however, abundantly distinct. Again, #. epiphron and
christt might be confounded, but the clasp forms are very
different.
SECTION A.
Group I. «a. The close resemblance of the clasp of
HL. manto to that of lagea is extraordinary; and we meet
here at the outset the most puzzling question that the
appendages afford us throughout the whole genus. I
separate digea and ewryale, on the one hand, from the Grass
Erebias on the other, as a subgroup, owing to their general
differences; the clasps would place them as almost identical.
That they are really closer than their general facies
suggests was curiously proved to me bya not at all
extraordinary form of ewryale. All the Erebias have
essentially the same fasciz on the underside of the under-
wing, but these are marked out in manto, notably in the
female, in a peculiar manner, by angular, pale patches.
In the specimen of ewryale I allude to, the manto markings
were quite distinct.
We have to deal with not more, I think, than four
forms, viz., ligea, euwryale, manto and cecilia (Pyrenees).
I am unable to recognise any of these with absolute
certainty by the clasps.
The ligea group is distinguishable from £. manto
by the slight but distinct tendency of the lateral pro-
|
‘XNEDOTAHG V dO WuO AHL OLNT NMOUML SVIATUG AO NOLMLVOIAISSVI) V
| | vOIpURoORIvUl
sopvy
| sdoAut
‘ojuDw IO apohuna Lett V4 OF posoddns x | 9siol
|
ile
eel
yqura fISsOL SvlAd
ast p
sutdojoso
IA
|
| asl eda ae
| | |
| |
seplioatt jouosd ourzau ojueo3 vuoddry | | ; |
Byliesieul = 1atAqajolt ausAys esnpeul ausaystdo snavpuc BaAySouul ojuvm = ayedine
puay 4 }
| yoyudez ——_oydtas aut | x yuruio}j0 auoz403 aptyduo = Bad
IN ea eck ar | | gs103 sdoryjov 0400 aqavyd = Ma] ptA
1UOS}IMOY | streror[s| jeuowye| snistamet| snduvpout — BI[}OwI
a; iret 7 — 5 uoaydide
IIA Al Ill Il 1qstat|o
| 1U194S.19JO4
(IITA) jeqUOsEJoavp
a j dnoiy
| sisusueqep voluring eapodside
etpun eppe Byatt
jeywrosey vaye ormatuavd| eeucort erate) ear
XI snud0
‘ ByNwyey
| suBipril|
IIA
216 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
cesses of the sickle to broaden out in something of the
zwthiops manner, whilst in manto they come to a point.
After examining a large number of the /igea group, with
varieties adyte, ajanensis, ocellaris, &c., I do not feel at all
clearer than before as to there being more than one
species. The clasps of ligea, adyte and ajanensis (Fig. 1)
have a rather bolder shoulder or lobe, marked off both at
the neck and towards the base, and those of one or two:
specimens of ocellaris go to the contrary extreme in having
very little neck; whilst ewryale (Fig. 2) usually has a
neck similar to ligea but the lobe is not definitely marked
off towards the base. Still, even ocellaris sometimes
makes an approach to the ligea form, so that it is difficult
to avoid a suspicion that the more pronounced character
in ligea is due to its being usually a larger and better-fed
insect.
Without being able to give any very good reason for
the belief, beyond an impression gained in the field,
I think that the two recognised forms, ligea, with its vars.
adyte and ajanensis, and ewryale, with var. ocellaris, whilst
usually distinct, are not always so, and in some places
intermix. The clasp differences are not great enough to
render this otherwise than likely where they occur to-
gether on the same ground.
The Swiss form known as cecilia is no doubt manio,
but the Pyrenean cecilia (Fig. 3) cannot be so easily dis-
missed. In it the clasp is similar to that of manto, with
rather more pronounced styles; but there is the essential
difference that the lateral processes of the sickle are
widened out like those of ligew, at least as much as in
that species: while this seems to make it impossible
for it to be manto, it is difficult to regard it as a form of
euryale. An examination of the other portions of the
appendages gives us no further assistance; there is a
slight difference in average size, but varieties in each form
overlap. I think we must conclude that cxcilia (Pyre-
nees) 1s not a variety of manto, and if it be not a variety
of ewryale it is a distinct species. Were it a variety of
euryale one would expect to find some trace of the
chequered fringes. I place it therefore as a good species:
and in the first division of Group I.
A new species which Mr. Elwes proposes to describe
under the name vidleri (Fig. 4), has very much the
aspect of a form of #xthiops, but the clasp prepared by
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 217
Mr. Elwes from his single male specimen is very different
from that of xthiops, having a margin of styles along
nearly its whole length and spreading at the head over a
considerable surface: it is nearly straight and the open
side extends nearly to the head. The most natural place
of the species is, therefore, apparently, as a member of the
ligea group, but related to ligea much as, say, flavofasciata
is to manto. I cannot, however, avoid the belief that
vidleri may prove to be the American representative of
xthiops, and that some accident has, perchance, attributed
to this specimen a substituted clasp.
b. 1. #.manto (Fig. 5). I have already
discussed the form of clasp in this species. The neck is
rather longer and narrower than in ligea, and the shoulder
drops to ‘it rather suddenly and precipitately, but this
is merely a general or average difference not holding good
for all specimens. There is also, perhaps, a little more
variation in the direction of large and bold styles on the
shoulder, interfering with its regular outline, but I could
not propose to name with certainty any individual clasp of
either species. The sharpness of the lateral process of
the sickle in manto, compared with the spathulate
tendency that it exhibits in ligea and ewryale, can, however,
I think, be depended on. Pyrrhula is merely a local
variety, but its clasp varies rather more than in typical
manto. An odd specimen (from an old collection), stated
to be a Swiss example ef pyrrhula, and not unlike it, has
a very different clasp, more like that of #. pharte. It is
certainly not manto, but I must. hope for more material
before going further, and only mention it here to call
attention to a possibly unrecognised species (Fig. 8, &, /).
2. H. eriphyle (Fig. 6). The clasp has
the same general outline as that of H. manto, but it is
very smooth and regular by comparison, owing to the
smallness and uniform size of the styles ; and this character
suffices to distinguish the species in the many specimens of
both that I have examined. A critical distinction, how-
ever, may be found in the sickle, the total length in
manto being 1°88 mm. and in eviphyle 1:50 mm., or about
as 5 to 4.
The clasp in the remaining species of the group has no
very definite lobe or shoulder, but a neck and head are
usually definitely marked off from the body or shaft.
218 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
3. LH. epiphron (Fig. 7). The clasp of
this species with which cassiope, nelamus and other named
forms agree, has a slight fulness preceding the neck. The
neck and head are rather less than a third of the total
length of the clasp, the styles being numerous, very small
and of tolerably uniform size. In nelamus the clasp is
slightly shorter and the basal styles more frequently
somewhat longer.
4. HE. pharte (Fig. 8). The commence-
ment of the neck is not very distinct, but the neck and
head appear to be about one-fourth of the total length of
the clasp. The styles are large and bold, rather rounded
than pointed,—indeed several near the base are mere
rounded nodules; they may be very few in number, those
basal to the neck being, in some specimens, even as few
as five or six, in others, as many as sixteen in a double row.
5. EH. melampus (Fig. 9). There is no
lobe; the neck and head are fully two-fifths, sometimes
almost half the total length of the clasp, and of fairly
uniform diameter. The neck and head have numerous
small spines in two rows; on the body there are usually
five or six larger sharp spines with two or three small ones
in each interval, but there is a good deal of variation
in this.
6. #. arcte (Fig. 10). The neck with
the head is about one-third of the total length of the
clasp and has a very regular series of about 8 spines with
smaller ones between; on the body are 8 to 12 spines of
larger but again of fairly uniform size, and traces of others
between.
7. £. christt (Fig. 11). Head and neck
about a third of the total length: they carry about 8
bold spines, the 4 distal rather the smallest and the 4
proximal sometimes reduced to two; no intermediate
spines. The spines on the body are few and often reduced
to mere round nodules; the distal ones may be large and
bold, though rounded.
8. LE. kefersteint (Fig. 12). The position
of the neck is usually quite obvious. The neck and head
carry about 16 styles in two alternating rows, the basal
ones being few, one or two to five or six. The styles in
Review of the Genus Erebia. 219
this species are more markedly bent inward into actual
hooks than in any other species of this group.
9. E. flavofasciata (Fig. 13). The clasps
of this species are of much more delicate texture than
those of the others of this group, or indeed of any Erebia,
and are easily bent and twisted: they are also narrower
and, when flattened out, form a triangle about half the
width at the base of the clasp of £. pharte or arete
similarly examined. The styles, especially those of the
neck and head, which are not clearly marked off from
the body, are smaller and more delicate than those even
of EF. epiphron. A specimen from the Engadine agrees
precisely with those from Campolungo.
Group II. In the next group the clasp has no spines
ov the body or shaft, and the shoulder, instead of occupy-
ing about the middle of the shaft, is much nearer the
head. The combined shoulder and head have a continuous
margin of spines, the neck being a mere depression in
this margin. There is a distinct narrowing and bending
of the body to the basal side of the shoulder, forming a
‘neck, which, however, is not what I have called the neck
in the other groups. (Groups I, IV, V, etc.). This group
includes #. ceto, and an Asiatic species, having severa
named forms, which are possibly all one species, certainly
not more than two. I doubt there bemg much real
relationship between LZ. cefo and this form, but the clasps
are almost identical.
1. #. ceto (Fig. 14). This has a_ longer
central process to the sickle than the others, whilst the
spinous margin of the clasp is rather shorter and the
styles somewhat smaller.
2. H. maurisius (=haberhauert) (Fig. 15).
This form has a central process of the sickle nearly as
long as in £#. ceto, and the spinous margin of the clasp
perhaps a little longer than in &. pawlowskyt.
3. HL. pawlowskyi (=ethela=theano) (Fig.
16). This species has a shorter central process to the
sickle. The differences in the clasp are hardly, if at all,
appreciable.
I do not know how much value to attach to the
length of the sickle in this group; it is possible it may
220 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
be little, and that a longer series would break down
the distinction. The appearance of the butterflies cer-
tainly suggests that they are all the same, unless five
distinct species are upheld, which appears inadmissible.
In this Group II, I feel little doubt that #. ceto is
properly placed, but the remaining form or forms suggest
to me certain doubts that must for the present remain
unanswered. The forms of the appendages are very close
to those of ceto; the facies is closely related to manto, the
peculiar marking of the underside of manto being ex-
aggerated and repeated on the upper surface. The
neuration is that of the European section. On the other
hand the geographical distribution is Asiatico-American,
and the forms of the appendages range very fairly with
the most typical section of the Asiatic forms (Group VIII).
My doubts are not, perhaps, so much as to this being
properly placed, but rather as to whether this, rather than
the neighbourhood of medusa, is not the starting point of
the Asiatic section; or, perchance, whether the Asiatic
group is not really two distinct groups, one arising at each
of these points. A knowledge of the early stages may
resolve these questions, especially a knowledge of the forms
of the eggs, which are often very distinctive in Erebias.
My group VIII would in this case be the one arising from
group II, and group IX that from group VII.
Group III. We pass naturally to the next group, in
which the clasp is an exaggeration of that in group II.
The body is extremely long and the combined head and
lobe very short, ubout one-fifth of the total length of the
clasp (in £. xthiops). The side-processes of the tegumen
have been already referred to.
1. £. xthiops (Fig. 17). The named forms
of xthiops have appendages differing less from each other
than do those of Scotch xthiops trom the others. The
difference is almost entirely one of size, the ratio being as
5 to 6, the Scotch being the smaller. The other named
forms are identical with European xthiops, e.g., melusina,
sedakovit, a faded-looking xthiops from Asia, and the pale
niphonica from Japan. If any variety is entitled to specific
distinction it is that found in Britain. I entertain no
doubt they are all one species.
Review of the Genus Erebia, 221
2. HE. alemena (Fig.18). This species, which
has been variously treated, and referred to sedakovii as a
variety, is quite distinct ; and, whilst the side-processes of
the tegumen and the smallness of the extremity of the
clasp place it in this section, the general form of the clasp
has considerably greater resemblance to that of the next
group. It has the flat, striated, truncate side-processes of
the tegumen, very much as in FL. ethiops; the clasp is
quite a fifth shorter than in x&thiops. The combined lobe
and head are less than a fourth of the total length of the
clasp. There is a short interval between the lobe and
head without styles, which are larger than in xthiops,
and on the lobe are large enough to suggest the glacialis
group (IV). There are also some styles on the body or
shaft.
Group IV. The typical clasp of this group is that of
E. glacialis, with the great triangular shoulder set at
right angles to the very similar head, and the armature of
very strong styles. In addition to the more typical
glacialis and its immediate allies, I think #. tyndarus and
epistygne are more immediately related to this group than
-to any other; so I place them here, to avoid the multipli-
cation of groups, the only alternative being to make a
separate group for each of these.
This group would therefore contain—
a. 1. mnestra. 2. gorgone. 3. gorge. 4. glacialis.
b, 1. tyndarus. 2. ottomana.
c. 1. epistygne. .
This would not be connected with group I through
the two preceding groups, but more immediately, and
therefore I place first, as being a more intermediate
species than the others :—
a. 1. EB. mnestra (Fig. 19). In the clasp of
this species, the head and shoulder are well separated,
though a little approximated as compared with manio,
and each tends to have much the same outline as the
other, though at right angles to it. There are some styles
along the side of the lobe, reaching on to the body ; these
rarely occur in JF. glacialis or gorge, nor are the styles so
large and bold as in those species.
2. EL. gorgone (Fig. 20). This has hitherto
been held to be a variety of gorge, of which it looks like a
222 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
large form; if it is a variety of anything, it is a variety
of L. mnestra. The clasp does not altogether negative
such a hypothesis; indeed, it rather suggests it. EH. gorgone
has a clasp triflingly larger than in #. muestra; the neck
is a little longer, but with no approach to the great length
in gorge. The styles range further along the body, and
these styles on the body are stronger than those in
mnestra; the lobe is narrower and has fewer and much
larger styles than in mmnestra, and therefore looks more
long and pointed than in that species. But in all these
respects it is separate from #. muestra only in a degree,
and that so small, that I should expect to meet with
forms very like it indeed in a long series of muestra,
these all being points in which mnestra is very variable.
3. £. gorge (Fig. 21). In £. gorge and
glacialis there are no styles to the basal side of the lobe,
and the styles are large. #. gorge is smaller, but the
lobe and head are proportionally much longer. £. triopes
is identical.
4. H. glacialis (Fig. 22). The clasp is very
like that of Z gorge, but is much larger and bolder, with
shorter lobe and neck.
The average dimensions of these clasps in millimetres
are as follows:
Length of Length of
Clasp. Head and Neck. Proportion.
Minestrae . ee 168 28 “16
Go1ngone 2 Zell “44 2]
GOR 6 a 5 He “84 34
Glacialis’ 1. 92:8 ‘8 28
b. The probable relation of this portion of
the group to the preceding is very evident when the
clasp of EH. ottomana is compared with those of division
a; it is not so apparent when that of #. tyndarus 1s
compared, still less so if the American form callias is con-
sidered. The whole group consists of #. tyndarus and its
recognised varieties, of which otfomana seems to me to
merit specific recognition, and the American form callias
almost to do so.
1. £. ottomana (Fig. 23). In this we have
a well-developed form that enables us more easily to
understand the others. The clasp of ottomana may be
Review of the Genus Hrebia, 223
described as if it were a member of the glacialis group ;
it has a rather broad body, without styles. The lobe is
prominent, triangular, and ends in one very large style.
The neck and head are about one-fourth of the clasp in
length ; in the curve from the lobe to the head are from
two to four very large styles, and the head terminates in a
bundle of moderate-sized styles.
2. E. tyndarus (Fig. 24). This, in its best-
developed form, and the one that approaches nearest to:
ottomana, has only three large styles, of which the first
probably represents the lobe and is sometimes on ea slight
eminence, but often so slight that the three styles appear
to be seated on a uniform sweep or curve reaching from
the base to the head. The head has no styles, but has a
rounded termination, carrying a fascicle of strong hairs.
Sometimes the first two styles are conjoined. In var.
sibirica there are only two followed by some very fine
teeth. In var. callias, the spine representing the lobe is
usually recognisable but is close down to the head, which
has at its upper margin a number of styles, and below has
the same rounded end as in typical tyndarus. The
amount of variation in both Kuropean and American
tyndarus is so great, and so mtch bridges over the differ-
ences, that I do not think ca/lias can be recognised as
distinct, but it is certainly very nearly so. Ottomana is
in a different position, as, besides the pronounced pro-
jection of the lobe and the great number of large styles,
there is a real structural difference in the presence of the
styles at the extremity of the head. It has also not only
a much larger, but a proportionally longer central process
to the sickle. It is also much larger. The Spanish
forms, hispana and pyrenaica, do not differ from the Central-
European forms.
The dimensions and proportions, as given in the last
group, are in millimetres as follows :
Length Length of
of Head and Proportion.
Clasp. Neck.
Tyndarus, Carinthia . 1°44 “40 ‘28
e Switzerland. 1:44 *20 "14
a var, stbirica. 1:45 "30 “21
2 var. callias , 1°40 ‘10 ‘OT
Oitoman@ ... 5 2 2°00 *48 "24
Fipistygné . . 5 « ss 2°00 40 20
224 Dr.T, A. Chapman’s
c. . epistygne (Fig. 25). This species has
the processes of the sickle rather short and thick; the
clasp resembles that of tyndarus in having very few and
very large styles. There is often a trace of styles along
the body, which does not, I think, occur in the tyndarus
group. The lobe is represented by one large style, which
may have one or more small styles on its sloping sides.
‘There may or may not be a style, if so, a large one,
between the lobe and head; the head terminates in from
two to four very large porrected styles. Both sickle and
styles are large and massive.
Group V. This is marked by having the neck much
elongated, agreeing in this with the next group, and
varying therefore from the manto form in precisely the
contrary direction to group II and especially group III.
The line of descent (or ascent), or, to avoid theory as to
which is the central form, the connecting link, is in some
such form as gorge in group IV. In the present group
the neck is not only long but free from styles, whilst
there is usually no difficulty in placing the lobe, though
it may be reduced and free from styles. In group VI the
neck has styles, and the lobe is difticult to locate. I place
in this group a. neoridas, margarita, zapatert ; b. pronoe
scipro, lefebvrer ; c. nerine, goante, stygne, eme ; d. lappona.
a. 1. H. neoridas (Fig. 26). At the threshold
of this group we meet a difficulty nearly as great as and
of a similar kind to that in group I, viz., the distinction, if
any, between the appendages of H. nearidas and E. pronoe.
There is certainly no difficulty in separating the flies,
although there is a close resemblance between the patterns
of the underside of the hindwings.
The clasps and sickles seem to be identical. There is
this difference in the styles of a considerable proportion of
specimens, that neoridas has the lobe represented by one
prominent, large, rather porrected style, with some rather
inconsiderable styles, basal to it and at an interval. Pronoe
rather has this first large style broken down into a little
group, and the basal series are rather larger and of similar
size and importance to the other group. But the varia-
tions certainly overlap. I may easily be wrong, but I
think this is one of the instances where the identity (or
nearly so) of the appendages does not justify our denying
the distinctness of the species.
Review of the Genus Erebia. 225
2. E.margarita. I have had no opportunity
of examining this form; it is certainly very close to
neorulas,
3. EL. zapatert (Fig. 27). This is a derivative
of neoridas, but is quite distinct. The shoulder, though
represented by a prominence, is quite devoid of styles and
the neck is extremely slender, and, being as long as in
neoridas, has the appearance of great length.
b. 1. EL. pronoe (Fig. 28). When the append-
ages are so much alike, and when we cannot separate
neoridas from pronoe by them, it may appear presumptuous
to say that H. pitho, almangoviae, &c., are the same as
pronoe. Still this is, I think, justified, as all these forms
are not sufficiently distinct to deserve specific rank, unless
it be clearly shown by the appendages to exist; whereas
the reverse is the case.
2. E. scipio (Fig. 29). This appears to be a
derivative of L. pronoe; the clasp is rather more massive,
and the shoulder is represented by a decided sharp tri-
angular projection ending in a double spine, with further
‘spines along the margin towards the base and, in one
specimen, with a few spines along the neck, an exception
to the rule in the group.
3. EL. lefebvrer (Fig. 30). This species ap-
pears to be a variant from #. pronoe. The clasp is ex-
tremely variable in the development of the shoulder and
its styles, and some of the forms are quite indistinguish-
able from those of pronoe; others are close to scipio in
form. In none do the forms go beyond what one might
expect to meet with in a long series of pronoe.
In his able discussion of #. melas, Calberla does not
handle this point more than is necessary to show that the
Campiglio variety is abundantly distinct from this species,
nor does he do much more with melas from Eastern Europe.
In doing this, he has done what he set out to do, namely,
to prove that melas from Campiglio is £. glacialis, var.
alecto; and further than this, he shows that melas from
Eastern and melas from Western Europe are two distinct
species and are neither of them glacialis.
E. lefebvret (Western melas) is certainly very close to
pronoe, especially in its clasp forms, but must, I think,
be sustained as distinct.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 16
226 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
The pronoe-neoridas section are then all very closely
allied, whether we make them all one species or several.
Whilst recognising their close association, I should with
my present knowledge sustain xeoridas, zapateri, pronoe,
scipio, lefebvrei as good species.
c. 1. #. nerine (Fig. 31). In JL. nerine the
shoulder is represented by a single spine, which is some-
times wanting, and thus it is easily distinguished from
any member of the pronoe group. The Eastern melas
(true melas ?) is a form of nerine. The clasps figured by
Calberla, and those I have examined, are precisely identical
with those of nerine. That this is here proof of specitic
identity follows from the fact, that #. nerine in its easterly
distribution has a well-recognised variety morula, of which
many specimens are very close to melas. A few years ago I
took at Cortina a specimen of Z. nerine, that would be
difficult to distinguish from melas. This and other dark
specimens were, like melas, smaller than the nerine with
which they flew, but with intermediate forms showing
their identity. It seems that eastwards £. nerine becomes
smaller and darker till it presents no normally coloured
specimens and is then in fact melas,
2. EL. goante (Fig. 32). This is a very distinct
species, the clasp being not unlike that of nerine, but
broader and more robust seen from above or within; seen
laterally, the neck tapers steadily to the head, whilst in
nerine it preserves its width more nearly throughout.
. goante is without any representative of the lobe or
shoulder. JZ. nevine usually but not always has a solitary
spine or style.
3. LH. stygne (Fig. 33). In lateral view the
clasp is shorter and more robust than that of Z. goante,
narrowing very much just at the neck, expanding very
much towards the head and having the terminal style
very large.
4. E. wme (Fig. 34), This has a clasp not
unlike that of Z. stygne. If we suppose the neck in stygne,
instead of expanding again, to continue tapering and to
terminate in a single large claw-like style, we should
have the form in wme. This clasp with a solitary terminal
style is very distinctive, occurring in no other Hrebia.
though forms very close to it occur in other genera,
ee ——
Review of the Genus Erebia. 227
HL. wme may therefore be easily distinguished by this
character, a useful fact, since some of its varieties closely
resemble other species. I have found it mixed with
LH. medusa and £. manto.
5. HE. lappona (Fig. 35). The clasp hardly
looks like, or answers to the description of, those of the
leading species of this group—yet it seems to come here
most naturally, since it has essentially the same structure,
but is so much shortened and broadened as to make it
almost as short and squat as that of Z. afra, which it con-
siderably resembles. It has no recognisable shoulder, the
neck is broad and flat, and there is a row of styles at the
extremity. Though so broad, it is thin, or at least the
neck is, so that, seen laterally, its outline is not unlike
that in #. wme, and, though so abbreviated, it really
possesses the characters of this group.
Group VI. This group, except perhaps as regards
E, evias, is not very close to group V, but it agrees in
having a long clasp, with a long neck. This is cylindrical
with a terminal cap of styles; the position of the lobe is
. not very obvious and there is usually an armature of styles
stretching along the neck and shaft.
The species here included fall into three divisions, each
of which is probably so distinct as to be of equal value
with group V. In fact, this group might very properly be
made into three groups.
The species are: a. evias ;
b. Tossa (ero) ;
c, embla, cyclopius, disa.
a, £. evias (Fig. 36). A rather isolated
form, in which the typical neuration is for veins 10 and
7 to arise together. This tendency to incline to Section B.
probably does not imply any relationship to the forms in
that section ; the facies of this species is very different, and
is much that of group V ; besides, the clasp form has nothing
approaching it in the “whole of Section B, though the
large area of numerous styles is not without a suggestion
of some species there. The form of the clasp is that of
this group or nearly so, but the spines (or styles) are very
minute, especially on the head, and extend thence as
a broad band, of a number of rows, towards the base, past
the position that probably represents the lobe.
228 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
b. £. rossiz (Fig. 37). This is identical with
H. ero. The clasp is very lke that in the following
division, but with a remarkable zigzag bend in the middle ;
it has the head clothed with quite a helmet of spines, as
in £. hewitsonit. The sickle, however, at once distinguishes
it, the side-processes being of the ordinary form. I have
had the advantage of seeing the appendages of the type
specimen, temporarily i in Mr. Elwes’ possession.
c. The next three forms are very close to-
gether, having very similar clasps and very similar tegumina
(sickles) with the lateral processes expanded into racket-
shaped ends. So close are they that at first I thought
they were probably forms of one species, and I am not
certain that that may not ultimately prove to be the
case; they are at any rate well-marked local forms, and
must for the present at least be regarded as good species.
The upper surface of HL. embla and cyclopius varies to
forms that are almost identical; I have not seen forms
intermediate as to the lower surface—still cyclopius has a
pale band, whose outline may be detected in embla, where
the pale colour has dwindled to two spots. Intermediate
forms, and so-called hybrids between embla and disa, also
occur. LH. cyclopius is unrelated to Z. edda or the Callere-
hiv, which it much resembles in wing pattern.
1. #. embla (Fig. 38). This form has much
the longest clasp, as 6 to 5 in disa and cyclopius, with
very large spines which run but a short way along the
neck.
2. E. cyclopius (Fig. 39). This has a rather
shorter clasp, as 5 to 6; the spines are rather smaller and
run more than half way to the base.
3. EL. disa (Fig. 40). This clasp is much
hike that of cyclopius, but is shorter and thicker through-
out.
Group VII. £. medusa, LE. hewitsonit.
1. H. medusa (Fig. 41). In some respects
this would come near L. stygne, especially in view of the
form of clasp found in some German specimens I have.
They exhibit a distinct neck, slightly curved, and carrying
a rounded head with a circuit of spies. I hardly think
these specimens represent a form entitled to specitic rank,
Review of the Genus Erebia, 229
but they give the clue to the real nature of the append-
ages of medusa; since in them the resemblance to those of
stygne is considerable, whilst the ordinary form of clasp in
medusa is more simple. The open side comes close to the
head, which has but a few styles along its upper margin
and looks as if it would like to be rid of them; the lower
portion of the head is rounded as in tyndarus, the whole
style being straight. We find, however, that the butterfly
has much superficial resemblance to #. hewitsonii, and
that these two species agree in having Asiatic neuration
(10Sout of 7) rarely in the male, not unfrequently in the
female, and are therefore clearly intermediate between
Sections A and B,
2. LE. hewitsonii (Fig. 42) agrees with medusa
very much in its facies and also in its neuration. The
tegumen is much larger and bolder, as 8 to 2. The clasp
has much the same general form, the open side extending
close up to the head, which however is much larger, set at
a considerable curve to the body and clothed with quite
a helmet of large styles. In these respects it resembles
the forms found in Section B rather than those of
Section A.
SECTION B.
We have already seen that the neuration characteristic
of this section occurs in Section A, in ZL, evias, which has
probably no relationship with Section B, and in ZL. medusa,
which possibly is related to a portion of Section B, and
E. hewitsonvi, which I should have placed in B, but for its
apparent connexion with medusa.
Some species in Section B have the characteristic
venation in no greater degree than medusa has, 10 some-
times arising from 7 and sometimes not, whilst in others
10 arises so far along 7 that it can hardly ever be separated
from it even in extreme varieties.
I desire, so far as is reasonable, to give especial weight
to the indications afforded by the appendages, and there-
fore perhaps I incline to note the value of neuration when
it confirms them, and to neglect it when it does not
accord; and so here I do not follow the neuration alto-
gether, but rather the clasp indications. It may therefore
be well to give precisely the neurations observed.
In the great mass of the European Section veins 6, 7 and
230 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
10, arise abundantly apart from each other. Still in occa-
sional specimens 7 and 10 arise very close together; thus
in one specimen of ZL. xthiops and two of epiphron, they
arise together but immediately separate. In #. evias as a
rule they arise apparently close together. A specimen of
E. gorge has 6 rising out of 7, and so forth.
Then in £. medusa the majority of examples appear to
have 10 well separate from 7, but in not a few 10 arises
out of 7, and even some little distance along it.
A similar condition obtains in L. hewitsonii, epispodea,
sibo (ocnus), radians, kalmuka and meta. In these the
European neuration is less frequent than in E. medusa,
and not unfrequently 10 rises a good way along 7. In
the female this is much more usually the case, and 6 also
often rises out of 7.
In £. turanica, edda, tristis, dabanensis, tundra, discot-
dalis, fasciata, parmenro, afra, 10 always rises a good way
along 7.
Yet by clasp form £. medusa is not so near to any of
these as they are to each other, and the above from
E. epispodea to discordalis belong to one group. L. hewit-
son and fasciata, EL. afra and parmenio are different, each
species almost forming a group by itself.
Section B may therefore be divided into two parts by
the venation, a division with venation varying between
the European and Asiatic type and a division with purely
Asiatic venation. It may also be divided into two by
possessing the clasps (1) with some resemblance to those
of group II. in outline, (2) of other forms.
Group VIII. There is a considerable sameness of the
clasp form throughout the group, which is thus a very
natural one; the variation is from a type generally
resembling that of group II, but with little indication of a
division of the style-bearing margin into head and lobe,
and with this margin occurring as an oblique truncation
of the shaft in the lobe region, and the head and neck
abbreviated. See remarks under Group II.
1. EL. epispodea (Fig. 43). The clasp of
this species most resembles the form found in group II;
the body is curved forwards so that the style-covered
margin is parallel to its axis, or nearly so. There is some
variation, especially in the size of the styles, which are in
several rows.
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 231
2. EL. meta (Fig. 44), This species has rather
slender lateral processes to the tegumen. The styles do
not end so abruptly upwards as in other species, but pass
on to the body, dwindling in size. There are some little
differences in the size of the styles and their lateral
extension in different specimens, which I have under the
names yssica, gertha, mopsos, alexandra, but they are not
sufficient to warrant definition. I fancy larger series
would show such slight differences to be individual to a
great extent.
3. EL. sibo (Fig. 45). This has the lateral
processes of the tegumen very short and small, incurved
and adpressed, so as to be very inconspicuous. The clasp
has a little trace of depression before the tip (site of
neck ?); styles of moderate size in several rows.
3a. LE. ocnus. It has the same tegumen as
stbo, which is quite a distinctive one. The styles are
rather bolder and the one at the extremity of the clasp
is very large. As five preparations of my own, and one
or two of Mr. Elwes’s preparations, are all I have seen of
the two species, I do not like to be positive, but incline
to regard the differences observed between sibo and ocnus
_as individual ‘variations ; I should unite the species, if this
is at all in agreement with other indications.
4, E. kalmuka (Fig. 46). This species
comes nearest to H. sivo in the form of the tegumen; the
clasp is smaller, with bolder styles in definite alternate
rows, the front one incurved. Despite its peculiar facies,
both the appendages and neuration show this to be the
natural position of the species.
5. HL. radians (Fig. 47). I have already
referred to the cylindrical S-shaped shafts and hemi-
spherical ends of the lateral processes of the tegumen, that
distinguish this species. The styles are large and bold,
there is a depression in the stylous ridge possibly repre-
senting the neck.
6. E. turanica (Fig. 48). This very closely
resembles /. meta especially in-the form of the tegumen,
and in the styles invading the shaft of the clasp, which is
however smaller, more delicate apically and more rounded.
7. £. edda (Fig. 49), The central process
of the tegumen is rather long; the clasp resembles that of
232 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
radians in showing indications of a neck, when seen in
profile; but when looked down upon, on the style-bearing
surface, it is very broad, especially towards the head, and
has seven or eight rows of styles, which are very small
towards the head; the stylous ridge is easily twisted in
getting into position for observation.
8. EL. tristis (Fig. 50). One may describe
the clasp of this form as having acquired permanently and
with much exaggeration a peculiar twist, such as the
stylous ridge of edda easily falls into in a trifling degree,
but so exaggerated as to be almost different in kind,
though difficult to describe.
9. H. dabanensis (Fig. 51). The tegumen
is very large, especially the central process; the clasp has
the general form of that of epispodea, but is larger and
stronger, and with the stylous ridge twice as long. The
styles are very large and bold, in several rows, curling over
and especially overhanging their base towards the body.
10. £. tundra (Fig. 51 bis). The facies of
this species is very much that of EH. meta, but it is
probably nearer dabanensis. In Dr. Standinger’s two
original specimens the neuration is Asiatic and, especially
in the male, 10 arises very far along 7. The appendages
in the male specimen happen to be well expanded, and
are capable of being examined fairly satisfactorily in situ,
but cannot be so easily sketched under the camera as if
removed; the processes of the tegumen are long, and the
lateral ones very sharp and slender. The form of the
clasp is almost identical with that of dabanensis, but the
spines are not so bold and pronounced, nearer in fact to
those of meta, and are in a double row.
ll. #. discoidalis (Fig. 52). The central
process of the tegumen is large and heavy, not unlike that
of E£. hewitsonw; the stylous surface of the clasp is more
terminal and less marginal than in others of this group,
and passes round the head, suggesting an alliance with
E. hewitsonu or L. fasciata.
Group IX. 1. #. fasciata (Fig. 53), This has a very
large, broad, rounded clasp, with a heavy armature of large
styles surrounding the end. The form of the clasp may
perhaps be derived from that of group VIII. by way of
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 233
discoidalis, but it has a very special and distinctive aspect,
so that its absolute identity in fasciwta, erinna, and
magdalina leaves no doubt that these are all forms of one
species—a conclusion that is not disturbed by any observable
differences in them, when once their identity is asserted.
2. H. parmenio (Fig. 54). This form has
probably little in common with the last species; it has
a peculiarly broad square, squat clasp.
3. L. afra (Fig. 55). Another short, kroad,
squat clasp, which is however not of the same character
as that of parmenio; in outline on lateral view, it is not
unlike that of wme or lappona, and if we could assume
Asiatic neuration to be independently acquired, the species
might be placed on its clasp form near lappona. The
great size and length however of the upper process of the
tegumen make this hypothesis untenable.
The three species in this group ought perhaps to have
been placed each in a separate group, as they have not
much in common.
I place by itself H. myops (Fig. 56), whose right to be
regarded as an JLyvebia I disallow. The form of the
tegumen suggests an alliance with Cenonympha.
Another group that are not Erebias but are well on the
way to Callerebia, are maracandica (Fig. 57), jordana
(Fig. 58), hades (Fig. 59) and one or two other named
forms. Their appendages are more like those of Callerebia
than of Hrebia, and their facies is different.
Herse (Fig, 60) is another species, with a very remark-
able clasp form, that seems not to be an Lrebia.
By showing the identity of erinna, fasciata, and magda-
lina, there is demonstrated a parallel to the case of
glacialis even closer than that which the similarity of
magdalina in so many respects to var. pluto, had led
Mr. Elwes and others to draw. In showing also the
identity of melas with nerine, and the close relationship
though probably not specific identity of pronoe and lefe-
bvret, I enlarge the number of examples in which
geographical isolation has had the effect of establishing
very marked varieties or incipient species, varieties that
often differ more than distinct species do; yet, geo-
graphical isolation only having operated, the form of the
appendages remain unchanged and the species may remain
234 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
undivided whilst in other cases the divergence has reached
specific distinction.
Perhaps the best known example of this is Z. glacialis,
which in its varied forms of alecto, pluto, nichollt, has been
regarded as forming several distinct species, but is now
accepted as being really only one variable species—a con-
clusion fully borne out by the identity of the appendages
in all the forms, and probably more readily accepted as
the geographical area it inhabits is not a very wide
one.
As being perhaps at the other end of the series, in so
far as the extreme forms are entitled to, and will doubtless
be accorded, specific rank, we may take the group of
E. neoridas, margarita, zapatert; margarita I have not
had the opportunity of examining, but xeoridas and zapa-
teri are obviously very closely allied, and the appendages
show that zapateri, though quite a distinct form, is very
close indeed to neoridas.
These two instances, perhaps the most familiar, and
also the most extreme as regards the identity or distinct-
ness of the forms composing them, are not by any means
the most typical and remarkable, in as much as their
component elements are not very widely separated
geographically.
The wxthiops group consists of H. xthiops, inhabiting
Europe, £. sedakovit, Asia, and £. niphonica, Japan. The
close resemblance of these three and other named forms
and the identity of their appendages, compel one to the
conclusion that they are geographical varieties not entitled
to specific rank.
Perhaps the most interesting species in this connexion
is LZ. fasciata from Asia, which is identical specifically
with erinna from Asia and magdalina from Colorado.
Their appendages differ toto cwlo from those of glacialis, as
does the neuration, yet magdalina in appearance (and
Mr. Elwes tells me in habits and habitat also) might be
mistaken for glacialis, var. pluto, and erinna for glacialis,
type.
op nerine is of much interest, being modified into a
small dark variety which has been called morula, in its
more eastern range, and still further south and east
recognised as a distinct species under the name of melas,
We may contrast with these the manto, or grass Erebiar
group, consisting of nine species, of which eight all occur
—
Review of the Genus Erebia. 235
on the Alps of Central Europe, and, except one or two
species in the Pyrenees, have no wider range. Two,
three, or more of the species are often, indeed usually,
associated on the same ground; yet, in spite of what
has been advanced as to their crossing and present-
ing intermediate forms, the evidence of the clasps is
quite to the contrary, especially since the species said to
be mixed are those that are most distinct. But all these
species are sufficiently closely allied to lead us to conclude
that they have a common origin; and they therefore
compel us to accept in explanation Romanes’s theory of
physiological isolation to account for their origin and pre-
servation as distinct species. We have then in the grass
Erebias a number of very similar and associated forms with
very definitely distinct appendages; whilst in the other
series of species, when geographical isolation has been
chiefly at work, we have slightly different forms with
identical appendages that compel us to regard them as one
species,
We further find that many species have dark or black
forms:—glacialis, pluto; fasciata, magdalina; nerine, melas;
manto, cecilia ; whilst wme, mnestra, epiphron, stygne, and
_ others have forms making a very close approach to these.
Li. lefebvrei has its coloured and dark forms, and £. cecilia
from the Pyrenees, which appears to require a fresh name,
is the only dark form not correlated with a normal coloured
type.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES V—XVI.«
The figures are all sketched under the camera lucida, the amplifi-
cation being 16 diameters.
Ailowing for some roughness in the sketches, the general form of
the processes of the tegumen and of the clasps, and the arrangement
of the spines or styles are quite accurate,
The view of the clasps is usually lateral, but in some instances a
more vertical aspect is given, to illustrate the form of the clasp. In
a few cases the clasps are flattened by pressure, so that they look
broader than they actually are. This gives, however, a more
accurate single view of the form of the chitin, but many clasps do
not admit of it.
236 Dr, T, A. Chapman’s
The indications of the articulated base of the clasps and the open
(2. e. unchitinised) side are sketchy and only of use as showing the
angle at which the clasp is viewed ; a slightly different angle alters
the outline of these so much, that only with elaborate drawings
could their real differences be shown.
The same remarks apply to the tegumina, some differences in the
figures are due to different angles of view, and in certain cases to
the preparation being in some degree under pressure ; these rarely
prevent a due comparison of lengths, curves, sharpnesses, &c., of the
processes.
The name of a locality after the description of a figure indicates
that the specimen figured was obtained at that place, after the name
of a species or variety, that all the examples thereof figured were
obtained there.
Where preparations have been figured from a single example, the
descriptions of them are separated by commas only, where from
different examples of the same species or variety, by semicolons.
PLATE V.
Fig. 1. E. ligea. a, tegumen, 0, clasp (Wolfsberg, Carinthia) ;
c, clasp (Norway, Hlwes). Var. adyte, d, clasp (Norway.
Elwes). Var. ajanensis, e, clasp (Nikolaiefsk, Elwes),
Var.— ?, f, clasp. Var. ajanensis, g and h, clasps.
» 2. EE. euryale. a, tegumen, b and c, clasps (Lélling, Carinthia. )
The view of c is slightly from above and shows the styles
not to be in one row as they appear when seen laterally).
Var. ocellaris (Heiligenblut), d, clasp, e, tegumen,
flattened from above to show the breadth of its side
processes ; f, clasp.
» 3 E. cacilia?, (Pyrenees). a, tegumen (the side-processes
with wide ends as in Group I. a), b and «, clasps; d,
clasp.
» 4 E. vidleri, a, tegumen, 6 and c¢, clasp (Elwes).
PLATE VI.
» 5. EH. manto. a, tegumen, 0 and ¢, clasps: d, clasp; e and f,
clasps (all from St. Anton, Arlberg); g and h, clasps
(Elwes). Var. pyrrhula (Albula), i, tegumen, j, clasps ;
k and 1, clasps.
,, 6. E. eriphyle, a, tegumen, 0, clasp (St. Anton) ; ¢, clasp (Sau
Alpe); d and e, clasps (Sau Alpe); f and g, clasps
(example sent as var. pyrrhula).
10.
ll.
12.
13.
14,
15,
16.
iis
17.
18.
tS:
20.
21.
22.
23.
Review of the Genus Evebia. 237
Piate VII.
. E. epiphron. ce, clasp (Chamonix) ; d, clasp (Germany).
Var. cassiope (Sau Alpe), a, tegumen, 0, clasp, somewhat
flattened. Var. nelamus (Campfer, Engadine), e, tegu-
men, f, clasp ; g, clasp.
. E. pharte. a, tegumen, 4, clasp, somewhat flattened out
(Kor Alp); ¢, clasps, somewhat flattened out (Col de
Lauteret) ; d and e, clasp (Innsbriick) ; f and g, clasp
(St. Anton). Pharte?, k and J, clasps (sent as var.
pyrrhula from Switzerland).
. E. melampus. a, tegumen, b, clasp (St. Anton) ; ¢ and d,
clasps (Lauteret), Var. sudetica, e, clasp.
PiLate VIII.
E. arete (Sau Alpe). a, tegumen, 0, clasp, flattened ; ¢,
clasp.
E. christi. a, tegumen, d and e, clasps; b and ¢, clasps.
E. kefersteini. a, tegumen, J, clasp, c, clasp ; d, clasp.
E. flavofasciata, a, tegumen, b, clasp, flattened, c, clasp
(Engadine) ; d and e, clasps (Campolungo).
Puate IX,
E. ceto. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
E. maurisius. a, tegumen, b, clasp; c, clasp. Var.
haberhaueri, d, tegumen, e, clasp.
E. pawlowskyi. a,tegumen, band e, clasps ; d,clasp. Var.
ethela, e, tegumen, ; f and g, clasps. Var theano, h,
tegumen, 7 and k, clasps.
E. ethiops. a, tegumen (Innsbriick); 0 and c¢, clasps,
(Innsbriick) ; d, clasp (Argyll).
PLATE X.
E. «athiops, var. melusina, e, clasp. Var. sedakovii,
f, tegumen, g, clasp. Var. niphonica, h, clasp.
E. alemena. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. mnestra. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. gorgone. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps ; d and e, clasps.
E. gorge. a,tegumen, b, clasp (Innsbriick). Var. triopes, c.
clasp (Tyrol).
E. glacialis. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps (Innsbriick).
E. ottomana. a, tegumen, 2, clasp ; ¢ and d, clasps.
238 Dr. T, A. Chapman’s
Prate XI.
Fig. 24. E. tyndarus. a, tegumen, > and c, clasps (St. Anton); d,
clasp (Switzerland). Var. stbirica, e, clasp. Var.
callias, 7, tegumen ; g and h, clasps; f and h, clasps.
25. E. epistygne. a. tegumen, b, clasp (Digne); c¢, clasp
(Grasse).
26. E. neoridas. a. tegumen, 8, clasp; ¢, clasp.
» 27. E. zapateri. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
5, 28. E. pronoe, a, tegumen; 6 and ¢, clasps (St. Anton).
9?
Puate XII.
» 29. E. scipio (Digne). a, tegumen, J, clasp ; ¢, clasp,
» 30. LE. lefebvrei. a, tegumen, 0, clasp; c, clasp; d, clasp; e
and f, clasps.
» 3l. EH. nerine. a, tegumen (Mendel Pass) ; 6, clasp (Cortina) ;
ce, clasp (Istria). Var. morula, d, clasp; e, clasp. Var.
melas, f, clasp (Herculesbad) ; g, clasp (Greece) ; h, clasp
(do.).
» 32. EH. goante. a, tegumen, b an ¢, clasps.
Prate XIII.
,, 33 E. stygne. a, tegumen, somewhat from beneath, b, and c,
clasps. Var. pyrenaica, d, clasp.
» 34. E. eme. a, tegumen, J, clasp ; ¢, clasp.
», 30. EH. lappona, a, tegumen, 0b, clasp (top view), c, clasp,
(lateral view).
,, 36. E. evias. a, tegumen, 4, clasp.
,» 37. E. rossii. a, tegumen. Var. ero, b, clasp ; ¢, clasp, d, end
of clasp more enlarged.
,, 38 E. embla. a, tegumen, 0, clasp, c, end of clasp.
5, 39. EL. cyclopius, a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
PLATE XIV.
» 40. E. disa. a, tegumen, 8, clasp.
» 41. E. medusa. a, tegumen, 6, clasp (Germany); c¢, clasp
(Lolling). Var. polaris, d, clasp. Var. transiens, e,
clasp. Var. hippomedusa, f, clasp.
42, EK. hewitsoni. a, tegumen, 0 and c, clasps.
,, 43. E. epipsodea. a, tegumen, b, clasp ; c, clasp viewed more
laterally.
», 44. E. meta, var. yssica. a, tegumen, 0 and c, clasps.
50.
51.
Review of the Genus Erebia. 239
. E, sibo, a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
E. ocnus. dand e, tegumen ; f, clasp ; g, clasp.
PLATE XV.
. E. kalmuka. a, tegumen, 8, clasp.
. E. radians. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
. E£. turanica. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
. E. edda, a, tegumen, 3), clasp, edge view, c, clasp, side
view.
E. tristis. a, tegumen, 0 and ¢, clasps.
E. dabanensis. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
51*, E. tundra, a and b (somewhat foreshortened), clasp.
, 2.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60,
E. discoidalis. a, tegumen, b, clasp ; c, clasp, viewed at a
different angle ; d clasp (Elwes).
Prats XVI,
E. fasciata, c, clasp (Mus. Brit). Var. magdalina, a,
tegumen, 0, clasp. Var. erinna, d, clasp.
E. parmenio. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E, afra. a, tegumen, 6, clasp, top view, ¢, clasp, side view.
Var. dalmata, d, clasp.
E. myops. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. maracandica. a, tegumen, 3, clasp.
E. jordana. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. hades. a, tegumen, 6, clasp.
E. herse. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
1 A most difficult clasp to represent satisfactorily.
Goan
XIV. The Moths of the Lesser Antilles, By Str GEORGE
F. Hampson, Bart., B.A.
[Read June Ist, 1898.]
Prat XeV il.
IN a former paper* I gave an account of the moths
belonging to the families Hpiplemidex, Geometridx, Pyra-
lide and Sesiadx collected in the Lesser Antilles, chiefly
St. Vincent and Grenada, by Mr. H. H. Smith, the account
forming one of a series of papers descriptive of the insects
collected on behalf of the Committee of the Royal Society
and British Association appointed to explore the fauna
and flora of the smaller West Indian islands. The present
paper deals with all the other families of moths except
the Pterophoride, Tortricide and Tineidx, which will be
dealt with by Lord Walsingham and complete the sub-
ject; in addition to the collections of Mr. Smith those
made in St. Lucia and Dominica by Mr. W. H. Eliott are
recorded.
Family—SYNTOMID&.
PHEIA DAPHZENA, Sp. 0.
¢. Head and thorax black ; frons and vertex of head spotted
with white ; tegule, shoulders, and patagia with large crimson
patches ; fore coxze, hind tibiz at base, and Ist joint of tarsi white ;
abdomen black with two dorsal white patches on 1st segment followed
by metallic green patches which extend Jaterally towards extremity ;
the Ist two segments ventrally white ; wings hyaline, the veins and
margins black. Forewing with crimson streaks below basal two-
thirds of costa and above inner margin; a discocellular spot ; the
terminal band expanding very widely on apical area and below
vein 2, Hindwing with the terminal band expanding widely to-
wards apex and slightly below vein 2.
Hab. Dominica ; Santa Lucta (W. H. Eliott). Eap.,
30 mill.
Antenne of male serrate; hind tibia greatly dilated ;
forewing with vein 3 from angle of cell.
* A.M.N.H. (6), xvi, pp. 329-349 (1895).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898—PART III. (SEPT.) 17
242 Sir George F. Hampson on the
CosMOSOMA DEMANTRIA, Druce, A.M.N.H. (6), xv,
p. 44 (1895).
Dominica.
CosMOSOMA HYPOCHEILUS, Sp. n.
¢. Head black with some metallic blue on vertex ; antennz
white at tips ; thorax scarlet above, black below ; legs with metallic
blue on coxee ; abdomen orange scarlet with lateral black bands,
with series of metallic blue spots on them, meeting at extremity and
approximated at base of dorsum ; paired black patches on ventral
surface ; the terminal segments black ; wings hyaline, the veins and
margins black. Forewing with fine scarlet streak below basal three-
fourths of costa; the base scarlet emitting a short streak along inner
margin ; a discoidal black spot ; a black patch more or less com-
pletely filling up the interspaces between veins 2 and 4; the apical
area very widely black. Hindwing with some scarlet at base; a
black patch in cell ; the apical and inner areas black.
2. With the black patch between veins 2 and 4 of forewing very
much reduced or absent.
Hab. St. Vincent (Windward side). (4H. H. Smith).
Ezxp., 30 mill.
Abdomen of male without ventral valve; hindwing
with the lower part of cell normal, veins 2 and 4 rather
shortly stalked.
SYNTOMEIDA SYNTOMOIDES, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lep., i,
pl. 16, f. 4 (1836).
Santa Lucia; Dominica (W. H. Eliott).
UCEREON IMRIEI, Druce, P.Z.S., 1884, p. 322, pl.
25, f. 6.
Dominica.
EUCEREON CLEMENTSI, Schaus, Am. Lep., p. 10, pl. 1,
f. 25 (1892).
Santa Lucia.
Family—ARCTIAD.
Subfamily ARCTIAN.
HALISIDOTA PELLUCIDA, Sepp, Ins. Surin., ii, pl. 76
(1848).
St. Vincent.
PAREUCHETES CADAVEROSA, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Phil. v, p. 245 (1865).
St. Vincent.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 243
ECPANTHERIA ERIDANUS, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. 68,
Ge hi):
Dominica.
AMMALO FERVIDUS, WIEk., iii, 622 (1855).
St. Vincent.
Subfamily LITHOSIAN AE.
DEIOPEIA ORNATRIX, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p.511 (1758) :
var. pura, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p. 360.
St. Vincent.
CYDOSIA HISTRIO, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, 203, 139.
Phalena nobitella, Cram., Pap. Exot., 111, 128, p. 264, G.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Mustique I., Grenadines.
CISTHENE POLYZONA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i,
p. 123, pl. 12, f. 13.
Dominica.
CISTHENE METOXIA, sp. n. (PI. X VII, fig. 8).
Head and thorax fuscous ; palpi, except 3rd joint, yellow ; vertex
of head and tegulz yellow ; pectus and legs yellow and fuscous ; ab-
domen crimson, orange below ; forewing fuscous; the costa and
termen yellow ; slight yellow streaks on subcostal and median
nervures ; an elongate patch on basal half of inner margin and a
rounded patch at tornus. Hindwing fuscous with crimson streak
below cell, in one specimen extending to beyond middle, in another
with only its terminal portion present, in the 3rd quite obsolete ; a
crimson fascia on inner margin.
Male with the tornus produced to a pointed lobe, the inner area
with a fold containing a tuft of long hair.
Hab. Sv. VINCENT; GRENADA, Balthazar (H. 1. Smith).
Exp., 16 mill.
PTYCHOGLENE XANTHOPLEURA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, figs.
1, 15.)
gd. Dark brown slightly irrorated with yellow scales ; sides of
pectus and abdomen with orange fascize which almost meet
above on Ist segment of abdomen. Hindwing with broad orange
fascia from base to beyond cell ; the inner margin orange. Under-
side of both wings with some orange at base.
@. With hardly a trace of orange irroration; abdomen with
the lateral fascize very slight. Hindwing with the fascie in cell and
on inner margin very slight and confined to basal area.
Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar, Mount Gay. (H. H. Smith).
Exp., § 30, 2 36 mill.
244. Sir George F. Hampson on the
Subfamily NOLIN.
Genus NEOSELCA, nov.
Palpi short, obliquely upturned ; antenne bipectinate with
moderate branches. Forewing with the cell very long, vein 2 curved
from before its middle ; 3 from before angle; 4, 5 separate ; 6 from
upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked from 10, 9 absent ; 11 from cell. Hind-
wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3, 4 separate ;
5 obsolescent from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 from
middle of cell.
Typr. Nola minuta, Druce. The genus will also in-
clude WV. melicerta, Druce.
NEOSELCA MINUTA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i, p.
140, pl. 13, f. 17.
Grenada—Balthazar.
HYBLA PUERA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 103, ff. D, E.
St. Vincent (south end) ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
Family—NOCTUIDA.
Subfamily TRIFINA,
HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA, Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schmett,
Noct., 11, pl. 79, f. 370.
St. Vincent.
HELIOTHIS VIRESCENS, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 111, 30, 72.
St. Vincent ; Union I., Grenadines ; Grenada—Mount
Gay, Balthazar ; St. Lucia.
AGROTIS INCIVIS, Guen., Noct., i, 274.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
LEUCANIA SOLITA, WIk., ix, 99.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
LEUCANIA HUMIDICOLA, Guen., Noct., 1, 90.
Grenada—Mount Gay, Mount Maitland.
LEUCANIA LOREYI, Dup., Lep. Fr., iv, p. 81, pl. 105, f. 7.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
EUTHISANOTIA AMARYLLIDIS, Sepp, Ins. Surin., 1, 63,
pl. 28.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent.
CRoPIA INFUSA, WIlk., xiii, 1116.
St. Lucia.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 245
EUPLEXIA RESPONDENS, W1k., xv, 1720.
St. Lucia.
EUPLEXIA CONCISA, WIk., ix, 191.
St. Vincent.
EUPLEXIA CIRCUITA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 227.
St. Vincent (windward side) ; Grenada.
EUPLEXIA APAMEOIDES, Guen., Noct., i, p. 229.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent.
EUPLEXIA SUTOR, Guen., Noct., i, p. 231.
Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent.
EUPLEXIA ALBIGERA, Guen., Noct., i, p. 228.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent.
This species in the male has the palpi longer and
tufted with hair on the inner side towards the extremity.
EUPLEXIA TERENS, W1k., xi, 586.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
CUCULLIA ERIDANIA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 358, F.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. The variety a/bula,
Wlk., occurs with the typical form in the same
localities.
CUCULLIA DIMINUTA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 141.
St. Vincent.
CUCULLIA VITRINA, WIk., xi, 718.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
This differs from typical species of Cucullia in being
without the dorsal tufts on the abdomen and should
probably be placed in a new genus.
PRODENIA COMMELINA, Sm., Abb, Lep. Georgia, ii, p.
189, pl. 95.
Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent.
ACRONYCTA ESULA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i, p.
297, pl. 28, £1
Grenada—Mount Gay.
..CARADRINA MACRA, Guen., Noct., i, p. 157.
Grenada—Mount Gay, Balthazar.
CARADRINA EPOPEA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 272, G, H.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Balthazar.
246 Sir George F. Hampson on the
CARADRINA SPILOMELA, WIk., xxxii, 648.
Grenada—Mount Gay. The variety subaquila, Harvey,
oceurs with the typical form, of which convwa,
Harvey, is a synonym.
CARADRINA EXESA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 222.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent. Usually smaller
and redder than the Florida specimens.
CARADRINA FUSCIMACULA, Grote, Bull. Geol. Surv.,
vi, 262.
Subsp. 1. Much more uniform rufous brown than the typical
form. Forewing with the orbicular and reniform less prominent, the
latter with fuscous spots in its upper and lower parts not conjoined ;
the lines paler with the dark edges less prominent. Hindwing
fuscous with a rufous tinge and distinctly whitish towards base.
Hab. Sv. Vincent; GRENADA, Mount Gay.—VENE-
ZUELA, Aroa; BRAZIL. LHzp., 26 mill.
Subsp. 2. Much more uniform dark fuscous brown than the
typical form, the thorax and forewing with slight rufous tinge ; the
lines grey with the dark edges hardly visible ; hindwing uniform
fuscous.
Hab. Mexico, Coatepec. Hzp., 30 mill. GQ fg, Coll.
Schaus.)
The male of both the above forms has the underside of
both wings irregularly suffused with dark scales to the
middle as in the typical form, in which it differs from
grata, Hiibn.
CARADRINA TRISTICTA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 2.)
Palpi of male with the 2nd and 8rd joints fringed in front with
short downturned hair; fore coxee and femora thickly fringed with
large scales above.
Pale yellowish rufous; vertex of head, thorax and forewing
irrorated with dark scales; the scales on forelegs fulvous. Forewing
with short waved fuscous sub-basal line ; an antemedial fuscons line
not reaching inner margin, often reduced to spots: a medial rufous
line slightly angled below costa, then sinuous ; three small round
white spots in end of cell ; a rufous postmedial line strongly angled
beyond cell then sinuous ; veins 5 and 6 very strongly streaked with
rufous ; a subterminal rufous line obtusely angled at vein 6 then
ineurved ; a prominent terminal series of black points. Hindwing
yellowish white with traces of postmedial line excurved beyond cell ;
some brownish terminal lunules.
Hab. Hartt; GRENADA, Mount Gay. Hup., 28 mill.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 247
AMYNA OCTO, Guen., Noct., i, p. 233.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
CALLOPISTRIA FLORIDENSIS, Guen., Noct., ii, p. 292.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent.
Subfamily ACONTIA NE.
CORUBATHA QUADRIFERA, Zell., Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien., xxiv, p. 3, pl. 12, f. 2.
Grenada—Balthazar.
ATETHMIA REPANDA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, 1, p. 462
(1793), swbusta, Hiibn., Zutr., 11, 205, 206.
St. Lucia; Grenada—Mount Gay.
The variety icidens, Wlk., occurs with the typical
form.
XANTHOPTERA TIGRIS, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 317.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
XANTHOPTERA NIGROFIMBRIA, Guen., Noct., ii, p. 241.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
OMMATOCHILA MUNDULA, Zell., Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien, xxi, 460, pl. 2, f. 4.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
OMMATOCHILA LATIPALPIS, WIk., xv, 1763.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
The second joint of the palpi has very large tufts of
scales on the inner side.
SPRAGUEIA TRANSMUTATA, WIk., xxxiii, 776.
Grenada— Mount Gay. ©
SPRAGUEIA RUDISANA, WIk., xxxiii, 776.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
SPRAGUEIA CANOFUSA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 4).
Head and thorax dark brown suffused with olive grey scales ;
abdomen brown, Forewing dark brown suffused with olive grey
scales ; ill-defined whitish patches at base and middle of costa and
a more prominent triangular white spot before apex ; faint traces of
oblique antemedial and medial lines, and of a subterminal line ; an
indistinct semicircular black mark beyond the cell, part of its lower
edge defined by white ; a fine white line on medial part of termen
and a dark line through the cilia. Hindwing brown ; cilia pale at
tips.
248 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Hab. JaMaica (Cockerell); Hartt; GRENADA, Mount
Gay (H. H. Smith).—BRrazit, Siéo Paulo (Jones). Hup.,
16 mill.
Genus TARACHIDIA, nov.
Type. TZ. flavibasis.
Palpi obliquely porrect, extending just beyond frons which has a
rounded prominence truncate below ; antennz minutely ciliated ;
abdomen without dorsal tufts. Forewing with vein 7 from angle of
cell; 8, 9 stalked ; 10 from cell. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 stalked ;
6, 7 from upper angle.
TARACHIDIA FLAVIBASIS, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 3).
¢. Headand tegule grey brown ; thorax olive yellow ; abdomen
brown. Forewing with the basal half olive yellow with oblique
outer edge ; the terminal half brown with some greyish suffusion.
Hindwing brown ; cilia pale at tips. Underside brown.
Hab. GRENADINES, Union I. (H. H. Smith), one ¢.
Exp., 20 mill.
TARACHIDIA HOLOPHA#A, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 17).
@. Grey-brown; palpi at base, pectus and ventral surface of
abdomen white. Forewing with the basal area suffused with a few
long yellow scales and a few more on medial terminal area, the rest
of wing irrorated with white scales. Hindwing fuscous brown ; cilia
white at tips. Underside greyer.
Hab. GRENADINES, Union I. (H. A. Smith), one 2.
Hep., 20 mill .
EUBLEMMA FLAMMICINCTA, WIk., xxxiii, 801.
Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent.
EKUBLEMMA ROSESCENS, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 9).
Head nearly pure white ; antenne yellowish and fuscous ; tegule
pale yellow; thorax and abdomen fulvous red, the latter with seg-
mental white lines. Forewing rosy pink ; the costal area yellow,
narrowing to a point before apex ; straight oblique rufous antemedial
and medial lines, the latter diffused on inner side ; the postmedial
line fine, angled below costa, then sinuous ; the terminal area bright
rufous, expanding at middle and narrowing to apex ; traces of a
sinuous subterminal line with three dark points on it between veins
4and 7. Hindwing pale yellow becoming rufous towards termen.
Hob. Hartt; St. Luocta; St. VINcENT; GRENADA,
Balthazar (HH. Smith). Hap., 22 mill.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 249
Subfamily PALINDIAN.
PALINDIA ADDENS, WIk., xv, 1768.
St. Lucia.
PALINDIA MIccA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., 1, p. 319,
pl. 29, f. 22.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
Subfamily EKUTILIA NZ.
PARACHABORA ABYDAS, Herr.-Schiff.,Auss.-eur. Schmett,
f. 565.
Grenada—Balthazar.
INGURA CANOFUSA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 16).
Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches, the apical part
serrate ; abdomen with dorsal tufts on 1st three segments.
¢. Head and tegule grey ; thorax rufous brown ; abdomen grey
and rufous brown. Forewing grey, the basal, and inner area to post-
medial line, yellowish ; the basal area with patches of purple brown ;
an obscure dark waved antemedial line; faint traces of orbicular
and reniform spots ; the postmedial line double, minutely waved,
strongly excurved beyond cell and with a fine black streak from its
outer edge above vein 5; the terminal area purple brown with
oblique greyish fascia across apical area and greyish apical patch.
Hindwing fuscous with the interspaces below the cell whitish ; three
find dark striz on inner area above tornus ; cilia mostly pale brown.
Q. Forewing with the basal and terminal areas darker, the grey
areas more prominent.
Hab. St. Lucia; Dominica (W. H. Eliott). Hzp.,
34 mill. ;
INGURA OBROTUNDA, Guen., Noct., u1, p. 312.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent (Windward side); Grenada—
St. George’s, Balthazar.
EUTELIA RUFATRIX, W1k., xv, 1775.
Grenada—Balthazar.
CASSANDRIA FILIFERA, WI1k., xi, 719.
St. Lucia.
Subfamily STICTOPTERINZ.
STICTOPTERA TUMIDICOSTA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 5).
Palpi with a tuft of hair on inner side of extremity of 2nd joint ;
hindwing with vein 8 arising from middle of cell ; male with the
250 Sir George F. Hampson on the
costa of forewing slightly arched beyond middle ; the costa of hind-
wing fringed with hair and strongly arched beyond middle ; the cell
of forewing medial in position.
Grey brown ; head, thorax and forewing tinged in parts with pale
ferruginous ; abdomen with two dorsal black marks on subterminal
segment and a series of oblique black sublateral strie. Forewing
with black points forming traces of sub-basal, antemedial, medial
and postmedial lines, the last excurved beyond cell, then incurved
to lower angle; a small incomplete discoidal black annulus; a
curved subterminal series of black points becoming larger towards
inner margin ; a terminal series. Hindwing semihyaline white, the
terminal area clouded with fuscous.
Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar. Lup, 24 mill.
Subfamily GONOPTERIN 2.
CosMOPHILA EROSA, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 287, 288.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
COSMOPHILA EDITRIX, Guen., Noct., 11, p. 404.
St. Lucia ; Grenada.
COSMOPHILA PROPERANS, WIk., xiii, 999.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
Subfamily QUADRIFIN A.
EREBUS ODORATUS, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, 505.
St. Lucia, St. Vincent.
LETIS MYCERINA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 172, B.
Grenada—Chantilly, Mount Gay; St. Vincent; St.
Lucia.
PrEOSINA PANDROSA, Cram., Pap. Exot, i, p. 122,
psi, OD:
Dominica.
POLYDESMA SETIPES, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 7.
St. Lucia; Grenada—Mount Gay, Chantilly, Bal-
thazar. The specimen from St. Lucia belongs to
the paler form wstipennis, Wlk., also one specimen
from Balthazar with a black blotch on the inner
area of the forewing.
PoLYDESMA LUNATA, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. p. 40,
pl. 20, f. 3.
Dominica ; Grenada—Mount Gay. The varieties
minerea, Guen., viridans,Guen., and others occur
with the typical form.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 251
CATEPHIA SCRIPTURA, WIlk., xv, 1728; transversalis,
WIlk., xv, 1734 (Pl. XVII, fig. 10).
Head and thorax pale brown irrorated with dark scales, the outer
edge and tips of patagia dark; abdomen fuscous brown. Fore-
wing clothed with rough shining pale yellow brown and purplish
brown scales, the basal area darker especially on inner area ; a fine
waved black sub-basal line retracted to base below cell and with an
oblique striga beyond its angle ; a white point on lobe of inner mar-
gin ; a fine sinuous black antemedial line angled outward above vein
1 and joined by a streak to the minutely waved postmedial line
which is strongly excurved at middle ; orbicular and reniform large
and pale yellow brown ; traces of a sinuous subterminal line crossed
by three black streaks from tenuen above veins 1, 3 and 5; a sinu-
ous terminal black line. Hindwing fuscous brown with slight
black striga above tornus ; cilia reddish brown ; the base of wing
and on underside the inner are whitish, a discoidal lunule and curved
postmedial line also being present.
Hab. Hatt1; Dominica. Zzp., 44 mill.
PSEUDOBENDIS OPISTOGRAPHA, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 212.
Grenada—Balthazar.
OPHIUSA TROPICALIS, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 238.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
MELIPOTIS FAMELICA, Guen., Noct., iu1, p. 62.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay; Union Is.
MELIPOTIS NOVANDA, Guen., Noct., i1, p. 64.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
MELIPOTIS FASCIOLARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 443, 444.
Grenada—Balthazar.
PANULA INCONSTANS, Guen.,. Noct., ili, p. 59.
Grenada — Mount Gay; St. Lucia. Numerous
varieties.
PANULA SCINDENS, WIk., xv, 1829.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
BANIANA VELUTICOLLIS, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 7).
Pale reddish brown ; vertex of head, tegule and base of patagia
rich chocolate brown ; abdomen tinged with fuscous. Forewing
irrorated with black and with numerous indistinct fine pale strize ;
an obliquely curved pale antemedial line defined by rufous on outer
side ; a similar postmedial line angled inwards at vein 5; a pale-
edged brown discoidal line ; traces of a subterminal series of dark
specks and a more prominent terminal series. Hindwiug fuscous
brown with traces of discoidal spot ; cilia pale brown.
252 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Hab. St. Lucta; St. Vincent (4. H. Smith). Ezxp.,
22 mill.
POAPHILA LINEOLARIS, Hiibn., Samml. eur. Schmett.,
f. 454,
Grenada—Mount Gay.
POAPHILA GARNOTI, Guen., Noct., 101, p. 306.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay; St. Lucia.
POAPHILA CRUCIS, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 36 (1794),
immunis, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 305.
St. Vincent (Windward side).
REMIGIA REPANDA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 49 (1794),
megas, Guen., Noct., 11, p. 317.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar, Golden Grove.
REMIGIA LATIPES, Guen., Noct., i, p. 314.
St. Lucia; Dominica ; Grenada—Baithazar, MountGay.
EPIDROMIA POAPHILOIDES, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 215.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
THERMESIA INEXACTA, W1k., xxxiil, 1038.
St. Lucia.
THERMESIA GEMMATALIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 153, 154.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
THERMESIA PAUCULA, WIk., xv, 18388.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar.
THERMESIA INCONCISALIS, WIk., xxxiv, 1167.
Grenada—St. George’s; Grenadines—Union I.
AZETA VERSICOLOR, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 111, 2, p. 40 (1794),
repugnalis, Hiibn., Zutr., Samml. Exot. Schmett.,
11, p. 3%, 11.,015,.510.
Grenada—Balthazar, Golden Grove ; Union Is.
GLYMPIS DAMOETASALIS, WIk., xvi, 252.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
PLEONECTYPTERA PYRALIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 127, 128.
Grenada—Mount Gay. The yellow form without
rufous on outer area,
TERATOCERA ERYCATA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 287, D,
and pl. 370, E.
St. Lucia; Grenada—Balthazar.
AMPHIGONIA POSTPONENS, WIk., xv, 1856.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles, 253
BENDIS FORMULARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 9038, 904.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mount
Gay.
BENDIS PELIDNALIS, Hiibn., Zutvr., ff. 169, 170.
Grenada—Balthazar.
ITONIA LIGNARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 317, 318.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
ORZSIA EXCITANS, WI1k.
Grenada (Leeward side).
ANOMIS ARGILLACEA, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 399, 400.
Grenada—Mount Gay. The purplish-red form of the
species.
GONODONTA SOROR, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 276, B.
St. Lucia.
GONODONTA INCURVA, Sepp, Ins. Surin., 11, 201, pl. 89.
St. Lucia; Dominica; St. Vincent; Grenada— Bal-
thazar, Mount Gay.
PLUSIA ERIOSOMA, Doubl., Dieff., New Zealand, ii, p. 285.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
PLUSIA VERRUCA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, 238.
Dominica; St. Vincent (Leeward side).
CoNCANA MUNDISSIMA, WI1k., xii, 940.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent; Grenada—Mount Gay.
Subfamily FOCILLINA.
RAPARNA BREVIPENNIS, W1k., xxxiii, 1039.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
RAPARNA LITURATA, WIk., xxxiii, 1094.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
RAPARNA EUPITHECIOIDES, W1k., xv, 1593.
St. Vincent (Windward side).
CAPNODES STEROPE, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 309, E
and pl. 312, C.
Grenada—Mount Gay, Balthazar. Most of the speci-
mens are ab. rujinans, Guen.
CAPNODES SUBCINERASCENS, Wlk., xv, 1614.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Grenada (Windward side).
254 Sir George F. Hampson on the
CAPNODES BIPUNCTATA, WIk., xxxiii, 1048.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
CAPNODES DISTACTA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 19).
Dark purplish brown ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen
whitish. Forewing with slight blue-grey suffusion ; a straight
antemedial dark line with white mark on it from costa to cell and
two minute ochreous points on median nervure and vein 1; an ob-
scure brown discoidal lunule ; a minutely waved dark postmedial
line with white spot on it at costa, excurved beyond cell, then in-
curved ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; a terminal series of
dark lunules. Hindwing slightly suffused with blue-grey ; a dark
discoidal spot ; the medial line slightly excurved at middle ; an
obscure dentate subterminal line with some dark points on it; a
terminal series of dark lunules.
Hab. DoMINIcA; GRENADA, Mount Gay; TRINIDAD.
Eap., 22 mill. _
YRIAS QUADRISIGNATA, W1k., xiii, 1073.
Grenada—Balthazar.
YRIAS PROGENIES, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 323.
Grenada—Balthazar, Caliveny.
SELENIS MONOTROPA, Grote, Can. Ent., viii, 207.
St. Lucia.
IsOGONA NATATRIX, Guen., Noct., i, p. 323.
Grenada—Balthazavr.
Subfamily DELTOIDINA.
BLEPTINA PENTHUSALIS, WI1k., xvi, 128.
Dominica ; St. Vincent.
BLEPTINA THEROALIS, WIk., xvi, 243.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
BLEPTINA ACASTUSALIS, Wlk., xvi, 122.
St. Lucia; Dominica; St. Vincent (Windward side) ;
Grenada — Balthazar, Mount Gay. Extremely
variable, the form priassalis, Wlk., occurs with
many others.
NoDARIA TAGUSALIS, W1k., xvi, 116.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
NODARIA MYNESALIS, WIk., xix, 860.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 255
NODARIA GRISEIRENA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 18).
¢. Fore tibize and tarsi covered by a sheath enclosing flocculent
hair ; antennz knotted and tufted with hair at one-third from base ;
forewing with a large depression on costal area at two-thirds from
base, clothed with thick rough scales and covered by a fringe of hair
from costa.
Dark brown. Forewing slightly irrorated with grey ; waved ante-
medial, postmedial and subterminal lines, the first defined on inner
side, the two latter on outer with white, becoming brownish toward
costa, the postmedial line slightly angled below costa and the post-
medial and subterminal lines excurved at median nervules ; the
orbicular represented by a black speck; the reniform with black
centre and pale-brownish outline ; male with the medial area suffused
with ochreous below the depression ; a terminal series of black and
white lunules. Hindwing with white-edged dark medial and sub-
terminal lines obsolescent except towards inner margin ; a terminal
series of black and white lunules, Underside with the costal half
of forewing and whole of hindwing largely suffused with white, the
latter with the lines and a discoidal spot prominent.
Hab. St. Vincent (Windward side); GRENADA,
Mount Gay, Balthazar (H. H. Smith). Hzxp., 24 mill.
TORTRICODES ALUCITALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 73.
St. Vincent (Windward side).
TORTRICODES ORNEODALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 73.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
PALTHIS BIZIALIS, WIk., xix, 865.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar.
Genus DREPANOPALPIA, nov.
Palpi of male with the Ist joint reaching vertex of head and
angled with scales in front, the 2nd joint about twice length of
head, recurved over it and fringed with scales in front, the 3rd about
twice length of head, curving forward and fringed with scales in
front and behind ; antennz with cilia and bristles ; fore tibiz and
tarsi covered by a sheath enclosing flocculent hair. Forewing with
vein 8 given off from 7 and anastomosing with 9 which arises from
10 to form an areole. Hindwing with vein 5 from below middle of
discocellulars ; 6, 7, shortly stalked.
Palpi of female with the 2nd joint oblique, straight, about three
times length of head, with a small triangular tuft of scales on its
inner side at extremity, the 3rd upturned acuminate with small
triangular tuft on its outer side.
256 Sir George F. Hampson on the
DREPANOPALPIA POLYCYMA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 14).
Dull brown. Forewing with ante- and postmedial minutely
waved black lines, the former slightly excurved below cell, the latter
strongly excurved from below costa to vein 2 ; orbicular and reniform
black-edged, the former with brownish centre, the latter with whit-
ish ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; a terminal series of minute
dark lunules. Hindwing with traces of waved medial and sub-
terminal lines ; a terminal series of dark points.
Hab. St. Lucta (W. H. Rotherham). Ezxp., 24 mill.
Genus PSEUDCRASPEDIA.
Hmpsn., Journ. Bombay Soc., 1898, ined.
PSEUDCRASPEDIA MELANOSTICTA, sp. n. (PI. XVII,
fig. 6).
Pale grey-brown. Forewing with black point on costa near base ;
antemedial blackish points on costa and below cell ; medial points
on costa and discocellulars, and three brownish points on costa
towards apex ; traces of waved postmedial and subterminal lines ; a
terminal series of dark points. Hindwing with black points on disco-
cellulars and below angle of cell; traces of waved postmedial and
subterminal lines ; a terminal series of dark points.
Hab. St. Vincent, Kingston. (H. H. Smith). Ezp.,
12 mill.
Rather smaller and paler than P. punctata fromSikhim
and with the dark points somewhat differently placed ; it
is however very closely allied to it and in structure
identical.
Genus DITROGOPTERA, nov.
Palpi short upturned, not reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint
fringed with hair towards extremity, the 3rd minute ; antenne of
female almost simple ; legs long and slender, the spurs long. Fore-
wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell; 7 from angle; 8, 9
stalked ; 10 from cell; 11 anastomosing with 12 the outer margin
excised below apex ; hindwing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ;
5 from below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; the outer mar-
gin bilobed, being deeply excised between veins 5 and 6, then oblique
and the inner margin short.
DITROGOPTERA TRILINEATA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 20).
9. Grey-brown. Forewing with grey antemedial line excurved
at median nervure and outlined on each side with fuscous ; a dark
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 257
medial line excurved in cell; a small pale-edged black lunule at
lower angle of cell ; the postmedial line pale, outlined with fuscous
very oblique towards costa, excurved beyond cell, then somewhat
sinuous ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; grey-edged black spots
on costa and termen, one at apex being larger. Hindwing with dark
medial line with white outer edge almost obsolete except on inner
area ; a series of grey-edged terminal black spots.
Hab. Sv. Vincent (H. H, Smith). Ezap., 14 mill.
HYPENA VETUSTALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 35.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
HYPENA ANDRONA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., 1,
p. 434, pl. 35, f. 12.
Dominica.
HYPENA PACIFICALIS, WIK., xvi, 45.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent (Windward side).
HYPENA EXOLETALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 29.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Lucia.
HYPENA OBDITALIS, W1]k., xvi, 48.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
HYPENA LIVIDALIS, Hiibn., Eur. Schmett., v, ff. 11, 186.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
CHUSARIS LUNIFERA, Butl., P. Z.S., 1878, p. 492.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar.
CHUSARIS BISINUATA, sp.n. (PI. XVII, fig. 18).
¢. Palpi extending about the length of head ; antennz fasciculate.
Head and thorax reddish-brown ; abdomen greyish-fuscous, the
anal tuft pale. Forewing reddish-brown irrorated with dark scales ;
two pale discoidal points ; a pale postmedial line strongly excurved
beyond upper and lower angles of cell then oblique; an obscure
sinuous white subterminal line with some black spots on it below
costa. Hindwing fuscous.
Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar (H. H. Smith). Ezp.,
14 mill.
RHASENA ABARUSALIS, WI1k., xix, 869.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
RHSENA NEALCESALIS, WIk., xix, 883.
Dominica.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 18
bo
58 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Family HYPSID.
Lavrona vinosA, Drury, Ill, Ex. Ent., i, pl. 23, f. 4.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent,
Family SATURNIAD.
AUTOMERIS OBLONGA, WIk., vi, 1296.
Grenada.
ATTACUS ERYCINA, Shaw, Nat. Misc., vii, pl. 230 (1797).
St. Vincent.
Family SPHINGID/.
Subfamily CH AROCAMPINAL.
PHILAMPELUS LINNEI, Grote and Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe.
Philad., v, p. 182, pl. 3, f. 3 (1865).
Grenada.
CH#ROCAMPA TERSA, Linn., Mant. Plant., p. 508 (1771).
Grenada—Balthazar.
CHAZROCAMPA NECHUS, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, pl. 178, B.
St. Lucia.
Subfamily SPHINGIN A.
ANCERYX FASCIATA, Swains., Zool. Ill., ii, pl. 150, f. 2
(1823).
St. Lucia; St. Vincent.
DILOPHONOTA ZNOTRUS, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 301,
C. (1780).
Grenada—Mount Gay.
AMPHONYX MEDOR, Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv, pl. 394, A
(1782).
Grenada—Grenville.
AMPHONYX DUPONCHELI, Poey, Cent. Lep., pl. iv
(18382).
St. Lucia.
PROTOPARCE LUCETIUS, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 301,
B (1780).
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
bo
Or
©
Moths of the Lesser Antilles.
Subfamily IZA CROGLOSSIN A.
ENyo Luaupris, Linn., Mant. Plant., p. 5387 (1771).
St. Lucia ; Grenada (Leeward side).
Family NOTODONTID.
RHUDA FOCULA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 383, G, H
(1782).
Dominica.
NYSTALEA EBALEA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 310, C
(1781).
St. Lucia.
NYSTALEA GUTTIPLENA, WIk., xi, 635.
St. Lucia ; Dominica.
CHADISRA PUNCTATA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 307, F.
Dominica.
HEMICERAS LINEA, Guen., Noct., u1, p. 381.
Dominica.
Family LIMACODID.
SEMYRA COARCTATA, WIk., v, 1131 (1855).
St. Vincent (Windward side) ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
ORTHOCRASPEDA BISTRIGATA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 21).
¢. Antenne pectinated to apex. Dull brown with a greyish
tinge. Forewing with some whitish scales along median nervure ;
a short dark-brown streak below middle of median nervure, and
longer streak in end of cell ; a pale bisinuate postmedial line.
Hab. St. Lucta; GRENADINES, Mustique I (A. ZH.
Smuth). Exp., 24 mill.
Family COSSIDA.
DUOMITUS PUNCTIFER, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 11).
¢. Grey ; head and thorax mixed with dark brown ; antenn
rufous ; tegule dark brown. Forewing whitish irrorated with dark
brown ; dark brown strigze forming obscure sub-basal, antemedial,
medial and four postmedial series ; a series of small dark spots on
costa ; a diffused discoidal patch with brown spot at its lower ex-
tremity below base of vein 2; an obscure subterminal spot on vein
3. Hindwing whitish with faint traces of striae.
One specimen is browner with the markings obscured.
260 The Moths of the Lesser Antilles.
Hab. Dominica (£liott); St. Lucta; St. VINCENT ;
GRENADA, Mirabeau, Balthazar, Mount Gay (4. H. Smith).
Lxp., 30-54 mill.
GIVIRA PULVEROSA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 12).
Brownish grey ; abdomen dorsally tinged with fuscous. Fore-
wing with some small rufous spots on costal area, in cell, an ante-
medial series and a cluster below middle of vein 2; brown striz on
inner and terminal areas, and obscure subterminal and terminal
series of small spots. Hindwing fuscous-brown with traces of striz
and terminal series of spots.
Hab. St. Lucta; St. Vincent (Windward side) ;
GRENADA (Windward side) (H. H. Smith). Exp.
40 mill.
Family PSYCHID.
OIKETICUS KIRBYI, Guild., Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, p. 375,
PLGA ESZ7):
St. Lucia.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
[See explanation facing the PLATE. |
( 261 )
XV. Lepidoptera Heterocera from Northern China, Japan,
and Corea. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A.,
F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.
[Read June Ist, 1898.]
THE three hundred and fifty-three species of Lepidoptera.
Heterocera dealt with in this paper are distributed among
various families as follows :—
SATURNIIDE ....... 16 | ZYGHNIDHA. ....... 81
BRAHM@IDE ....... AA IES uopeinbyoh ye oe ee fe 7
IBOMBY.CED Alias elmer en GUIS COssSiD ae een oon ee 7
EUPTEROTIDH ...... By || JelorwNnoOyR 5 5 6 5 5 2 2 8
SPHINGIDE 225 5 5 5 |: 59 | CALLIDULIDH ...... 4
Notopontpz ...... 70 | DREPANULIDE ...... A7
SYNTOMIDA ....... OB} |) AMenariipiieys 5 4 5 5 5 5 co 16
As in my list of species in the families Epicopiide,
Uraniide, Epiplemidz, and Geometride (Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., 1897 and 1898), the present arrangement is in
accordance with that of Sir George Hampson (The Fauna
of British India, Moths).
Thirty-seven of the species enumerated are, I believe,
now described for the first time, and these, together with
thirty-three others that I had previously described else-
where, represent one-fifth of the whole number of species,
belonging to the families mentioned, so far known to occur
in the area under consideration.
The number of new species in these families is much
less than that found among the nine hundred and sixty-
six species belonging to the families mentioned in my
former paper; among them it was three hundred and
fifty-six, or over one-third of the whole.
Family SATURNIID.
Genus ACTIAS.
Leach ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 13
(1892).
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.)
262 Mr. J. H. Leech on
1. Actias sinensis.
Tropxa sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1264 (1855).
I have one example, taken in July at Kiukiang. My
collectors did not obtain the species in any other part of
China that they visited.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
2. Actias selene.
Echidna selene, Hiibn., Exot. Schmett., 1, pl. elxxu, fig. 3.
Actias selene, Macleay, Zool. Miscl., 11, p. 70 (1815); Moore,
Cat. Lep. Mus. E.LC., ii, p. 400, pl. xix, figs. 3, 3a
(1859); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 634.
Actias ningpoana, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 34 (1862).
Saturnia artemis, Brem., Motsch. Etud. Ent., 1852, p. 64;
Lep. Ost-Sib., pl. 11, figs. 6,2?,and 7, ?.
Tropxa artemis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 765 (1892);
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 330 (1892).
Tropxa maassent, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 765 (1892).
Tropza gnoma, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxv, fig. 1
(1878).
Tropxa aliena, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p. 3855 (1879).
Tropxa dulcinea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 14.
Tropea mandschurica, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 331
(1892).
Saturnia felices, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xx, p. 67, pl. ix,
fig. 61.
Distribution. Throughout [yp1a, CEYLON, and BURMA
(Hampson) ; HASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA;
JAPAN; KiIusHIU; COREA; AMURLAND.
Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 380) states that he has
received only artemis from Japan and is of opinion that
my specimens from that country are wrongly referred by
me to selene. He mentions that I do not refer to the
length of tail and suggests that if I had seen Bremer’s figure
and read the description of avtemzs I should have ascer-
tained that the tails are shorter than those of selene and
differently formed.
Some specimens received from Hertz, who obtained
them in the country to the north of Pekin, are referred
to by Staudinger as a distinct species under the name
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 263
mandschurica ; these examples he says are not larger than
a medium-sized selene. Other specimens received at the
same time exceed artemis in size but are much smaller
than sedene and have the same shaped tails and the pointed
wings of the latter, and therefore differ in these characters
from artemis, Mandschurica is further described as
follows—the primaries have double dark transverse lines,
of which the outer is generally rudimentary ; the second-
aries have a dark, sometimes faint, transverse line which
turns off sharply to the abdominal margin ; ocelli as in
artemis but rather larger.
Staudinger adds that se/ene has also large ocelli which
are tinged with pink on the outer half, but this species
may be distinguished from his mandschuwrica by the tails,
which in the males are broadly coloured with pink on the
upper portion and more slightly so in the females.
Ningpoana, Feld., is described as having the outer lines
hardly conspicuous, smaller ocelli and being entirely without
lilacine markings on the anal portions of the secondaries.
Gnoma, Butl., has narrower and more divergent tails than
artemis, and dulcinea, Butl., appears to be a slight modi-
fication of gnoma.
I find that the species varies in expanse from 108 to 153
millim. in the male and from 116 to 168 millim. in the
female. In colour the variation is from pale bluish-green
to yellow faintly tinged with green. None of the transverse
markings is constant; in some specimens one or other of
the lines may be strongly defined, whilst in other examples
all the lines may be entirely absent: the ocelli vary in size
and shape, and the tails may be as short and obtuse as in
A, isabellx from Europe or as long as in extremes of the
typical form of A, selene. The pink coloration on the upper
portion of the tails and the outer parts of the ocelli is
sometimes present and sometimes absent in either sex, and
in Indian as weil as in Eastern Asian specimens.
All these variations together with their intergrades, and
with other aberrations in addition, are represented in the
series of twenty-five examples which I have retained out
of a large number of specimens received from Amurland,
Corea,:and various parts of China and Japan.
It is of the greatest importance when dealing with a
variable species, such as A. selene, to have an extensive
series in which all the named forms are represented as
well as the connecting links. Had Dr. Staudinger pos-
264 Mr. J. H. Leech on
sessed the necessary material and at the same time studied
the synonymy of the species as cited in my paper (P.Z.S.,
1888, p. 634) he would have found his description of
mandschurica superfluous.
3. Actias dubernardt.
Tropxa dubernardi, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1897,
p. 174 (fig. 1
Oberthiir describes this species from Tsekou.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ATTACUS.
Linn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 15
(1892).
4, Attacus cynthia.
Phalena cynthia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., 1, pl. vi, fig. 2
@ii3):
Philosanvia cynthia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 748 (1892).
Aittacus walkert, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 34 (1862).
Attacus pryert, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 388 ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xii, fig. 5 (1879).
Attacus cynthia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 634;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 16 (1892).
The species is represented in the area here dealt with
by the forms pryert and walker.
Mstribution. SIKHIM; ASSAM; ? CEYLON (Hampson) ;
NORTHERN, EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA;
JAPAN ; KIUSHIU.
Genus CALIGULA.
Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (3), i, p. 321 (1862).
5. Caligula japonica.
Caligula japonica, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862,
p. 322 (pupa-case) ; Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 479 (1877) ; Ill. “Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxvi,
fig. 2 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. - 633.
Caligula castanea, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 249
(1892).
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 265
I met with this very variable species in October at
Nikko and my native collector obtained it in the island
of Kiushiu.,
Col. Swinhoe considers his castanea to be a pale form of
C. japonica, and in this opinion I quite concur. The
form is not an uncommon one.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KIUSHIU.
6. Caligula boisduvalit.
Saturnia boisduvalii, Evers., Bull. Mosc., 1846, (3), p. 83,
pl. i, fig. 1; 1847, p. 7, pl. iv, fig. 5; Herr.-Schiff.,
Schmett. Eur., vi, figs. 148—150 (1849).
Caligula jonasvi, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xx,
p. 479 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxv, fig. 2
(1878); Leech, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 633.
Neoris jonasi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 761 (1892).
I met with this species at Oiwake and Nikko in
September and October. There was a fine series from
Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Staudinger (Rom. sur. Lép., vi, p. 325) suggests that
the Japanese and Amurland forms of this species should
be known as var. jonasi, as they differ from the type,
which is from Kiachta, in being smaller and darker. The
Japanese specimens in my series are larger and more
tinted with olivaceous than those from Amurland.
Distribution, SIBERIA; AMURLAND; JAPAN.
Genus ANTHERAA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 18
(1892).
7. Antherea pernyi.
Saturnia pernyt, Guérin, Rév. Zool., 1855, p. 6, pl. vi,
fie. 1.
Bombyx yamamatr, Guerin, op. cit., 1861, p. 435, pls. xi—
xill.
Antherxa confuct, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874,
p- 578.
Antherxa hazna, fentoni, calida, morosa, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1881, pp. 18, 14.
Saturnia sergestus, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p- 143, pl. xiii, fig. 2.
266 Mr. J. H. Leech on
An exceedingly variable species. The examples selected
for my series range in colour from pale brown, through
ochreous and reddish brown, to “rusty orange”; there
are also specimens which are olivaceous in colour, while
others are fuliginous-brown. There is some variation in
marking, but, as I mentioned in my remarks on the
species (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, pp. 633, 634), in no
case is the aberration sufficient to justify separation of the
specimen or specimens exhibiting it from A. pernyi. The
“double submarginal line” referred to by Moore (J. ¢.) is
not an uncommon character in this species.
Distribution. AMURLAND; NORTHERN, EASTERN,
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN; KIUSHIU.
8. Antherva hartit.
Antherxa hartw, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)
ix, p. 450 (1892).
This distinct species was described from Newchwang,
N. China.
Moore states that the natives rear the larva in a semi-
domesticated state on oak trees, and that there are two
broods in the year.
Hab, NORTH CHINA.
Genus SATURNIA.
Schrank, Faun. Boica, ii (1), p. 149 (1802).
9. Saturnia biett.
Saturnia breti, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 31, pl. vii,
"fig, 58 (1886).
Oberthiir’s type was from Western China, but the
exact locality is not given. It appears to be most nearly
allied to S. dindia, Moore from Kulu and Kashinir.
I received a male specimen taken in a locality to the
north of Ta-chien-lu. In this example the coloration is
darker and the markings more pronounced than in
Oberthiir’s figure of the type; further, the apices are not
tinged with pink.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 267
10. Saturnia pyretorum.
Saturnia pyretorum, Boisd.; Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent.,
p. 49, pl. xxiv, fig. 2 (1848).
Heniocha pyretorum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 771 (1892).
A female specimen was bred by Pratt in March 1888
from a pupa he obtained at Kiukiang in the previous
year,
Hampson (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 23) gives
S. cidosa, Moore as a synonym.
Mistribution. SrKHIM (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus LOEPA.
Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C., i, p. 399 (1859).
11. Loepa katinka.
Saturnia katinka, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 25, pl. xu,
fig. 2 (1848).
Loepa miranda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (8) u,
p. 424 (1865); Preiss, Abbild. Nachtschmett, pl. v,
fig. 2 (1888); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892).
Loepa katinka, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 25
(1892),
My collectors obtained this species at Chang-yang,
Ship-y-shan, Omei-shan, Moupin, and Chia-kou-ho.
The males range in expanse from 90 to 104 millim. and
the females from 102 to 114 millim. The smallest male
example is from Omei-shan and the largest from Moupin.
The smallest female is also from Omei-shan and the largest
from Chang-yang. All the specimens were taken in
July.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS; ASSAM; YUNNAN; JAVA
(Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
12. Loepa oberthiiri.
Saturnia oberthiivi, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 49 (1890).
Loepa dogninia, Sonthonnax, Kchange, 1892, p. 20.
A male specimen from Ichang, taken in August.
Hab, CENTRAL CHINA.
268 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus RHODINIA.
Rhodia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 578 (nom.
PTrxoce.).
Rhodinia, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 327 (1892).
13. Rhodima fugax.
Rhodia fugax, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxvi, fig. 1
(1878) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 633.
Saturnia diana, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi,
p. xlvii (1886).
There was a nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. The var. diana, Oberth., is more suffused and
darker than the type.
Inistribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
14. Rhodinia davidt.
Saturnia davidt, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 31, pl. vu,
fig. 51 (1886).
Rhodia davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892).
Oberthiir describes this species from Western China,
but does not indicate the exact locality. It is nearly
allied to R. jankowskii, Ob., from Askold, but in colour it
resembles the female of F. fugaz, Butl.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SALASSA.
Moore; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 26
(1892).
15. Salassa thesprs.
Antherwa thespis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (April,
1890).
Rhodia thespis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892).
2 Saturnia olwacea, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xin, p. 44,
pl. x, fig. 107 ¢ (May, 1890).
I originally described this species from a female speci-
men received from Ship-y-shan, taken in September. I
have since received another example of the same sex from
Pu-tsu-fong.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 269
Oberthiir describes a male specimen, taken by Mgr. Biet
at Ta-chien-lu, under the name olivacea. This is probably
the male sex of A. thespis, and differs from the female in
being smaller and in having the transverse bands more
distinct.
The species appears to be nearly allied to S. lola, Westw.,
from Sikhim.
Rothschild (Novit. Zool., ii, p. 45) refers S. megasticta,
Swinhoe (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 153), to A.ihespis
as an aberration.
Distribution. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; NortH
INDIA.
Genus AGLIA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iii, p. 11 (1810).
16. Aglia tau.
Bombyx tau, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 497 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., pl. xi, figs. 51, 52 (1800 2).
Aglia tau, var. japonica, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 632.
I have specimens of both sexes of var. japonica from
Yesso, some of which are from Hakodate.
Distribution. EKUROPE.—AMURLAND; YESSO.
Family BRAHMAIDA.
Genus BRAHM A.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1815 (1855).
17. Brahmea certhia.
Bombyz certhia, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i, p. 412 (1798).
Saturnia lunulata, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etua. Ent., i,
p. 64 (1852).
Brahmexa lunulata, Mén., Rom. sur Lép., iti, p. 345 (1887).
Saturna undulata, Brem. and Grey, Schmett. nord. China,
p- 16, pl. v, fig. 3 (1853).
Brahmexa cerpenteri, Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(5) xi, p. 114 (1883).
My collectors obtained five specimens at Kiukiang;
these appear to be referable to the form wndulata. Butler
describes a form from Corea as carpentert, Fixsen records
DATE) Mr. J. H. Leech on
a specimen from Corea which he states agrees with
Bremer’s figure of wadulata.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; COREA; NORTHERN and
CENTRAL CHINA.
18. Brahmea wallichi.
Bombyx wallichti, Gray, Zool. Mise, p. 39, pls. 1, 2 (1831).
Brahmea wallichit, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. xev,
figs. 5, 6 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 724 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 30 (1892).
Brahmexa certhia (part), Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 635.
I received a female specimen from Chang-yang, taken
in July.
Distribution. NEPAL; StKHIM; KuAst HILits; Assam ;
Upper Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL CHINA.
19. Brahmexa hearseyt.
Brahmea hearseyi, White, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862,
an PAG
Brahmexa whitei, Butl., 1. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 62, pl.
xcv, figs. 1, 2 (1881).
One male specimen from Omei-shan and one rom the
Province of Kwei-chow; both taken in July.
Distribution. MuUsSSOORIE ; SIKHIM; BurMA (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
20. Brahnexa japonica.
Brahmexa japonica, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 56 (1873) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 17, pl. xxvi, fig. 3 (1878) ;
Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 635.
Brahmea mniszechti, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. xceiii,
figs. 4, 5 (1874).
Brahmea nigrans, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xvii, p. 110 (1880) ;
Waterh., Aid, i, pl. xxix (1881).
There was a fine series of this variable species from
Yokohama in Pryer’s collection, and I have received speci-
mens from Mr. Manley, all evidently bred.
In Felder’s figure of mniszechii (4) the abdomen and the
ocellus on the inner margin of the primaries are ochreous,
but in fig. 5 the body is represented in the proper colour.
Hab. JAPAN.
Heterocera fram China, Japan, and Corea. 271
Family BOMBYCID.
Genus BomByx.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind. Moths, i, p. 32
(1892).
21. Bombyx more.
Bombyx mort, Linn., Syst. Nat.,i, p. 499 (1758) ; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 32 (1892); Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het., p. 718 (1892).
Bombyx sinensis, Moore and Hutt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
(3) i, p. 813 (1862) ; 2d. ii, p. 313 (1865).
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. CHINA; ina domesticated state throughout
India and Europe (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
22. Bombyx mandarimus,
Theophila mandarina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1872,
p. 576, pl. xxx, fig. 5.
This is probably the wild form of Bombyx mori. In
colour it is darker, and the markings are distinct; the
female is much larger than the same sex of B. mor‘.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; EASTERN CHINA.
Genus RONDOTIA.
Moore, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xx, p. 491 (1885).
Ectrocta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 33
(1892). .
23, Rondotia menciana,
Rondotia menciana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
xv, p. 491 (1885).
Rondotia lurida, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., ii, p. 346, pl. xv,
fig. 8 (1887).
Lurida only appears to differ from menciana by the
fringes towards the anal angle of the secondaries not being
marked with black.
I have a fine series from Ichang, taken in June, and
from a place 30 miles miles north of Ichang, taken in
August.
Distribution. COREA; EASTERN AND CENTRAL CHINA.
272 Mr. J. H. Leech on
24. Fondotia lineata, sp. n.
Creamy white. Primaries have a curved and slightly Snoulated
sub-basal line, streak on discocellulars, and submarginal line, all
blackish ; there is a black apical patch limited inwardly by the sub-
marginal line, and extending along outer margin to just below vein 4.
Secondaries have a black curved post-medial line united with a black
spot on abdominal margin but not extending to costa; there is a
black spot on abdominal margin about one-third from base.
Expanse, ¢ 34-42 millim. ; ? 42-54 millim.
I have twelve male specimens and five females; these
were obtained at Moupin, Wa-shan, Chia-kou-ho, Wa-ssu-
kow, Chia-ting-fu, and Chung-king ; the latter were bred
examples, but unfortunately Mr. Pratt did not take any
notes of the habits or appearance of the larva. The
species occurs in May, June, and July.
Superficially resembles R. (Letrocta) diaphana, Hampson,
but differs principally from that species in the character of
the transverse markings.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MUSTILIA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. xxxu, p 580 (1865).
25. Mustilia falcwpeninis.
Mustilia faleipennis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 581
(1865); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 38
(1892).
One male specimen obtained from a native collector,
who probably took it in the neighbourhood of Ta-chien-lu.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BuuTAN (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus ANDRACA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 581 (1865).
26. Andraca gracilis.
Andraca gracilis, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p, 125 (1885).
Of this species, which was described from Nikko, there
were two examples in Pryer’s collection from the same
locality.
Hab. JAPAN.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 273
Family HUPTEROTIDA.
Genus GANGARIDES.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 821.
27. Gangarides roseus.
Apona vosea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 518 (1865).
Gangarides rosea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 821.
Gangarides dharma, Moore, /.c., pl. xliu, fig. 7.
Gangarides roseus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p.
42, (1892).
I have examples from Chang-yang, Ichang, Chia-ting-fu,
Moupin, and the province of Kwei-chow, taken in July and
August. These make a variable series; some of the
specimens agree with dharma, Moore, others are inter-
mediate between dharma and roseus.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BHuTAN; Burma (Hampson) ;
CENTRAL AND WESTERN CHINA.
Genus APHA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v. p. 1180 (1855).
28. Apha tychoona.
Apha tychoona, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 207 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 18. pl. xxvii, fig. 5 (1878).
A common species in Japan, Yesso, and Kiushiu. I
received specimens from Chang-yang, Moupin, and the
province of Kwei-chow. .
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; KIUSHIU ; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus APONA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1762 (1856).
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 52 (1892).
29. Apona mandarina.
Jana mandarina, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (1890).
I have specimens from Chang-yang, Omei-shan, Chia-
kou-ho, Pu-tsu-fong, and the province of Kwei-chow,
taken in June and July. The species varies in ground
tint from ashy-grey through fawn colour to a dark chestnut.
Distribution. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTIII. (SEPT.) 19
274 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus EUPTEROTE.
Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 54 (1892).
30. Hupterote chinensis, sp. n.
¢ Pale yellow. Primaries have some chocolate marks on the
costa and the apical area is clouded with the same colour ; there are
indications of two postmedial lines on costal area, but these only ex-
tend to vein 6 ; submarginal wavy, but not clearly defined, preceded
by one or two chocolate spots towards inner margin. Secondaries
have an indistinct, waved, submarginal line, preceded by chocolate
spots towards costa and inner margin.
Under surface as above, but the costa of primaries is broadly
chocolate and there are some spots of the same colour on the costa of
secondaries.
Antenne, head and fore legs chocolate brown.
9 Brighter yellow, without submarginal line and chocolate
markings on costa and apical area on both surfaces.
Expanse, ¢ 72-80 millim.; 9 89-92 millim.
Hight male specimens and two females from the province
of Kwei-chow, June and July.
One male agrees with the female in absence of marking.
Hab, CHINA.
Genus PRISMOSTICTA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) vi, p. 67 (1880).
31. Prismosticta hyalinata.
Prismosticta hyalinata, Butl., Cist. Ent., i, p. 125 (1885).
There was a series from Oiwake and Nikko in Pryer’s
collection and I have specimens taken by Mr. Manley at
Yokohama.
Hab. JAPAN.
Family SPHINGID.
Subfamily ACHERONTIINA.
Genus ACHERONTIA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iv, p. 44 (1816).
32. Acherontia atropos.
Sphinz atropos, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 490 (1758) ; Hiibn.,
Sphing., fig. 70.
Manduca atropos, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 700 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 275
Acherontia styx, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 88, pl. xlii,
fig. 3 (1848); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 67 (1892).
Acherontia medusa, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 597
(1876); Ill: Typ. Lep. Het., iii, pl. xli, fig. 5 (1879).
I obtained the species in various parts of Japan, where
it is very plentiful; I also took a specimen at Gensan. In
a series received from Ichang all the specimens were
below the average size, and some of the examples measure
only 70-73 millim. in expanse. The characters given by
Hampson as distinguishing styx from atropos appear to be
of little specific value. The bands on the under surface
of the abdomen are sometimes almost absent in European
specimens and in the Asiatic form are usually represented
by rows of spots. Then with regard to the two medial
bands on the under surface of the forewings, these may be
present or absent in specimens from either region.
Medusa, Butl., from Japan has no constant character to
separate it from the Indian form.
Distribution. Throughout InpIA and CEYLON; ASIA
Minor; Stam; BorNEO; CELEBES; TIMOR; PHILIPPINES
(Hampson); COREA; JAPAN; KiusHiu; CENTRAL.
EASTERN, and SOUTHERN CHINA.—EUROPE.— NorTH
AFRICA.
33. Acherontia lachesis.
Sphinx lachesis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 434 (1798).
Acherontia morta, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 140 (1822 2) ;
Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 119; Swinhoe,
Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 31 (1892).
Acherontia satanas, Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép., i, pl. xvi, fig. 1
(1836).
Acherontia lethe, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 88, pl. xlii,
fig. 3 (1848).
Acherontia lachesis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p-. 67 (1892).
Manduca lachesis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 700 (1892).
My collectors met with this species at Kiukiang and
various localities in Western China in June, July and
August. The specimens do not appear to differ from
Indian examples.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; Sram;
PENANG; JAVA (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA.
276 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Subfamily SUERINTHIN A,
[Genus POLYPTYCHUS.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 68
(1892).
34. Polyptychus dyras.
Smerinthus dyras, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 250
1856).
Ce dyras, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 708 (1892).
Triptogon cristata, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
253:
Seah sperchius, Mén., Lep. Mus. Petr., ii, p. 137,
pl. xiii, fig. 5 (1857).
Triptogon piceipennis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 393 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 2, pl. xxi,
fig. 4 (1878).
Polyptychus dyras, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 69 (1892).
There was a nice series of this variable species in Pryer’s
collection. I met with examples at Tsuruga in July and
received one specimen, captured in June, at Moupin; all
these are of the sperchius or piceipennis form. One male
taken at Omei-shan in June is referable to cristata, Butl.
Pryer states that the larva in Japan feeds upon
chestnut.
Distribution. NortH INDIA; WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ;
KIUSHIU.
35. Polyptychus echephron.
Smerinthus echephron, Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép., Het., 1,
p. 21, pl. iu, fig. 3 (1875).
Marumba echephron, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 706
(1892).
Described from Japan and probably a form of P. dyras
Walk.
Hab, JAPAN.
36. Polyptychus gaschkewitsehit.
Smerinthus gaschkewitschit, Brem, and Gray, Motsch. Etud,
Ent., 1, p. 62 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 18,
pl. v, fig. 2 (1853).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 277
Smerinthus complacens, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 40
(1864); Butl., Ill. Typ. Het., iii, p. 2, pl. xli, fig. 4
(1879).
Triptogon roseipennis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 257; Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 588, pl. xci,
fig. 6, transf. (1876); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iu, p. 2,
pl. xh, fig. 3 (1879).
Marumba roseipennis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 707 (1892).
Triptogon complacens, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 586.
Smerinthus roseipennis, var. carstanjeni, Staud., Rom. sur
Lép., iii, p. 159, pl. ix, figs, 2a, 2 b (1887).
Smerinthus gaschkewitschit, var. carstanjent, Staud., Rom.
sur Lép., vi, p. 235 (1892).
Smerinthus heynet, Austaut, Le Nat., 1892, p. 68.
A fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I
met with the species at Nagasaki in May and have received
it from Hakodate and also from Moupin; the specimens
from the latter place were taken in June.
The larva is stated by Staudinger to feed on Pyrus
and Crategus, whilst Dorries says that it feeds on cherry
and plum and is similar in appearance to the larva of
Smerinthus ocellatus.
Austaut’s description of heynei evidently applies to
Japanese representatives of this species. He refers to
gaschkewitschii and var. carstanjeni as though he considered
them distinct species, whilst he does not mention either
roseupennis or complacens.
Distribution. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ;
KiusHiu ; AMURLAND.
37. Polyptychus dissimilis.
Triptogon dissimilis, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petr., i, p. 475
(1861).
Smerinthus dissimilis, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 35, pl. 11,
fig. 12 (1864).
Marumba dissimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 707 (1892).
Phillosphingia perundulans, Swinhoe, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., (6) xix, p. 164 (1897).
There were specimens from Oiwake and Tokio in Pryer’s
collection which agree with examples from Amurland. In
one individual from Kiukiang the body and ground colour
of the wings are rosy-brown instead of olive-brown.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN.
278 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus DILINA.
Dalm., Vet. Akad. Handl., 1816, p. 212.
38. Dilina christophi.
Smerinthus christophi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 162,
pl. ix, figs. 3a, 6, and pl. xi, fig. 1 (1887).
Dilina christophi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 709 (1892).
There were specimens from Fujisan and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
This species, which is closely allied to D. tiliw, can be
readily separated by the absence of any green coloration,
by the contour of the central fascia, and by the uniform
dark brown colour of the thorax. Although my series of
D. tiie comprises 165 specimens and includes all the
known aberrations, there is nothing among them that could
be mistaken for D. christophi.
The larva feeds on Alnus incana, W., and is stated to
resemble that of D. tilix very closely.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO.
Genus SMERINTHUS.
Latr., Hist. Nat. Ins., ii, p. 401 (1802).
39, Smerinthus ocellatus.
Sphinu ocellata, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 489 (1758).
Smerinthus ocellatus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 711 (1892)
Smerinthus planus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 254
(1856).
Smerinthus argus, Mén., Lep. Mus. Petr., p. 126, pl. xiii,
. fig. 3 (1857).
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Gensan, and have
received it from Chang-yang and Kiukiang.
The differences between planus (=argus) and ocellatus
indicated by Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 236) do
not hold good in my series from Japan, Corea, and North
China when they are compared with European specimens.
The Asiatic examples usually have the ocellus larger than
those from Europe, but this is not invariably the case.
Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN ; COREA; AMURLAND ;
NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 279
40. Smerinthus tatarinovii.
Smerinthus tatarinovii, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud.
Ent., i, p. 62 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 13,
(1853) ; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., pl. xiii, fig. 1 (1857).
Ambulyxz tartarinovii, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford.
p. 24 (1892).
Smermnthus eversmannt, Popoft, Bull. Mosc., 1854, 11, p. 182,
pl. 1, fig.) 5.
There were specimens from Yokohama and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection, and I have received others from the
same localities,
Among the specimens in Pryer’s series there is one in
which the primaries are suffused with pink, and the
central band and apical patch are russet-brown, which
would appear to be referable to to the form from Kiachta,
for which Staudinger has proposed the varietal name
brunnea (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 238). The larva feeds on
Ulmus campestris.
Distribution. AMURLAND; SIBERIA; JAPAN; YESSO ;
NortTH CHINA.
Genus DAPHNUSA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 287 (1856).
41. Daphnusa colligata.
Daphnusa colligata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 238
(1856).
Metagastes biett, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 29, pl. i,
fig. 2 (1886).
A specimen in Pryer’s collection; I have also received
one example from Ichang and one from Kiukiang, taken
in July. Walker's type was from N. China, and that of
Oberthiir’s from Ta-chien-lu.
Distribution. NORTHERN, WESTERN, and CENTRAL
CHINA; JAPAN.
Genus LEUCOPHLEBIA.
Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 46 (1848).
42. Leucophlebia lineata.
Leucophlebia lineata, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 46,
pl. xxu, fig. 2 (1848); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 1, p. 74 (1892).
One specimen from Kiukiang,
Distribution. INDIA; CEYLON; JAVA (Hampson) ;
CENTRAL CHINA.
280 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Subfamily AMBULICINAE.
Genus AMBULYX.
West., Cab. Orient. Ent. p. 61 (1848).
43. Ambulyx schauffelbergerc.
Ambulyx schauffelbergert, Brem, and Grey, Motsch. Etud.
Ent., 1, p. 62 (1852).
Ambulyx maculifera, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1851
(1866); Butl., Il. Het., v, p.10, pl. Ixxx, fig.3 (1881).
Ambulyx consanguis, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 11,
pl. Ixxx, fig. 4 (1881).
Ambulyx ochracea, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 113 (1885).
Ambulyx substrigilis (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 77 (1892).
Ambulyxz triineata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. 1, p. 88
(1894).
I took this species in June at Nagasaki, and my native
collector obtained it at Nikko. There were examples
from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I have received
specimens from Chia-ting-fu, Omei-shan, and Moupin,
taken in June and July, some of which agree with the
form described by Butler as consanguis. Most of the
Japanese examples are referable to the form ochracea.
I have specimens from West China which seem to
agree with ¢rilineata, Rothschild from Kiushiu, but these
are certainly not specifically distinct from A. schawffel-
berger.
Distribution. DARJILING; JAPAN; KIUSHIU; COREA;
NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
44. Ambulyx japonica.
Ambulyxz japonica, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 87 (1894) ;
op. cit., 11, pl. 1x, fig. 6 (1895).
Described from Japan. Possibly a form of A. schauffel-
bergert, Brem. and Grey. Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix,
p-. 166) records A. japonica from Corea.
Distribution, JAPAN; COREA.
Genus BASIANA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 236 (1856).
45. Basiana bilineata.
Basiana bilineata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., v, p. 1857
(1866); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 702 (1892).
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 281
Clanis bilineata, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 14, pl.
Ixxxi, fig. 4 (1881); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 587.
Ambulyx bilineata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 80 (1892).
lanis undulosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p. 387.
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection, and I have received others from Kiukiang,
taken in August, and also from Chang-yang and Moupin,
where they were captured in July. Varies in size, colour,
and marking.
Fixsen records the species from Corea.
Distribution. NORTHERN INDIA; EASTERN, CENTRAL,
and WESTERN CHINA; COREA; JAPAN.
Subfamily CHAZROCAMPIN:.
Genus AMPELOPHAGA.
Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i, p. 61 (1852).
46. Ampelophaga rubiginosa.
Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Brem. and Gray, Motsch. Etud.
Ent., i, p. 61 (1852); Schmett. nérd. China, p. 11
(1853) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1i, p. 83
(1892).
Cherocampa rubiginosa, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., 11, p. 91,
pl. xu, fig. 2 (1857).
Deilephila romanovi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 158.
pl. ix, figs. 1 a, b (1887).
There was a series, comprising specimens from Yoko-
hama and Oiwake, in Pryer’s collection. I have received
the species from Ichang and Kiukiang, and from several
localities in Western China.
Distribution. NortH- West HIMALAYAS; SIKHIM;
NAcas (Hampson); NORTHERN, EASTERN, CENTRAL, and
WESTERN CHINA; COREA; AMURLAND; JAPAN.
Genus ACOSMERYX.
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het., i, p. 214 (1875).
47. Acosmeryx anceus.
Sphinz anceus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, p. 124, pl. ccelv,
fig, A (1781).
282 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Acosmeryx anceus, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876,
p. 544, pl. 90, figs. 11, 12 (larva and pupa).
Six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I
have one example from Kiukiang, taken in July.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; NorRTH-EAstT INDIA; SouTH
InpIA; CEYLON; PENANG; BORNEO; JAVA; AMBOINA
(Hampson); JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA.
48, Acosmeryx vyenobu.
Acosmeryx tyenobu, Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xvi,
p. 71 (1889).
I have not seen this species which Dr. Holland describes
from Japan.
Hab. JAPAN.
49, Acosmeryx naga.
Philampelus naga, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 271
(1857).
Acosmeryx naga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 649 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 83 (1892).
Acosmeryx metanaga, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p. 850 (1879).
There was a female specimen in Pryer’s collection and
my native collector obtained a male at Hakodate in
June.
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 167) records this
species from Corea.
Distribution. NoRTH-WEST and EASTERN HIMALAYAS
(Hampson); JAPAN; YESSO; COREA.
Genus CHAROCAMPA.
Dup., Lép. Fr., Suppl., ii, p. 159 (1835).
50. Cherocampa elpenor.
Sphinx elpenor, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 491 (1758) ; Hiibn.,
Sphing., fig. 61.
Theretra elpenor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 650 (1892).
Cherocampa macromera, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1875, p. 7; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 7, pl. xxix, fig. 3,
2 (1881).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 283
Cherocampa fraterna, Butl., P. Z. 8, 1875, p. 247;
fT Ee, we pei ply xix, aed ee 7 rss),
Cherocampa lewisit, Butl., P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 247.
Cherocampa elpenor, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 584.
I obtained the species at Shimonoseki and Gensan in
July ; there were specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection and I have received others from Hakodate, also
from Chang-yang, Kiukiang, Omei-shan and Wa-shan.
Japanese and Chinese specimens (/ewisii, Butl.) are
rather more rosy than, but do not otherwise differ from,
European examples.
Distribution. EUROPE.—NORTHERN INDIA; NORTHERN,
‘CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; COREA; AMUR-
LAND.
51. Cherocampa oldenlandix.
Sphinx oldenlandix, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 542 (1775).
Xylophanes oldenlandix, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., u, p. 17,
pl. Ixxxv, fig. 85 (1882).
Xylophanes gortys, Hiibn., Zutr. exot. Schmett, iii, p. 28,
figs. 5138, 514 (1825).
Theretra oldenlandiz, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 653 (1892).
Cherocampa oldenlandix, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 87 (1892).
Deilephila proxima, Austaut, Le Nat., 1892, p. 69.
A common species in Japan. Some specimens were
bred in the Insect House at the Zoological Society’s
Garden, London, from pupze which I brought from
Yokohama, where I found the larva feeding commonly on
taro and balsam.
I received several specimens from Ichang taken in
August.
Austaut redescribes this species under the name
“ D. proxima,” comparing it with japonica, Staud., no doubt
intending japonica, Boisd. His description undoubtedly
applies to C. oldenlandizx, Fabr., to which he does not refer.
stribution. EGypt.—NoORTHERN INDIA; CENTRAL
CHINA; JAPAN.
52. Cherocampa japonica.
Cherocampa japonica, De YOrza, Lép. Jap., p. 36 (1869) ;
Boisd., Ins. Lép. Hét., i, p. 241 (1875).
Theretra japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 654 (1892).
Pryer refers to this species as common about Yokohama.
284 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I obtained it in Satsuma and at Nagasaki and Hakodate.
Fixsen records specimens from Corea and I have examples
from Kiukiang and Chang-yang.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; KiIvUSHIU; COREA;
CENTRAL CHINA.
53. Cherocampa silhetensis.
Cherocampa silhetensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 143
(1858); Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. Ixxix, fig. 6.
Cherocampa bisecta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 278
(1857).
Theretra pinastrina, Mart.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 654
(1892).
I have one example from Kiukiang. Pryer obtained the
species in the Loochoo islands.
Mstribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; JAVA;
Borneo; Formosa ; JAPAN (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA ;
LoocHoo.
54. Cherocampa clotho.
Sphinx clotho, Drury, Exot. Ins. iu, pl. xxviii, fig. 1
(1773).
Hathia clotho, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii, p. 20, pl. [xxvii fig. 1
(1882),
Theretra clotho, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 655 (1892).
Cherocampa butus, Cram.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths. i, p. 93 (1892).
I obtained a specimen in Satsuma in the month of
May.
Distribution. Throughout Inp1a, CEYLON, and BurMa ;
ANDAMANS; BorNEO; JAVA; KIUSHIU.
55. Cherocampa lineosa.
Cherocampa lineosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 144
(1856) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Het.,v, p. 9, pl. xxix, fig. 7
(1881); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 93
(1892).
Theretra lineosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 656 (1892).
Two specimens from Omei-shan and one from Chang-
yang, taken in July.
Distribution. MUSSOOREE; SIKHIM; ASSAM; SYLHET
(Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 285
56. Cherocampa striata.
Theretra striata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 76 (1894).
Rothschild states that this species is closely allied to C.
lineosa, Walk., but is different in pattern and is barely
three-fifths the size.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus DEILEPHILA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iv, p. 42 (1816).
57. Deilephila livornica.
Sphina livornica, Esp., Schmett., ii, p. 196 (1779) ; ii, (2),
p. 41, pl. xlvi, figs. 3-7 (1789 ?).
Dilephila livornica, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 97 (1892).
Detlephila livornica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 664 (1892).
A series of bred specimens from Wa-shan, July. In
these the oblique band of the forewings is narrower than
in typical European examples.
Istribution. KUROPE.—NortTH AFRICA.— NORTH-WEST
HIMALAYAS; WESTERN CHINA.
58, Deilephila gali.
Sphinx galii, Rott., Naturf., vii, p. 107 (1775).
Dilephila galtvi, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p.
98 (1892).
Deilephila galw, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 665 (1892),
Two specimens in Pryer’s collection, one of which was
taken in June at Fujisan. I observed an example at
Tsuruga in July; this was hovering over flowers in the
sunshine. I have also seen this species on the wing, in
the day time, in Kashmir.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; KASHMIR.
59. Deilephila euphorbioides,
Deilephila euphorbiordes, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford,
p. 22 (1892).
Described from a Japanese specimen in the Oxford
Museum. I have not seen this species, which Swinhoe
states to be intermediate between D. biguttata, Walk., and
D. ewphorbizx.
Hab, JAPAN,
286 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus THERETRA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 99
(1892).
60. Theretra nessus.
Sphinx nessus, Drury, Exot. Ins., ii, p. 46, pl. xxvii, fig. 1
(1773).
Sphina equestris, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, p. 365 (1798).
Theretra nessus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 659 (1892);
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 99 (1892).
Cherocampa nessus, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 18
(1892).
There was a fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-
tion. My native collector obtained the species in the
island of Kiushiu.
Distribution. Honc-Kone ; throughout Inp1a, CEyLon,
and BurMA; BornEo; JAVA (Hampson); JAPAN; Kivu-
SHIU.
Genus METOPSILUS.
Dunc., Nat. Libr., Brit. Moths, p. 154 (1836).
61. Metopsilus mongolianus.
Pergesa mongoliana, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p.
622; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ui, p. 4, pl. xxi, fig. 5
(1878).
Metopsilus mongolianus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 660
(1892).
Common at Yokohama. I have one specimen from
Kiukiang. Probably a form of JZ. velatus, Walk.
Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA; NORTHERN and CENTRAL
CHINA.
Subfamily SPHINGIN 4.
Genus PROTOPARCE.
Burmeister; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p.
103 (1892).
62. Protoparce convolvuli.
Sphinz convolvuli, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 490 (1758);
Hiibn., Sphing., fig. 70.
Protoparce orientalis, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p.
609, pl. xci, figs. 16, 17, larva and pupa (1876).
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 287
Protoparce convolvuli, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 103 (1892).
Phlegethontius convolvuli, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 690
(1892).
There were four specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Fushiki and Hako-
date, in Japan. My collectors met with it at Chang-yang
and Ichang in Central China, and at Chung-King in
Western China.
Distribution. EUROPE.—ASIA.—AFRICA.—AUSTRALIA.
Genus SPHINX.
Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 489 (1758).
63. Sphina ligustre.
Sphinx ligustri, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 490 (1758); Hiibn.,
Sphing., pl. xiv, fig. 69.
Sphinx constricta, Butl., Cist. Ent., i, p. 113 (1885).
Sphina ligustri, var. amurensis, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr.,
(6) vi, p. 741 (1886).
A native collector obtained one specimen at Hakodate
‘in June. Var. amurensis, Oberth. would appear to be
identical with the Japanese form described as constricta
by Butler.
Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN; YESSO; MANCHURIA;
NortH CHINA ; AMURLAND.
Genus HYLoicus.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 139 (1822 ?).
64. Hyloicus pinastri.
Sphine pinastri, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 492 (1758) ; Hiibn.,
Sphing., fig. 67.
Hyloicus pinastri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 693 (1892).
Hyloicus caligineus, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 393 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 2, pl. xxi,
fig. 6 (1878).
Anceryx pinastri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 588.
Typical specimens occur in Japan, but the more common
form is caligineus, Butl. It appears to be double brooded ;
288 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I obtained the species at Ningpo in April and again in
various parts of Japan in July.
Distribution. EUROPE.— JAPAN; KIUSHIU; EASTERN
CHINA.
Genus PSEUDOSPHINX.
Burmeister ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 104
(1892).
65. Pseudosphinx wnereta.
Anceryx increta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. i, p. 36
(1864).
Diludia increta, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, p. 4, pl. xh,
fig. 7 (1879).
Meganoton increta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 682 (1892).
Pseudosphina discistriga (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 105 (1892).
Common in Japan. I have received specimens from
Ichang, Kiukiang, and Omei-shan. Taken in July and
August.
Walker’s type is in very bad condition; my specimens
agree very well with Butler’s figure.
Distribution. NoRTHERN, CENTRAL, EASTERN and
WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; LoocHoo; NORTHERN INDIA.
66. Pseudosphing analis.
Sphinx analis, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxviii, fig. 4
(1874).
Meganoton analis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 682 (1892).
Possibly a form of P. increta, Walk., but as I have only
seen Felder’s figure I am unable to form any definite
conclusion on this point.
Hab. SHANGHAI.
67. Pseudosphinx discistriga.
Macrosila discistriga, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 208
(1856).
Diludia discistriga, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 3,
pl. xli, fig. 6 (1879).
Diludia melanomera, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 13; Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 615, pl. xciv,
fig. 4 (1876).
Pseudosphina discistriga, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 105 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 289
One specimen from Ichang taken in August. This
agrees well with Butler’s figure except in its larger size.
Distribution. SYLHET; East INDIES; BORNEO; JAVA;
NORTHERN, CENTRAL, and SOUTHERN CHINA.
Genus DOLBINA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 155 (1887).
68. Dolbina tanerei.
Dolbina tanerei, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., ui, p. 155,
pl. xvii, fig: 8 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 685
(1892).
Pseudosphinz tnexacta, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p- 988.
Pryer in his catalogue refers to this species as occurring
among yew trees. There were several specimens in his
collection and I obtained five examples at Hakodate in
August.
The olivaceous coloration and markings of thorax separate
this species from D. inexacta with which I formerly
confused it.
Instribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO.
69. Dolbina inexacta.
Macrosila inexacta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 208
(1856).
Pseudosphine inexacta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 16,
pl. Ixxxi, fig. 8 (1881); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 1, p. 104 (1892).
Hyloicus inexacta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 694 (1892).
One specimen taken in July at Chang-yang.
This species is readily distinguished from D. exacta,
Staud., by the white coloration on under surface of
abdomen being traversed by an interrupted black stripe.
Distribution. Mussoorie; KuAsis; Bompay (Hamp-
son); CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus KENTROCHRYSALIS,
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 157 (1887),
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1898.—PART UI. (SEPT.) 20
290 Mr. J. H. Leech on
70. KENTROCHRYSALIS STRECKERI.
Sphinx streckert, Staud., Ent. Nachr., vi, p. 252 (Nov.
1880); Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 157 (1887).
Sphine davidis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 27, pl. vii,
fig. 9 (Dec. 1880).
Hyloicus davidis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 2.
Anceryx davidis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 589.
Kentrochrysalis streckeri, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 220
(1892).
There were three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection ; these were found on stems of yew trees. This.
species has also been recorded from Tokio and Nikko.
Distribution. JAPAN; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
71. Kentrochrysalis steverst,
Kentrochrysalis sieversi, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 164,
job suing JE ae (CuI:
Alphéraky describes K. siever'si from Corea. The example
figured by him does not seem to differ from K. streckert,
except that it is larger and darker, and the markings are
more pronounced. One of my Japanese specimens of the
last-named species is very much darker than svever'si, and
the markings are quite as strongly developed, but I
cannot see any reason for considering it as specifically
distinct from XK. streckert.
Hab, COREA.
Subfamily JA CROGLOSSINE.
Genus CINOGON.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 1.
72. Cinogon askoldensis.
Smerinthus askoldensis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 25,
pl. i, fig. 3 (1880).
Cinogon cingulatum, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
pa.
Cinogon askoldensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 639 (1892).
There were specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection. Butler’s type was from Tokio.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; ASKOLD.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 291
Genus GURELCA.
Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc., (2) 11, p. 330 (1880).
73. Gurelea hyas.
Lophura hyas, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 107 (1856).
Gurelca hyas, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 110
(1892); Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 3, pl. i, fig. 2
(1892).
Lophura sangaica, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p- 621.
Gurelca sangaica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 643 (1892).
Common in Japan from May to August. I have re-
ceived the species from Gensan and also from Kiukiang,
Chang-yang, Moupin, and Huang-mu-chang. Examples
from the North-western Himalayas in my collection agree
with Japanese specimens.
Distribution. HONGKONG; SItkHIM; SYLHET; Muow;
JAVA (Hampson); NortH-West HIMALAYAS; JAPAN;
KiusHiu; CorEA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN
CHINA.
74. Gurelca masuriensis.
Lophura masurvensis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p-. 244, pl. xxxvi, fig. 3; Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix,
p. 119 (1897).
Gurelca masuriensis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 110 (1892).
Alphéraky records a male specimen from Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution. MUSSOORIE; NORTH-EASTERN HIMALAYAS
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus RHOPALOPSYCHE.
Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1875, p. 239.
75. Lhopalopsyche nycteris,
Macroglossa nycteris, Koll., Hiigel. Kaschm., iv (2), p. 458,
pl. xix, fig. 5 (1844).
Rhopalopsyche nycteris, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 111 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, p. 634
(1892).
292 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I have specimens from Chang-yang, Wa-shan, Chia-
ting-fu, and Chia-kou-ho, taken in July.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; KHAsis; Burma (Hampson);
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MACROGLOSSA.
Scop.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 112
(1892).
76. Macroglossa stellatarwm.
Sphin stellatarum, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1, p. 495 (1758);
Hiibn., Sphing., pl. 1x, fig. 57.
Macroglossa stellatarum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 113 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p.
629 (1892).
Fairly common in Japan and Yesso; I have received
the species from Huang-mu-chang.
Distribution. EuropE—NortH AFRICA.— NORTHERN
AstA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, WESTERN and NORTHERN
CHINA; AMURLAND; COREA.
77. Macroglossa belis.
Sphing belis, Cram., Pap. Exot.,i, p. 147, pl. xciv, fig. c (1776).
Macroglossa belis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 113 (1892).
My collectors did not obtain this species in any part of
China that they visited.
Distribution. CHINA and throughout INDIA and CEYLON
(Hampson).
78. Macroglossa bombylans.
Macroglossa bombylans, Boisd., Sp. Gén. Lép., i, p. 334
(1875) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 630 (1892).
Macroglossa walkeri, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 4; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 116
(1892).
I obtained this species in Satsuma in May, at Nikko
and Oiwake in September and October; and I have
received it from Kiukiang, Chang-yang, and from several
localities in Western China.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS and throughout NortH INDIA
(Hampson); JAPAN; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 293
79. Macroglossa gilia.
Macroglossa gilia, Herr.-Schiff., Schmett., pp. 59, 79, pl.
xxii, fig. 107; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1. p. 117 (1892); Alph., Rom, sur Lép., ix, p. 119
(1897).
Alphéraky records three specimens, taken at the end of
July, at Ja-djoou, in Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; JAVA
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
80. Macroglossa pyrrhosticta.
Macroglossa pyrrhosticta, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p.
242, pl. xxxvi, fig. 8.
I took this species at Nagahama and Gensan in June
and July; fPryer records it from Yokohama. My
collectors obtained specimens at Chang-yang, Kiukiang,
and at several localities in Western China. The type was
from Shanghai.
Distribution. EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA;
JAPAN; KiusHIU; CorEA; LoocHoo ISLANDS.
81. Macroglossa saga.
Macroglossa saga, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 206 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 1, pl. xxi, fig. 1 (1878).
Macroglossa kiushiuensis, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 66
(1894) ; op. cit., ii, pl. xiii, fig. 2 (1896).
Described from Yokohama. I have not received any
Japanese specimens, but there were some examples from
Loochoo in Pryer’s collection.
M. saga may be separated from its near ally JZ pyrr-
hesticta by the uninterrupted black basal patch of the
secondaries and by its greater size, and the rather differ-
ent character of the apical markings of the primaries.
Distribution. JAPAN; Kiusaiu ; LoocHoo.
82. Macroglossa passalus.
Sphine passalus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., ii, pl. xxix, fig. 2
(1773).
Macroglossa passalus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 632 (1892).
Macroglossa proxima, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 1; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths
i, p. 114 (1892).
294 Mr. J. H. Leech on
One specimen from Moupin, June; two from Chang-
yang, July; and one from Ichang Gorge, September.
Distribution. SYLHET; CACHAR; KANARA; CEYLON;
TENASSERIM ; Manacca (Hampson); CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SPHECODINA.
Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins., iii, pl. xx, fig. 4 (1840).
83. Sphecodina (2) caudata.
Thyreus caudata, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i,
p. 62 (1852); Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., ii, p. 95, pl. xu,
fig. 4 (1857).
Sphecodina (?) caudata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, p. 638
(1892).
The type of this species was from Pekin. My collectors
did not meet with it in any part of China that they
visited. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 238) records
specimens from Amurland, and gives a description of a
coloured figure of the larva.
Distribution. NORTH CHINA ; AMURLAND.
Genus SATASPES.
Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 261 (1857).
84. Sataspes infernalis.
Sesia infernalis, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 61, pl. xxx,
fig. 3 (1848).
Sataspes wmfernalis, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p- 121; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 121,
(1892).
Sataspes xylocoparis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 239, pl. xxxvi, fig. 1.
I received this species from Ichang, Kiukiang, Chia-
ting-fu, and Moupin ; fifteen specimens in all, taken in
June and July. SButler’s type was from Shanghai.
Distribution. StIKHIM; SYLHET; BuRMA; HoncG-KoNG
(Hampson) ; EASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HEMARIS.
Dalm., Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 207 (1816).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 295
85. Hemaris radians.
Sesia radians, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 84 (1856).
Hemaris radians, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 1, pl.
xxi, fig. 2 (1878).
Hemaris mandarina, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 239, pl. xxxv. fig 2.
There were specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama in
Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Gensan, Fushiki
and Hakodate, and have received examples from
Kiukiang.
The rays from the outer marginal border, which are
conspicuous in the type form, are altogether absent in
mandarina, and all gradations between these extremes
are exhibited.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; EASTERN,
CENTRAL, and NORTHERN CHINA.
86. Hemaris alternata.
Sesia alternata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xiv,
p. 366 (1874).
Hemaris alternata, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11. p. i,
pl. xxi, fig. 3 (1878).
According to Pryer, this species would seem to be
common about Yokohama; it is recorded from Oiwake
and Hakodate, and I obtained specimens at Gensan
in July. My native collectors captured four examples
at Chang-yang.
Fixsen (Rom. sur Lép., ili, p. 323) suggests that 7.
alternata may be referable to H. affinis, but the former is
easily separable from the latter.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL
CHINA.
87. Hemaris affinis.
Macroglossa affinis, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petrsb., ii, p. 659
(1861) ; Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 35, pl. i, fig. 13 (1864).
Macroglossa sieboldi, Boisd., de VOrza, Lép, Jap., p. 35
(1869).
Sesia whitelyi, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xiv, p.
367 (1874).
296 Mr. J. H. Leech on
There were specimens from Gifu and Yokohama, in
Pryer’s collection. I received examples from Hakodate,
where they were captured in June.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; AMURLAND; NoRTH
CHINA.
88. Hemaris beresowskii,
Hemaris beresowskti, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 120,
pl. xu, tig. 9 fF (1897):
Alphéraky describes this species, which is closely
allied to H. afinis, Brem., from Sé-Tchouen. I received
two male specimens from Ta-chien-lu, one from Pu-
tsu-fong, one from Kia-tung-fu, and a female from
Kwei-chow ; all these were taken in June and July.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
89. Hemaris staudingerr.
Hemaris staudingert, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890).
Eight specimens from Chang-yang taken in July.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus CEPHONODES.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 131 (1816),
90. Cephonodes hylas.
Sphina hylas, Linn., Mant., i, p. 539 (1771).
Sesia hylas, Don., Ins. China, ii, pl. xlin, fig. 2 (1799).
Sphinw picus, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii, p. 83, pl. cxlviii, fig. B,
Ge).
Hemaris hylas, Saalm., Lep. Madag., 1, p. 117, pl. 11. fig. 40
(1884).
Cephonodes hylas, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 581.
There were six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species in Satsuma in May, and
at Nagasaki in May and June; I have also received
specimens from Chia-ting-fu and Moupin.
Distribution. Throughout InpIA to AUSTRALIA. —
West and SoutTH AFricA (Hampson).—JAPAN; K1Iv-
sHiu; LoocHoo ISLANDS; WESTERN CHINA.
Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 297
Family NOTODONTID.
Genus TARSOLEPIS.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) x, p. 125 (1872).
91. Tarsolepis sommeri,
Crino sommert, Hiibn., Samml. Ex. Schmett. (1824 ?).
Tarsolepis remicauda, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
x, p. 125, pl. viii. (1872); Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, i, p. 127 (1892).
Tarsolepis sommert, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 616 (1892).
There was a very poor example of this species, without
data, in Pryer’s collection. I am informed by Mr. A. E.
Wileman that it is not uncommon at light in some parts
of Japan.
Distribution. StKHIM; BoRNEO (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
Genus DuDvuSA.
Walk., Cat. Lep, Het., xxxii, p. 446 (1865),
92, Dudusa nobilis,
. Dudusa nobilis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 447
(1865).
Walker described this species, with which I am not
acquainted, from “ North China.”
Hab. NortH CHINA.
Genus NADATA,
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1062 (1855).
93. Nadata cristata.
Trabala cristata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 18, pl. xxvii,
fig. 1 (1878).
Nadata cristata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 614 (1892).
Specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama were in Pryer’s
collection. I took the species at Nagahama in July;
Oberthiir records it from the isle of Askold and Staudinger
from Amurland and North of Pekin.
Distribution. JAPAN; AMURLAND; ASKOLD; NORTH
CHINA.
298 Mr. J. H. Leech on
94. Nadata niverceps.
Trabala niveiceps, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 554
(1865).
Nadata niveiceps, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 21,
pl. civ, fig. 8 (1886); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 180 (1892).
One example of each sex taken in July at Wa-shan.
In the male the primaries have an indistinct wavy sub-
basal line and medial and postmedial elbowed lines; both
sexes have a pale yellow spot in the discal cell.
Distribution. NortH-WeEst HimMALAyas (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
95. Nadata splendida.
Trabala splendida, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 65, pl. v,
fig. 6 (1881).
Nadata splendida, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 366
(1892).
I have one specimen from Chang-yang.
Staudinger, in referring to this species from the Isle of
Askold and Amurland, states that the larva, which is
almost uniformly greenish white, feeds upon oak.
Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus PHALERA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., 146 (1816).
96. Phalera fuscescens.
Phalera fuscescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 597.
Phalera staudingeri, Alph., Iris, viii, p. 187 (1895).
There were two specimens, from Oiwake and Fujisan,
in Pryer’s collection and I obtained one example at Gensan
in July.
Alphéraky describes this species from Amurland under
the name staudingeri; his excellent description of the
latter exactly applies to P. fuscescens, Butl., which he was
evidently not acquainted with as he does not refer to it.
Distribution. JAPAN; COREA; AMURLAND.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 299
97. Phalera alpherakyt, sp. 0.
¢ Primaries fuscous-grey with several blackish, wavy, transverse
lines ; the most prominent of the markings are the double line
limiting the pale grey basal area, a single one just beyond the cell,
and a double one from the white edged ochreous, somewhat cuneiform
apical patch ; there is a blackish lunule surrounded with whitish at
end of cell and a lunulate, blackish, sub-marginal line ; the latter is
spotted with black between veins 1—4; fringes reddish-brown,
Secondaries fuscous with a ill-defined pale band just beyond the
middle ; fringes whitish marked with reddish-brown at ends of the
nervures. Under surface: primaries have the basal three-fourths
blackish, the outer limit defined by an oblique darker line ; the
outer third of the wing is pale ochreous with a large diffuse blackish
patch, traversed by a wavy pale ochreous line, between veins 6 and
inner margin : secondaries whitish suffused with fuscous on basal
area, Which is limited by a blackish band, and on outer fourth except
towards outer angle.
Expanse. 58-64 millim.
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June
or July.
Allied to P. assimilis, Brem.
98. Phalera sigmata.
Phalera sigmata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xx,
p. 473 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iu, pl. xxiv, fig. 9
(1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 641.
A nice series in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama. I
have one example from Omei-shan which was taken in
June or July. Butler's female type was from Hakodate.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; WESTERN CHINA.
99. Phalera flavescens.
Phalera flavescens, Brem., Lep. Nord. China, p. 14 (1858).
Trisula andreas, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 38, pl. v,
fig. 4 (1880).
Trisula (Phalera) flavescens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi,
p. 368 (1892).
Oberthiir places this species in Z’risula and so also does
Staudinger with the remark that he is unable to ascertain
where the genus was characterised.
Trisula was founded by Moore (Cat. Lep. E.LC., ii,
p- 420) for the reception of variegata, Moore, which Hamp-
300 Mr. J. H. Leech on
son (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 430) states is a
Noctua.
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yesso
and Yokohama. I obtained the species at Gensan and my
native collector at Hakodate; I have also received one
example from Moupin.
Graeser states that the larva resembles that of P. bucephala
and feeds on birch.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; AMURLAND ;
ASKOLD ; NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
100. Phalera assimilis.
Pygera assimilis, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. d’Ent.,
i, p. 80 (1852) ; Schmett. nord. China, p. 16 (1853).
Phalera assimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 577 (1892) ;
Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 156, pl. xi, fig. 4
(1897).
Phalera ningpoana, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi, p. 37 (1862).
One male specimen from Omei-shan and a female from
Wa-shan ; both taken in July.
Distribution. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus EDEMA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1028 (1855).
101. Hdema nivilinea.
Edema nivilinea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 638, pl. xxxii, fig. 1.
There were two specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection and three others, without locality, among his
unarranged material.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus PYDNA.
Walk. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 188
(1892).
102. Pydna plumosa.
Bireta plumosa, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 620,
pl. xxxi, fig. 4.
This species was taken by Pryer at Ohoyama.
Hab, JAPAN.
Fleterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 301
103. Pydna southerlandi.
Bireta southerlandii, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xvi,
p. 73 (1889).
I have several specimens comprised in my variable series
of P. straminea which appear to agree fairly well with the
description of P. southerlandii ; but without seeing the
type of the latter I am unable to form any definite con-
clusion.
Hab. JAPAN.
104. Pydna straminea.
Ceira straminea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 91 (1877).
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I
obtained the species at Gensan in June and have received
it from Kiushiu.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KiusHIu ; CoREA; EASTERN
CHINA.
105. Pydna pallida.
Bireta pallida, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 473 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 12, pl. xxv,
figs. 10, 11 (1878).
Pydna pallida, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 140
(1892).
There was a good series from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution, SIKHIM ; CHEKIANG (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
106. Pydna insignis, sp. n.
Primaries pale buff clouded and suffused with purplish-brown on
inner, central and outer marginal areas ; there are two black dots at
the base of the wing, a transverse series of four dots before the
middle, a mark at end of the cell followed by a wavy and curved
line with a double dentated line beyond dotted with black on the
nervules, there is a series of black dots between the nervules on outer
marginal area ; the apices are marked with darker purplish-brown.
Secondaries fuscous paler on costal area. Fringes of the ground
colour marked with darker. Under surface fuscous pale buff on costal
and apical areas of primaries and on costal area of secondaries,
Expanse 54 to 74 millim.
302 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I have three male specimens from Omei-shan, one from
Pu-tsu-fong and one from Chang-yang taken in June and
July.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
In some examples the transverse markings of the
primaries are almost obsolete.
107. Pydna frugalis, sp. n.
¢@ Primaries whitish-brown speckled with blackish on basal area ;
there is arufous streak in cell, its widest extremity enclosing the dark
discal mark ; another rufous streak extends obliquely from apex
almost to median nervure, between the termination of this streak
and the inner margin there are two curved streaks the first of which
is rufous and the other dusky ; beyond the middle of the wing there
is a double series of black points, the series curved towards inner
margin; black internervular dots on outer margin. Secondaries
whitish-brown. Fringes of the ground colour. Under surface paler
than above and slightly tinged with ochreous about costal area of
primaries.
@ Primaries browner, the markings less distinct, but with a
conspicuous black spot below the median nervure.
Expanse ¢ 42 millim ? 50 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong and a female from
Moupin, June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus NoRRACA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p, 340.
108. Norraca retrofusca.
Norraca retrofusca, Joannis, Bull., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1894, p. lx.
Described from a male specimen taken at Kiang-nan.
Hab. EKASTERN CHINA.
Genus ANTICYRA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1091 (1855).
109. Anticyra combusta.
Anticyra combusta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1092 (1855) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 145 (1892).
One male specimen from Ichang, taken in June.
Distribution. PHILIPPINES ; N. W. Himavayas; INDIA ;
JAVA; CENTRAL CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 303
Genus DRYMONIA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett, p. 144 (1822 ?).
110. Drymonia chaonia.
Bombyx chaonia, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. iii, figs. 10, 11 (1800 ?).
Drymonia ruficornis, Hiibn.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 570
(1892).
There were several specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s col-
lection. They agree fairly well with some of my European
examples.
Distribution. LUROPE.—JAPAN.
111. Drymonia trimacula.
Bombyx trimacula, Esp., Schmett., ii, p. 242, pl. xlvi, figs.
1-3 (1785).
Drymonia trimacula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 571 (1892).
Notodonta trimacula, var. dodonides, Staud., Rom. sur Lép.,
lli, p. 220 (1887).
There was a rather damaged specimen in Pryer’s col-
lection, which is undoubtedly referable to this species.
Staudinger records a form from Amurland under the name
dodonides.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN.
112. Drymonia manleyi.
Drymonia manleyi, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 639, pl. xxxii, fig. 2.
A series, including both sexes, from Yokohama, in
Pryer’s collection.
Hab. JAPAN.
113. Drymonia delia,
Drymonia delia, Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 640,
pl. xxxuy, fig. 3.
One male specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Hab, JAPAN.
114, Drymonia cirewmscripta.
Drymonia circumscripta, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 125
(1885).
Two specimens from Nikko in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. JAPAN.
304 Mr. J. H. Leech on
115. Drymonia permagna.
Drymonia permagna, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 20.
Three specimens from Yokohama (Pryer and Manley), I
took the species at Hakodate in August.
Hab, JAPAN and YESSO,
Genus BRACHIONYCHA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 144 (1822 ?),
116. Brachionycha atrovittata,
Asteroscopus atrovittatus, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pétersb., ii,
p. 483 (1861); Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 46, pl. v, fig. 4
(1864).
Brachionycha atrovittata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 562
(1892).
One specimen in poor condition in Pryer’s collection,
probably from Yokohama.
Distribution, JAPAN ; AMURLAND.
Genus FENTONIA,
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 20.
117. Fentonia ocypete.
Harpyia ocypete, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pétersb., 1861, p. 481 ;
Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 44, pl. v, fig. 1 (1864).
Fentonia levis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 20;
Cist. Ent., 111, p. 129 (1885).
Fentonia ocypete, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 148 (1892); Kirby Cat. Lep. Het., p. 562 (1892).
Uropus ocypete, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 60, pl. viii,
fig. 6 (1880).
Uropus (Urocampa) ocypete, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p.
343 (1892).
I have specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake.
Distribution. SIMLA (Hampson); JAPAN; AMURLAND;
NortH CHINA.
Staudinger (Cat. Lep. Eur. 1871) places ocypete in
Uropus. Butler (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881) re-
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 305
described ocypete under the name /ewvis, and founded the
genus Fentonia for its reception; in 1885, however, he
admits his /wvis to be specifically identical with ocypete.
In 1892 Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi.) proposed Urocampa
as a generic name for ocypete, and as he does not mention
Fentonia levis, it is to be presumed that he considered the
latter to be a distinct species.
Genus UROPYIA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 344 (1892).
118. Uropyia meticulodina.
Notodonta meticulodina, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 16,
pl. i, fig. 3 (1884).
Lophopteryx meticulodina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 606
(1892).
Uropyia meticulodina, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 344,
pl. iv, fig. 8, larva (1892).
One specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. The
type was from Sidemi. Staudinger records the species
from Amurland, and describes the larva, which he states
feeds upon Juglans mandschurica.
Distribution. SIDEMI; AMURLAND ; YESSO.
Genus CNETHODONTA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 215 (1887).
119. Cnethodonta grisescens.
Dasychira acronycta, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 35,
pl. v, fig. 8, 2 (1880).
Cnethodonta grisescens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 214.
plexes Lyf Clssn):
A male specimen from Oiwake, and a female from
Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO ; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
Genus STAUROPUS.
Germar, Prod., p. 45 (1811); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 149 (1892).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 21
306 Mr. J. H. Leech on
120. Stauropus basalis.
Stawropus basalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p: 90 (1877).
Harpyia taczanowskw, Oberth., Diagn. Lep. Askold, p. 11
(879); 5 Btud1 id Hntous vy, oa:8 59) eplmieatio.
(1880).
There were six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. JI obtained the species at Foochau in April,
and at Fushiki in August. Moore’s type was from
Shanghai. Staudinger records it from Amurland.
Distribution. KASTERN CHINA; ASKOLD; AMURLAND ;
JAPAN.
121. Stawropus fagt.
Bombyx fagi, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 508 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., pl. viii, fig. 31 (1800 2).
Stawropus fagi, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths., i, p. 149
(1892).
Stauropus persimilis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 353 (1879).
Some specimens in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake and
Yokohama.
MIstribution. KUROPE.—JAPAN.
122. Stawropus comatus, sp. Nn.
Primaries white, the basal and inner marginal areas are brownish-
grey marked with black and there is a brownish-grey patch beyond
the cell extending from costa to vein 5. Secondaries white, the
abdominal half suffused with blackish and clothed with long silky
brown hairs; there is a brownish-grey submarginal band, this is
broad from costa to vein 3, thence narrow and indistinct.
Expanse 76 millim,
One female specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June
or July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SOMERA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 882 (1855).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 307
123. Somera cyanea.
Somera cyanea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 642,
pl. xxxul, fig. 5.
Seven specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama
and Gifu.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus CERURA.
Schrank ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 155
(1892).
124, Cerura furcula.
Bombyx furcula, Linn., Faun. Suec., p. 298 (1761) ; Hiibn.,
Bomb., fig. 39 (1800).
Cerura sangaica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 90 (1877).
I obtained one specimen at Gensan in June.
As the band in sangaica is generally narrower than in
typical C. furcula the name might be retained for this
Eastern Asian form of the species.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; COREA; NoRTH-
East CHINA.
125. Cerura lanigera.
Cerura lanigera, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 474 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 10, pl. xliii,
fig. 11 (1879).
Cerura furcula (part), Leech., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 644.
There were four specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. These I referred, in error, to C. fwrcula instead
of to C. bifida, from which species they are hardly separ-
able and of which they may be the Eastern Asian repre-
sentatives. The central band is not always constricted in
the middle as mentioned in the description of C. lanigera
and in some European examples of C. bifida the central
band is constricted to the same extent as in typical C
lanigera.
One of the four examples from Japan is without any
trace of the central band.
Staudinger and Pryer state that the larva of C. lanigera
feeds on both willow and poplar.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN.
308 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus DICRANURA.
Boisd., Ind. Méth., p. 54 (1829).
126. Dicranura vinula.
Bombyx vinula, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 499 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., pl. 1x, fig. 34.
Cerura vinula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 588 (1892).
Dicranura vinula, Hampsou, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 157 (1892).
Dicranura felina, Butl., Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 474 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 12, pl. xxiv,
fig. 3 (1878).
Dicranura askolda, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom,, v, p. 59, pl.
vii, fig. 8 (1880).
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection. I
bred a male specimen in June, 1887, from a larva found
at Gensan in 1886.
As Pryer points out in his catalogue the larva, which
feeds on willow, does not differ at all fromEuropean ex-
amples. Graeser makes a similar remark concerning the
caterpillar in Amurland.
Felina and askolda are not worth retaining even as
varietal names as similar forms can be found in any
representative series from Europe.
Distribution. KUROPE—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN;
COREA.
127. Dicranura erminea.
Bombyx erminea, Esp., Schmett., in, p. 100, pl. xix, figs.
1, 2, (i784); Hiibn., Bomb., fig. 35, (1800).
Cerura erminea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 588 (1892).
Cerura menciana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
SX OO (LS 1iy):
Menciana, Moore, appears to be a good local form of D.
erminea. The ground colour of the primaries is grey
slightly tinged with violet, and the marking are generally
better defined than in the type form. I met with this
form at Shanghai and Foochau, and I have received speci-
mens from Omei-shan. A native collector in Japan sent
me one example, obtained at Hakodate, which agrees with
Fleterocera from China, Japan, aud Corea. 309
the more strongly marked European specimens. Staudin-
ger (Rom. sur Lep., vi, p. 340) records the species from
Amurland under the varietal name candida and states
that this form is whiter than the type and the markings
less clearly defined.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; YESSO;
EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PHEOSIA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 160
(1892).
128. Pheosia milhauseri.
Bombyx milhauseri, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 577 (1775).
Bombyx terrifica, Hibn., Bomb., pl. vin, figs. 32,33 (1800).
Hoplitis milhausert, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 595 (1892).
Hybocampa milhauseri, var. wmbrosa, Staud., Rom. sur
Lép., vi, p. 343 (1892).
There were two examples from Ohoyama in Pryev’s
collection and I received one from Mr. Manley of Yoko-
hama and one from Omei-shan. In all these specimens
the ground colour, especially of the secondaries, is darker
than in the typical form and they are doubtless referable
to var. wmbrosa, Staud.
Distribution. KUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN ;
WESTERN CHINA.
129. Pheosia puleherrima.
Anodonta pulcherrima, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 814, pl. xl, fig. 4.
Hupodonta corticalis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 475 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 595
(1892).
Pheosia pulcherrima, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 161 (1892).
Recorded from Yokohama by Butler under the name
corticalis.
Distribution. SIKHIM ; JAPAN
Genus MICROPHALERA.
Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 119 (1885).
310 Mr. J. H. Leech on
130. Microphalera grisea.
Microphalera grisea, Butl., Cist. Ent., mi, p. 120 (1885).
I obtained this species at Hakodate and there were
specimens also from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. °
Hab. YESSO.
131. Microphalera insignis.
Destolmia insignis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
palo:
Microphalera insignis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 594 (1892).
Butler describes this species from Tokio. I did not
meet with it and it was not represented in Pryer’s
collection.
fab. JAPAN.
Genus NOTODONTA.
Ochs.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 162
(1892).
132. Notodonta lineata.
Notodonta lineata, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 61, pl. 11,
fig. 7 (1880).
One specimen in Pryer’s collection. The type was from
the isle of Askold.
Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; JAPAN.
133. Notodonta monetaria.
Notodonta monetaria, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 62, pl.
11, fig. 6 (1880).
Stauropus monetaria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 560 (1892).
There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection and I
took one example at Nagahamain July. Oberthiir’s type
was from the Isle of Askold.
Distribution. ASKOLD ; AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
134. Notodonta cinerea.
Peridea cinerea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv.
p. 353 (1878).
Notodonta cinerea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 600 (1892).
Specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s collection
I obtained the species at Hakodate in August.
Hab. JAPAN and YEsso.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 311
135. Notodonta gigantea.
Peridea gigantea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 474 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxiv, fig. 6
(1878).
Notodonta gigantea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 600 (1892).
A specimen, probably from Yokohama, in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab. JAPAN.
136. Notodonta trachitso.
Notodonta trachitso, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvi, p. 21,
pl. iv, fig. 55 (1894).
Type from Ta-Tsien-Lot, taken in May.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
137. Notodonta toddit.
Notodonta toddii, Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxi, p. 73
(1889).
Dr. Holland describes this species from Japan. He
states that there was a bad specimen from Yokohama in
Pryer’s collection, but I have not been able to identify
this.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus LOPHOCOSMA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 222 (1887).
188. Lophocosma atriplaga.
Notodonta (Lophocosma) atriplaga, Staud., Rom. sur Lép.
iii, p. 220, pl. xii, fig. 8 (1887).
Lophocosma atriplaga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 606,
(1892).
A female specimen in Pryer’s coliection.
Distribution. JAPAN; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
Genus HYPERASCHRA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) vi, p. 65 (1880).
ale Mr. J. H. Leech on
139. Hypereschra tenebrosa.
Phalera tenebrosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 819.
Hyperxschra tenebrosa, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 164 (1892).
One specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. SIKHIM (Hampson); JAPAN.
Genus PTILOPHORA.
Steph., Il. Brit. Hnt., Haust., i, p. 29 (1828).
140. Piilophora plumigera.
Bombyx plumigera, Esp., Schmett., iii, p. 254, pl. 1,
figs. 6, 7 (1785).
Ptilophora plwmigera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 598
(1892).
One female specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection. This is No. 286 of Pryer’s catalogue, “ Yoko-
hama January,” an unusual month for the emergence
of this moth.
Distribution. KUROPE.—J APAN.
Genus LOPHOPTERYX.
Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., ii, p. 26 (1829).
141. Lophopteryx capucina.
Bombyx capucina, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 507, no. 55
(1758).
Bombyx camelina, Linn., l.c., no. 56; Hiibn., Bomb., fig. 19,
(1800).
Lophopteryz capucina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 605
(1892).
Lophopteryx camelina, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 646.
Specimen from Nikko, Fujisan and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I took examples in June at Hakodate and
also met with it at Gensan.
An allied species, Z. satwrata, Walk., is represented in
Amurland and the isle of Askold by a form which Graeser
(Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1888, p. 143) has named hoegez.
Distribution. KuROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CoREA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 318
142. Lophopteryx umbrosa, sp. n.
Primaries reddish-brown clouded with darker brown and blackish ;
there is a pale mark at outer end of discal cell and between this and
the outer margin there is a sinuous line which turns obliquely inwards
from third median nervule (vein 4) and terminates on inner margin
near the lobe. Secondaries fuscous ; fringes pale brown marked
with fuscous. Under surface: primaries fuscous with some pale
brown marks on apical portion of costa and on outer margin ; secon-
daries pale brown with indication of three fuscous bands. Expanse
42 millim.
One male specimen taken at Ni-tou in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to Z. ferruginosa, Moore, from North India.
143. Lophopteryx pryeri.
Lophopteryx pryert, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 355 (1879).
A long series in Pryer’s collection, comprising specimens
from Yokohama, Oiwake and Yesso.
In some examples all the wings are deeply suffused
with fuscous-brown.
Hab. JAPAN and YESSO.
144, Lophopteryx (?) sinensis.
Lophopteryx sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Giixsep. DISK):
The type of this species was from Shanghai. There are
two specimens from Chekiang in the National Collection.
My collectors do not appear to have met with it in any
part of China that they visited.
Hab, NortuH-East CHINA.
145. Lophopteryx ladislai.
Lophopteryx ladislac, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 66,
vl. u1, fig. 3 (1880).
There was one male specimen from Nikko in Pryer’s
collection. Oberthiir’s type was from the Isle of Askold
and the species has been recorded from various places in
Amurland.
This species strongly resembles Z. cwewlla, Esp., from
Europe.
Distribution. JAPAN ; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
314 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus PLATYCHASMA.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 596.
146. Platychasma virgo.
Platychasma virgo, Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 596.
I obtained a specimen at Gensan in July; there were
three examples from Nikko in Pryer’s collection, and I
have received one from Mr. Manley of Yokohama.
Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA.
Genus PTEROSTOMA.
Germ., Prodr., ii, p. 42 (1812).
Ptilodontis, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., 11, p. 28 (1828).
147. Pterostoma griseum.
Ptilodontis grisea, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 45, pl. v, fig. 2
(1864).
Pterostoma griseum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, 00 1O02):
Pterostoma grisea, var. brunnea, Graeser, Berl, ent. Zeitschr.,
1888, p. 145.
One male specimen from the Wa-ssu-Kow taken in
July.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; WESTERN CHINA.
148. Pterostoma sinicwm.
Pterostoma sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 91 (S77).
Pterostoma palpina, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 638.
Pterostoma palpina, var. gigantina, Staud., Rom. sur Lép.,
vi, p. 363 (1892).
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from
Yokohama and Oiwake; I obtained two examples at
Nagasaki in June, and my native collector took the
species at Hakodate. Specimens have also been received
from Ichang, where they were captured in September.
Staudinger records var. gigantina as well as typical
P. palpina from Amurland.
Distribution. JAPAN ; YESSO; KiusHIU; CENTRAL and
EASTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. ale
Genus SPATALIA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 168
(1892).
149. Spatalia plusiotis.
Ptilodontis plusiotis, Oberth., Etud d’Entom., v, p. 65,
pl. vi, fig. 3 (1880).
Pterostoma wplusiotis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 597
(1892).
There were two male specimens from Oiwake and
Nikko in Pryer’s collection. I have one from Yokohama
taken by Mr. Manley and I obtained one female example
at Gensan in July.
This species seems to be closely allied to S. gemmifera,
Moore from Sikhim.
Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA.
150. Spatalia macrodonta.
osama macrodonta, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p. 127 (1885).
There was a male specimen in Pryer’s collection from
‘Japan but the exact locality was not indicated ; it was
probably Yokohama. Butler's type of the female was
from Pekin.
Distribution. JAPAN ; NoRTH CHINA.
151. Spataha ornata.
Ptilodontis ornata, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 15, pl. ii,
fie. 5 (1884).
Two examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
The male specimen is smaller than Oberthiir’s figure
which represents an example from Sidemi. 8S. ornata is
probably a form of S. plusioides, Moore (Lep. Atk., i, p. 62).
Distribution. SIDEMI; JAPAN.
152. Spatalia cinnamomea.
Rosama cinnamomea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888
p: 637, pl =x, fo EE
The type was in Pryer’s collection and is from Ohoyama.
I took a female at Nagasaki in June.
Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
316 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus GELASTOCERA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 476 (1877).
153. Gelastocera exusta.
Gelastocera exusta, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 476 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 18, pl. xxiv
fio. 2 (1878).
Earias ochroleucana, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 176,
pl. viii, fig. 11 (1887); Fixs., op. ciz., p. 326.
Specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection. I obtained the species at Gensan in June and
July. Butler’s type was from Hakodate.
The species varies in the tone of the ground colour.
The Gensan examples are paler than those from Japan
but the pink tinge is stronger than in the specimens from
Amurland figured by Staudinger. The markings are
identical in all the specimens.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; AMURLAND; COREA.
Genus LEUCODONTA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép, vi, p. 349 (1892).
154. Leucodonta bicoloria.
Bombyx bicoloria, Schift., Esp., Schmett, 11, pl. xl, fig. 7.
Bombyz bicolora, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. v, fig. 18.
Microdonta bicoloria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 603 (1892).
Leucodonta bicoloria, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 349
(1892).
Two specimens in Pryer’s collection from Fujisan and
the other from Nikko, both taken in June. They are
very strongly marked.
Distribution—EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN.
Genus ICHTHYURA.
Hiibn; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 172
(1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 317
155. Ichthyura anastomosis.
Bombyx anastomosis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 506 (1758).
Clostera anastomosis, var. orientalis, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép.,
ii, p. 3850 (1887).
Ichthyura anastomosis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 172 (1892).
Melalopha anastomosis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 609
(1892).
There were five specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collec-
tion and I have received four examples from Pu-tsu-fong,
taken in June or July.
The specimens from China as well as those from Yesso
agree with European examples.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; COREA; YESSO;
WESTERN CHINA.
156. Ichthyura anachoreta.
Bombyx anachoreta, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii, p. 120 (1787) ;
Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xxu, fig. 88 (1880).
Ichthyura fulgurita, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 433
(1865).
Melalopha fulgurita, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 611 (1892).
‘Ichthyura anachoreta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 172 (1892).
A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. . I
obtained one example at Hakodate in August and have
received specimens from Ichang, Chang-yang, and Pu-tsu-
fong, taken in July.
I do not find that the Asiatic specimens of this species
differ in any way from the European.
Distribution. HKUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; and according to Hampson,
throughout INDIA and CEYLon; JAVA.
Genus PLUSIOGRAMMA.
Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 278.
157. Plusiogramma aurosigna.
Plusiogramma aurosigna, Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.,
1895, p. 278 (fig.)
One male specimen taken at Chang-yang in August.
Distribution. TENASSERIM; CENTRAL CHINA.
318 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus PYG@RA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iii, p. 224 (1810).
158. Pygera timonides.
Pygera timonides, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 45 (1864).
Pygzra timonmorum, Brem., l.c., pl. v, fig. 3.
Clostera timonides, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 13, pl. u,
fig. 2 (1884).
Gonoclostera latipennis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 476 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 13,
pl. xxvii, fig. 2 (1878).
I captured this species at Hakodate in August ; there
were eight specimens from Yokohama and Nikko in
Pryer’s collection. Staudinger records one example from
a locality to the north of Pekin (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 370).
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; NORTH
CHINA.
Genus NERICE.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1076 (1855).
159. Nerice davidi.
Nerice davidi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., vi, p. 17, pl. ix,
fig. 2 (1881).
Nerice bidentata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 638.
I obtained two specimens at Hakodate in August.
Oberthiir’s type was from the north of China but the
exact locality is not mentioned.
Distribution. JAPAN; NortTH CHINA.
160. Nerice bipartita.
Nerice bipartita, Butl., Cist., Ent., 11, p. 119 (1885).
Nerice upina, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 17, pl. 1, fig. 7
(1892).
Butier records this species from Sappora, Nikko and
Yesso. There was one example from each of the last named
localities in Pryer’s collection. Alphéraky records the
species under the name N. wpina from Ou-pin.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; NortTH CHINA.
Fleterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 319
Family SYNTOMID.
Genus SYNTOMIS.
Ochs.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 212
(1892).
161. Syntomis erebina.
Syntomis erebina, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 5.
Zygena erebina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 90 (1892).
Butler describes this species from Tokio and states that
it is allied to the European S. phegea. There is an
aberrant example in the series at South Kensington
Natural History Museum which has the primaries almost
entirely black and with but little indications of hyaline
markings.
Hab. JAPAN.
162. Syntomis fortunei.
Syntomis fortunei, De VOrza, Lép. Jap., p. 38 (1869).
' Lygena fortunei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 92 (1892).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained this species at Tsuruga, Nagahama, Shimono-
seki, Hakone and Gensan in June and July and my
native collector took it at Nikko and Hakodate. One
specimen only was received from Chang-yang.
Mstribution. JAPAN ; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL CHINA.
163. Syntomis cingulata.
Zygena cingulata, Web., Obs. Ent., p. 109 (1801).
Syntomis annetia, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xi,
p. 347 (1876): HL Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 4, pl. xlii,
fig. 1 (1878).
Syntomis atereus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 128 (1854).
Syntomis fortuner (part) Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 593.
Recorded from China but the exact locality is not
indicated by either author.
320 Mr. J. H. Leech on
164. Syntomis thelebus,
Zygena thelebus, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii, p. 103 (1787) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 95 (1892).
Syntomis thelebus, Meén., Schrenck’s Reisen, Lep., p. 48
(1859) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 593.
Syntomis germana, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 87 (1862).
Syntomis mandarinia, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool.,
xu, p. 349 (1876).
I have an extensive series of this species which com-
prises specimens from Nagahama, Nagasaki, Tsuruga,
Oiwake, Ningpo, Kiukiang, Chang-yang, Foochau, Gensan,
Chia-ting-fu, Huang-mu-chang, and the province of Kwei-
chow. Pryer gives Ohoyama, Fujisan, and Kanosan as
other Japanese localities.
The Ningpo specimens agree with germana which, as
Felder states, differs from thelebus in being smaller in size
and in having narrower yellow bands on the abdomen.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KIUSHIU ; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA; COREA; AMURLAND.
165. Syntomis formose.
Syntomis formose, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool.,
xi, p. 346 (1876).
Lygena formosx, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 92 (1892).
Syntomis emma, Butl., le., p. 850.
These two insects appear to be forms of a species
allied to S. thelebws. They were described from Formosa
and Foochow.
Hab. EASTERN and NortH CHINA.
166. Syntomis pascus.
Syntomis pascus, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 124, pl. ix,-fig. 1.
Zygena pascus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 94 (1892).
Originally described from Kiukiang. I have since
received a number of specimens from Moupin and single
examples from Chia-ting-fu and the province of Kwei-
chow. Occurs in June and July.
There is some variation in the size of the hyaline spots
and in some examples there are two subapical spots. The
only specimen I have seen from Kwei-chow has this
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 321
additional spot and the black borders of all the wings are
much narrower than in any other specimen in the series.
In the original description of this species it is stated
that the male has six belts on the abdomen and the female
five; but as there is also a band on the first segment of
the abdomen it would perhaps be better to amend the
description by saying that the male has seven and the
female six yellow bands.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
167. Syntomis ewryzona.
Syntomis euryzona, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
One male specimen from Moupin, June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
168. Syntomis torquatus.
Syntomis torquatus, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 124, pl. ix, fig. 2
Zygena torquatus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 92 (1892).
Described from a Kiukiang specimen. I have also
examples from Chia-kou-ho and Kwei-chow, taken in
July, and one from Ichang, taken in August.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
169. Syntomis xcanthoma.
Syntomis xcanthoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898).
Described from four male specimens taken in June or
July in the province of Kwei- chow.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
170. Syntomis perrxanthia.
Syntomis perizanthia, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal.,i,ined.(1898).
Occurs at Omei-shan, Moupin, Kwei-chow, Wa-shan,
in June. I have a long series, but most of the specimens
are from Moupin. The type, which is in the National
Collection at South Kensington, is from Formosa.
The hyaline markings vary in size, but appear to be
constant in number. In some examples, chiefly females,
there is a small yellow spot (not hyaline), seeming to be a
detached portion of the pair of spots below the cell.
The males range from 40—48 millim. in expanse, and
the females from 45—50 millim.
Distribution. WESTERN CHINA; FoRMOSA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III, (SEPT.) 22
322 Mr. J. H. Leech on
171. Syntomis persimilis.
Syntomis persimilis, Leech, Kntom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898).
Three female specimens from Ni-tou and Omei-shan.
Similar to S. perizanthia but smaller, and the collar is
black instead of yellow.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
172. Syntomis acrospila.
Syntomis acrospila, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. cu,
fig. 11 (1875).
Zygena acrospila, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 94 (1892).
My collectors appear to have met with this species
commonly at Wa-shan in July; they also obtained
specimens in the same month at Ta-chien-lu, Huang-mu-
chang, Ni-tou, and Chia-kou-ho.
In the Huang-mu-chang example, the hyaline spots in
the interno-median interspace are united. I propose the
varietal name conflwens for this form.
Distribution. WESTERN and NoRTH-EASTERN CaINA.
173. Syntomis muirheadi.
Syntomis muirheadi, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 37
(1862).
Zygena muirheadi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 95 (1892).
Occurs fairly commonly at Kiukiang in June; I have
also received specimens taken in the same month in
the province of Kwei-chow and at Ningpo, and others
captured in July at Chia-ting-fu.
The Kwei-chow specimens have much larger hyaline
spots than the other examples comprised in the series.
Distribution. CENTRAL, WESTERN and NorTH-EASTERN
CHINA.
174. Syntomis swinhoct.
Syntomis swinkoet, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898).
Syntomis swinhoer, var. obsoleta, Leech, 1. ¢.
Occurs in June and July at Moupin, Chia-ting-fu, and
Ningpo.
Distribution. NORTH-EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 328
175. Syntomis dichotoma.
Syntomis dichotoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
Syntomis dichotoma, var. concurrens, Leech, 7. ¢.
The type form appears to be common at Moupin in
June, but the variety has only been received from Kia-
ting-fu and the province of Kwei-chow.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
176. Syntomis davidi.
Syntomis davidi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv, p.
exxxvii (1885).
Zygxena davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 96 (1892).
I have examples of this species from Chang-yang, Chia-
kou-ho, and Wa-shan, taken in June and July; also three
specimens from Huang-mu-chang, captured in August.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
177. Syntomis aucta.
_ Syntomis aucta, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
Three specimens from the province of Kwei-chow, taken
in June or July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
178. Syntomis blanchardi.
Syntomis blanchardi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv,
p. exxxvi (1885); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 221 (1892).
Zygena blanchardi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 92 (1892).
Described by Poujade from Moupin. I have specimens
from that locality and also from Chow-pin-sa, Wa-shan,
Omei-shan, and Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June and July.
The specimens exhibit a good deal of variation in the
width of the black on outer margin of the primaries; in
some examples the black is projected inwards along the
fifth vein, and in others there is a similar projection
along the second vein also; the black border of the
secondaries also varies in width, and the colour of the
collar, tegule, and abdomen ranges from yellow to dull
324 Mr. J. H. Leech on
crimson. The hyaline portions of the wings may or may
not be yellowish, but this seems to be largely a matter of
condition.
I am inclined to think that blanchardi is probably not
specifically distinct from S. multigutta.
Distribution. SiKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
179. Syntomis multigutta.
Syntomis multigutta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 134
(1854); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 220
(1892).
Hydrusa multigutta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, p. 19,
pl. vii, fig. 3 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 102
(1892).
Four specimens from Ni-tou, taken in July.
The black on the apex of the primaries is broader than
in the type. In one example the collar, tegul, and ground
colour of the abdomen are tinged with crimson.
Distribution. NEPAL; SIKHIM; TIBET; BuRMA (Hamp-
son); WESTERN CHINA.
180. Syntomis rubrozonata.
Syntomis rubrozonata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi,
p. cxvil (1886).
Zygena rubrizonata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 93
(1892).
A male specimen from Moupin and a female from Omei-
shan, taken in June. Poujade records three males and
one female from Moupin.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
181. Syntomis consequa.
Syntomis consequa, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
One female specimen from Moupin: June.
Allied to S. rubruzonata.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
182. Syntomis leucoma.
Syntonis lewcoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 154 (1898).
One male specimen from Omei-shan : June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
og
bo
Or
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
183. Syntomis pratt.
Syntomis pratti, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p.
128, pl. ix, fig. 3
Zygena pratti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 95 (1892).
One example of each sex from Kiukiang.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
Family ZYGAINIDAi,
Subfamily ZYGA2NINAE.
Genus ZYGENA.
Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 550 (1775).
184. Zygena niphona.
Zygena niphona, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 393° C8i7); WT Lyp: Lep. Het, 5p. 9; pila,
fig. 9 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
597.
Pieris ae niphona, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 73 (1892).
Zygena christophi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., Ls ee le fiese
pl. viii, fig. 9 (1887).
Butler's type was from Yokohama; there was a fine
series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection, and my native
collector met with the species at Hakodate in August.
Staudinger described it from Amurland as christophi.
There may be either five or six spots on the upper
surface of the primaries; but the sixth spot is always
indicated on the under surface, sometimes only faintly.
Butler’s figure represents a specimen with the spots con-
fluent, and I have two similar specimens in my series;
but such variation does not appear to be of frequent
occurrence.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO.
Genus AGLAOPE.
Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins., iv, p. 214 (1809).
185. Aglaope fasciata.
Aglaope fasciata, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 32 (1862).
This species, which is near Aglavpe infausta, was de-
scribed by Felder from Ningpo. My collectors did not
meet with it in any part of China that they visited.
Hab. CHINA.
oo
bo
lor)
Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus BINTHA.
Bintha, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 127 (1864).
Artona (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 234 (1892).
186. Bintha graciiis.
Bintha gracilis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 127 (1864);
Butl,, Ill. Typ: Lep. Het ai, p. 5, pl. xlu; fe) 3
(1879).
Six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection ; I
obtained the species at Nagahama and Gensan in July.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CORFA.
187. Pintha octomaculata.
Euchromia octomaculata, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petr., iii,
p- 476 (1861); Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 36, pl. iv, fig. 1
(1864).
Bintha octomaculata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 110
(1892).
Rhaphidognatha sesixformis, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi,
p. 32 (1862) ; Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxxiui, fig. 1
(1874).
Balatvxa xgerwoides, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. i
(1864) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, p. 4, pl. xu,
fig. 2 (1879).
Balatea sesixformis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 109
(1892).
Balatxa octomaculata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 594.
One female specimen from Ohoyama in Pryer’s collec-
tion; I took four males at Gensan in June and I have
received examples from Chang-yang and Ichang.
B. xgerioides, Walk., is not separable from octomaculata,
Brem., and the former is certainly identical with sesix-
formis, Feld.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; COREA; CENTRAL
and NoRTH CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 327
188. Bintha (?) clathrata. :
Lintha clathrata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvil
(1886).
Poujade describes this species from a female specimen
received from Moupin.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CHRYSARTONA.
Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Oxford, p. 56; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 232 (1892).
189. Chrysartona stipata.
Procris stipata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 114 (1854) ;
Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Hets. 1, p. 13, pl. vu, fig, 9
(1877). .
Chrysartona stipata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 282 (1892); Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 121
(1897).
Alphéraky records a female specimen from Té-choui-
van, in the province Sée-Tchouen.
Distribution. KANGRA ; SIKHIM; BuRMA ; BERNARDMYO
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus BREMERIA.
Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 7 (1892).
190. Bremeria manza,
Bremeria manza, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 7, pl. i, fig. 3
(1892) ; op. cit., ix, p. 122 (1897).
Alphéraky describes this species from a female specimen
taken in July near the Hei-ho river in the province of
Gan-sou.
Hab. NORTH-WESTERN CHINA.
328 Mr. J. H. Leech on
191. Bremeria sinica.
Bremeria sinica, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 122, pl. xi,
fig. 6 (1897).
Alphéraky describes a specimen from Sé-Tchouen which
he considers to be a female, but is not certain of the sex
as the body was damaged. If this should prove to be a
male, he suggests that the species should be removed to
the genus Chrysartona.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ARTONA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 439 (1854).
Artona (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,1, p. 234
(1892).
192. Artona sieversi.
Artona sieversi, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 5, pl. i, fig. 4
(1892).
Artona deeani, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 29, pl. vi,
fig. 51 (1894).
My collectors met with this species throughout their
journey in Western China during the months of June and
July.
Hab. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
193. Artona cuneonotata, sp. n.
Frons white; abdomen blackish above whitish below, legs
whitish.
Primaries brownish-black ; there is a narrow streak above the
cell, a wedge-shaped streak below the cell and a quadrate spot at
the outer end of the cell, all pale yellow. Secondaries pale yellow
intersected by the black vein 1c and broadly bordered with black.
Fringes of all the wings pale yellow. Expanse 20 millim.
One male specimen from Wa-shan and one from Pu-
tsu-fong, both taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to A. sieversi but distinguished by the subcostal
streak and smaller spot at the end of the cell on the
primaries and by the broader borders of the secondaries.
9
Heterocera from China, Japan, aud Corea. 329
194, Avrtona delavayi.
Artona delavayi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 29, pl. v,
fig. 39 (1894).
A fine series comprising specimens from How-Kow, Ta-
chien-lu, Moupin, and Chia-Kou-ho ; the species occurs in
the month of July. Oberthtir’s types, two males, were
from Yunnan.
Distribution, WESTERN CHINA; YUNNAN.
195. Artona cyanicornis.
Bintha cyanicornis, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvi
(1886).
Poujade describes this species from Moupin. I received
a male specimen from Chang-yang and a female from
Omei-shan, both taken in June.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
196. Artona aurulenta.
Bintha aurulenta, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvi
(1886).
Poujade describes this species from one male specimen
_and five females received from Moupin.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
197. Artona albomacula, sp. n.
Primaries black with three white spots placed as in A. aurulenta,
Pouj., 7.e., one in the cell, one below cell and a slightly angulated
lunule beyond. Secondaries white with broad black borders.
Fringes white marked with blackish.
Expanse 20 millim.
One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa taken in May or
June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
This may possibly be a colour-aberration of A. awrulenta.
198. Artona superba.
Antona superba, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 121, pl. xu,
fig, 5, 9 (1897).
Alphéraky describes a female specimen taken on
August 27th in the Siad-tjin-ho valley in the province of
Sé-Tchouen (Szechuen).
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
330 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus TASEMA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 236
(1892).
199. Tasema merens.
Aglaino mexrens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., 11, p. 171 (1887).
Three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA ; AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
This species seems very closely allied to 7. bipars, Walk.,
and possibly may be specifically identical with it.
Genus THYRASSIA.
Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xii, p. 855 (1876).
200. Thyrassia penange.
Syntomis penange, Moore, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1859,
p: 198) pl los figs 7,
Hydrusa penange, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 102 (1892) ;
Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 51 (1892).
Moore described this species from Penang. I have a
specimen from the province of Kwei-chow taken in June
or July.
Distribution. PENANG; WESTERN CHINA.
Swinhoe gives Syntomis diversa, Walk. (C.L.H., xxxi,
p. 75) as a synonym of Hydrusa penange, Moore.
Genus CLELEA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 465 (1854).
201. Clelea sapphirina.
Clelea sapphirina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 465 (1858);
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 239 (1892).
Occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang and Omei-shan in June
and July. Walker's type is from Hong-Kong
Distribution. SikHIM; Momeit; Burma (Hampson);
CENTRAL, WESTERN and SOUTHERN CHINA.
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 331
202, Clelea syfanica.
Laurion syfanicum, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 25,
pl. vi, fig. 45 (1894).
One example of each sex received from Moupin, where
they were captured in June. Oberthiir’s specimens (two
males) were from the “ Vallée du Tong-H6” and were
taken in April and May.
The female has very long simple antenne.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ADSCITA.
Retz.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 81 (1892).
203. Adscita tristis.
Procris tristis, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 97, pl. viii, fig. 4
(1864) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 594.
Adscita tristis, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892).
Procris esmeralda, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 394 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 4, pl. xxi,
fig. 8 (1878).
Common in Japan and Corea. I have one example of
the type form from Chang-yang taken in June.
Of forty specimens from Japan and Corea eight are of
various shades of green (var. esmeralda) and seventeen
more or less blackish-grey ; the remainder are not quite
like either typical tristis or esmeralda.
The insect recorded by Motschulsky, as Procris budensis,
from Japan should probably be referred to this species.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; EAST SIBERIA ; JAPAN ;
CorEA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
204. Adscita funeralis.
Procris funeralis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv.
p. 351 (1879).
Adscita funeralis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892).
One male specimen taken at Chang-yang in June, and
one example of the same sex taken at Gensan in July.
Butler’s type was from Japan.
Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
332 Mr. J. H. Leech on
205. Adscita fusca.
Procris fusca, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 595,
pl. xxx, figs. 6, 6a.
Adscita fusca, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892).
Four specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection and
one example from Ichang, the latter taken in June.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA.
206. Pseudopsyche ? yarka.
Pseudopsyche ? yarka, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 42,
pl. iv, fig. 49 (1894).
Obertbiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ARAOCERA.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 244 (1892).
207. Areocera chinensis.
Ino chinensis, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 31 (1862).
Adscita chinensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 82 (1892).
I obtained specimens at Nagasaki in June; there were
two specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama.
Distribution. NORTH CHINA; JAPAN ; KIUSHIU.
Genus AMURIA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 172 (1887).
208. Amuria cyclops.
Amuria cyclops, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., ii, p. 172, pl. vin,
fig. 6 (1887).
One male specimen from Chang-yang, taken in June.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus ILLIBERIS.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 280 (1854).
iy)
eu)
Heterocera from China, Japan and Corea. 3%
209. Illiberis nigrigemma.
Glaucopis nigrigemma, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 141
(1854).
Zama cyanecula, Herr.-Schiff., Auss. Schmett., 1, p. 7, fig.
224 (1855).
Northia cyanecula, Butl, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, p. 13, pl.
vu, fig. 8 (1877).
Llliberis nigrigemma, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
Llliberis eyanecula, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 59
(1892).
This species has been recorded from Hong-Kong and
North China. My collectors did not meet with it.
Distribution. Norte and SoutH CHINA.
210. Llliberis translucida.
Procris translucida, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv, p.
exxxvi (1885).
Adscita translucida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 82 (1892).
Northia translucida, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, pl. vi,
fig. 66 (1894).
I have four specimens from Moupin and one from Wa-
Sen-Kow, all taken in June.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
211. Llliberis tenwis.
Northia tenwis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p.
394 (1877); IIL Typ. Leps Wet: ps 92 pl xx, fio: 17
(1878).
Illiberis tenuis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
I obtained this species in Satsuma and at Nagasaki in
May and at Hakodate in August; there were specimens
from Oiwake, Yokohama and Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
Two specimens have been received from Moupin where
they were taken in June.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN; YESSO;
Kiusaiu; WESTERN CHINA.
Perhaps identical with J. khasiana, Moore, which species
Hampson refers to his Section III of the genus Phacusa,
Walker.
334 Mr. J. H. Leech on
212. Illiberis consimilis, sp. n.
Closely allied to I. tenwis, but the primaries are fuscous grey and
the secondaries are slightly tinged with the same colour. The borders
of all the wings are very narrow and the costal area of secondaries
is not blackish.
Expanse 30 millim.
Two female specimens in Pryer’s collection but without
exact locality.
Hab. JAPAN.
213. Llliberis dirce.
Northia dirce, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 596,
Pl xxxs tows)
Illiberis dirce, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
A female example from Gensan taken in June. There
are four specimens from North China in the National
Museum at South Kensington.
Distribution. COREA ; NorTH CHINA.
214. Llliberis cybele.
Northia cybele, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 596,
jk eee-g ile, 'S),
Tiluberis cybele, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
I took the type (2) at Gensan in June.
Hab, COREA.
215. Llliberis sinensis.
Illiberis sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 280 (1854).
Northia sinensis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
595, pl. xxx, fig. 20.
I took specimens at Foochau in April and at Gensan
in June and have received examples from Ichang, Chang-
yang, Kiukiang, and Mopuin.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN; YESSO;
NORTHERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 335
216. Llliberis psychina.
Procris psychina, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 28, pl. vii,
fig. 6 (1880).
Northia psychina, Leech, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 596.
Llliberis sinensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
I obtained one example at Hakodate in August and
there were two specimens in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. ASKOLD; JAPAN; YESSO.
217. Llliberis ochracea, sp. n.
Greatly resembling I. elegans, Pouj., but with the abdomen dingy-
ochreous above and brighter below.
Expanse 6 20—26 millim ? 30 millim.
Five male specimens and one female from the province
of Kwei-chow, one male from Moupin and another from
Ichang; all taken in June.
I have one specimen, which I took in Foochau in April,
that seems to be referable to this species, but the prim-
aries are rather opaque.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
218. Llliberis elegans.
Thyrina elegans, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1886, p. exliii.
Type from Moupin. I have several specimens from
Moupin and two from the province of Kwei-chow.
This species is very closely allied to Z. psychina.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
219. Llliberts nigra.
Procris nigra, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 595,
pl. xxx, figs. 7, fa.
Adscita nigra, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 83 (1892).
One female specimen from Ohoyama in Pryer’s
collection,
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus PHACUSA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 150 (1854).
336 Mr. J. H. Leech on
220. Phacusa djrewma.
Phacusa djrewma, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvili, p. 21, pl.
ii, fig. 31 (1898).
Described by Oberthiir from Tsé-kou.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PIAROSOMA.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p- 243 (1892).
221. Piarosoma hyalina.
Arachotia hyalina, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 128, pl. vii, fig. 6.
Phacusa thibetana, Oberth., Etud. d’Extom., xix, p. 30, pl.
v, fig. 23 (1894).
One male specimen from Kiukiang taken in June.
I described this species from Kiukiang and Oberthiir
redescribed it from Ta-chien-lu and Moupin.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Subfamily CHALCOSIINZE.
Genus SORITIA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Hep., ui, p. 435 (1854).
222. Soritia leptalina.
Chaleosia leptalina, Koll., Hiigel’s Kasch., iv (2), p. 462
(1844).
Eterusia sexpunctata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 432
(1854).
Heterusia octopunctata, Motsch., Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1872,
p. 344.
Soritia leptalina, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 252 (1892).
Two male specimens and eight females from Kwei-
chow; one female from Moupin and four examples of the
same sex from Chang-yang. June and July.
The males have a yellow triangular patch extending
from the base to beyond the middle of the primaries. The
females are variable as regards number of spots; two of
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 387
the Chang-yang specimens are referable to octopwnctata
and two to sezpunctata. All but two of the Kwei-chow
examples are six spotted, one of the exceptions has four
spots and the other two only, 7.c., one on each primary.
The Moupin female has pale straw-coloured secondaries
with two very faint spots on each of the wings, and two
well developed spots on each primary. One female from
Kwei-chow has two spots on the left primary and one on
the left secondary, whilst on the opposite pair the primary
only is marked with one dot.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS; SYLHET; BuRMA; BER-
NARDMYO (Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
223. Soritia elizabetha.
Eterusia elizabetha, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 433
(1854).
Heterusia microcephala, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv,
pl. Ixxxiu, fig. 7 (1874).
It occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang, Kiukiang, and Ta-
chien-lu ; June, July, and August. I have only two female
specimens, both from Ichang taken in August. The only
example that I have from Ta-chien-lu is a male taken in
July ; it is not in very good condition but the yellow is
deeper in tone than in any of the other specimens. |
Distribution. CENTRAL, WESTERN, and NorTH-EASTERN
CHINA.
Genus RETINA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ui, p. 488 (1854).
224, Retina costata.
Retina costata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 439 (1854);
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, pl. xliii, fig. 7 (1879).
I have received this species from Chang-yang, Ichang,
Kiukiang, Omei-shan, and the province of Kwei-chow.
The specimen from the last-named locality is a female;
this and also two examples of the same sex from Omei-
shan have the band as broad as in the male, but in three
other females from Omei-shan the band is narrower than
in the male. In the Omei-shan specimens the band is
orange-red instead of crimson.
Distribution. NORTH, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 23
339 Mr. J. H. Leech on
225. Retina rubiginosa, sp. n.
Primaries pinkish tinged with fuscous on basal area; there is a
black streak under median nervure from the base to beyond the
middle : apex bordered with black. Secondaries black. Under-sur-
face as above but the basal area of secondaries is tinged with grey.
Expanse 42 millim.
One male specimen from the province of Kwei-chow,
taken in June or July.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PIDORUS.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 254
(1892).
226. Pidorus glaucopis.
Bombyx glaucopis, Drury., Ill. Exot. Entom., ii, p. 11,
pl. vi, fig. 4 (1773).
Pidorus atratus, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 401 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 9, pl. xxiii,
fig. 9 (1878).
Pidorus glaucopis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p- 613; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 255
(1892).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained the species at Shimonoseki and Tsuruga and
my collectors at Hakone, Gensan, and Kia-ting-fu. Butler
records it from Hakodate as well as from Yokohama.
Variable in size and in the width and shape of the white
band of the primaries.
Distribution. StkHIM; BHuTAN; NAGAS; CACHAR;
SyLHET (Hampson) ; JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; WESTERN
CHINA.
227. Pidorus remota.
Eterusia remota, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 431 (1854).
Laurion remota, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het, u, p. 9,
pl. xxii, fig. 10 (1878).
There were examples from Yokohama, Nikko, and Tokio
in Pryer’s collection. I took specimens at Fushiki,
Tsuruga, and Gensan; Fixsen records it from Corea.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 339
Three specimens have been received from Kia-ting-fu and
one from Chang-yang.
The species varies in size, the average expanse being
57 millim. In some specimens the band of the primaries
is much broader than in the type and in others the white
portion of the secondaries is much obscured by enlarge-
ment of the central black band; in others again the
central band of the secondaries is much reduced.
Distribution. JAPAN; COREA; NortTH, CENTRAL, and
WESTERN CHINA.
228. Pidorus geminus.
Laurion gemina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 427 (1854).
Pidorus geminus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 254 (1892).
One male specimen captured at Omei-shan in May or
June.
Distribution. HONGKONG; SIKHIM; SYLHET; MOUL-
MEIN; CAMBODIA; BorNEO (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
229. Pidorus euchromoides.
Hierusia euchromoides, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. i,
p. 120 (1864).
Laurion euchromoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 53
(1892).
Two male specimens and one female taken at Gensan
in July.
Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA; COREA,
230. Pidorus fasciatus, sp. 0.
¢ All the wings black with a yellow central fascia, broadest on
secondaries. The fascia on primaries is oblique, sometimes slightly
curved ; fascia of secondaries curved and slightly indented on its
inner edge. Under surface as above.
The fascia on all the wings rather broader.
Expanse 38—41 millim,
Three male specimens and five females from Omei-shan,
and one male from Moupin ; all taken in May and June.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
340 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus ARBUDAS.
Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 19 (1879).
231. Arbudas albofascia, sp. 0.
Frons metallic green, palpi black above whitish beneath ; thorax
violet, metallic ; abdomen bronzy green. Primaries blackish, the
basal area tinged with metallic green and violet, and limited by an
almost straight whitish fascia, the outer edge of which is irregular.
Secondaries white with a black outer marginal border wide towards
costa but narrow before and angle.
Expanse 16—20 millim.
Five male specimens and two females from Ta-chien-lu,
taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HERPA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 441 (1854).
232. Herpa ochracea, sp. n.
Allied to H. venosa, Walk., but the wings are pale ochreous in
colour and the thorax and abdomen are entirely black ; the inner
margin of primaries and the apical and outer inarginal areas of
secondaries suffused with blackish.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen taken at Wa-shan in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Oberthiir (Etud. d’Entom., xv, p. 21) refers to a form of
H. venosa, Walk., which he obtained from Kouy-Tchéou.
He gives it the name sinica and says that it is smaller and
whiter than venosa; possibly this may be identical with
the insect described above.
233. Herpa venosa.
Herpa venosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 442 (1854) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 257 (1892).
Herpa venosa var. sinica, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xv,
p. 21 (1891).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 341
Alphéraky records a large female taken at Ta-chien-lu,
in June, which he says agrees with the typical form from
India.
As previously stated, var. sinica, Oberth., from the pro-
vince of Kwei-chow (Kouy-Tchéou) is described as being
smaller and whiter than typical /H. venosa.
Distribution. KuAsis (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
234. Herpa luteola, sp. n.
Head black, tegulz yellow ; thorax and abdomen bluish-black,
underside of the latter ochreous. Primaries pale buff, venation and
margins black. Secondaries pale yellow, venation and outer margins
black except vein la and basal portions of veins 14, c.
Vein 11 of primaries is nearer to 12 than to 10.
Expanse 30 millim.
One female specimen from Wa-shan ; taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to H. primulina, Elwes.
235. Herpa basiflava.
Herpa basiflava, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xv, p. 21, pl. ii,
fig. 25 (1891).
Specimens were received from T'a-chien-lu, Wa-ssu-kow,
and Chi-tou, twelve in all (10 ¢ 2 @); they were
obtained in July.
In most of my examples the venation is broadly black
and the inner margin of the primaries and outer marginal
area of the secondaries are suffused with the same
colour.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HETERUSIA.
LEterusia, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xvill, p. 445
(1841).
Heterusia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 259
(1892).
236. Heterusia tricolor.
Eterusia tricolor, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii,
p. 445, pl. xxxi, tig. 4 (1841).
342 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Heterusia tricolor, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 260 (1892).
One male specimen taken in June at Omei-shan. This
differs from Indian examples of the same sex in the more
orange colour of the basal area of the secondaries and in
the neuration on this portion of the wing being less
conspicuous.
Distribution. SikHIM; SYLHET; NEPAL; Nagas: E.
Precu (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
237. Heterusia magnifica.
Eterusia magnifica, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p. 5; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 20, pl. Ixxxiii, fig. 2
(1881).
Heterusia magnifica, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p- 261 (1892).
Four specimens from the province of Kwei-chow, taken
in June or July.
Except that the markings of the primaries are creamy
white, Chinese specimens agree very well with Indian
examples.
Distribution. SikKHIM; Assam; NAGAsS; SYLHET;
CacHAR (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
238. Heterusia xdea.
Papilio xdea, Clerck, Icon., pl. iv, fig. 2 (1759).
Eterusia xdea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 50 (1892).
Heterusia xdea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 262 (1892).
Common at Kiukiang ; the specimens received from that
locality are mostly females. The species also occurs at
Chang-yang, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and in the province
of Kwei-chow.
Distribution. SYLHET (Hampson); CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MILLERIA.
Herr.-Schiiff.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 262 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 343
239, Milleria virginalis.
Milleria virginalis, Herr.-Schiaff., Auss. Schmett., fig. 4
(18538); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 263
(1892).
Cyclosia fuliginosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 418 (1854).
Milleria fuliginosa, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 22,
pl. lxxxiil, fig. 6 (1881).
One male specimen and two females from Omei-shan and
one male from Chi-ting-fu, all taken in June, are referable
to var. fuliginosa, Walk.
Distribution. SitKHIM; SYLHET; BurMA (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CHALCOSIA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 173 (1818).
240. Chalcosia thallo.
Papilio thallo, Linn., Syst. Nat., i (2), p. 756 (1767).
Sphinx thallo, Don., Ins. China, pl. xl, fig. 2 (1798).
Chalcosia thallo, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 45 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 266 (1892).
Sphinx pectinicornis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 807.
Bombyx tiberina, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, p. 52, pl. xxxu,
figs. C, D (1775).
Probably a Southern Chinese species.
Distribution. CHtyA; Norta Inpia; CEyYLon (Hamp-
Son). '
241. Chalcosia querini.
Gynautocera pectinicornis, Guér., Deless. Souv. Inde, u,
p. 88, pl. xxiv, fig. 4 (1843).
Chalcosia guerini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 45 (1892).
Probably a Southern Chinese species.
Hab. CHINA.
242. Chalcosia suffusa, sp. 0.
Basal half of primaries chocolate-brown, marked with white on
the nervures, and limited by large black patches (one in cell and one
in each interspace below) ; the inner margin is tinged with metallic
blue ; beyond the black spots there is a broad white band ex-
344 Mr. J. H. Leech on
tending from costa to first vein and interrupted by the neuration
above ; outer marginal area black with a series of subapical white
spots, the neuration on this portion of the wing is chocolate brown.
Secondaries white with a broad black band on outer marginal area ;
the space between the cell and vein 1) more or less suffused with
fuscous ; venation on outer marginal area metallic blue and the
anal angle is tinged with the same colour. Expanse 65—70
millim.
A long series, including both sexes, taken in June and
July at Omei-shan, and one male from Chia-ting-fu, cap-
tured in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to C. idxoides, H.-S., but, apart from the different
colour of the primaries, it is at once separated by the
crimson collar being without blue spots.
242A. Chalcosia reticularis, sp. n.
Q Head and antenne with green reflection, collar crimson.
Primaries creamy white, venation broadly black, especially on outer
area ; the basal third streaked with black between the veins, and
there are two diffuse black transverse bands, the first oblique and
the second undulated ; outer marginal area black. Secondaries
creamy white with an indented black band from costa to vein 2,
this is interrupted by the venation, which is metallic green on the
outer arta of the wing ; fringes black preceded by a line of metallic
green between vein 2 and outerangle. Under surface creamy white :
primaries have a metallic green patch in the basal half of the discal
cell and a black band, the latter interrupted by the venation, which
is metallic green on outer portion of the wing: secondaries as above
but the band is narrower. Expanse 88 millim.
One female example taken by a native collector to the
north of Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
The species appears to be most nearly allied to C.
idxoides, from Northern India.
243. Chalcosia syfanica.
Arbudas syfanica, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 33,
pl. vi, fig. 43 (1894).
Oberthiir described this species from two male speci-
mens, received from TA-Tsien-Lot
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 345
Alphéraky (Rom. sur. Lép., ix, p. 125) records two speci-
mens, one from the province of Gan-sou, and the other
from the valley of the river Fou-bian; these he says have
considerable resemblance to both “ Arbudas” syfanica and
“ A.” thibetana, but do not agree exactly with either, and
suggests that all may be forms of one species.
244. Chalcosia thibetana.
Arbudas thibetana, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 32,
pl. vi, fig. 44 (1894).
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
245. Chalcosia alpherakyi, sp. n.
¢ Differs from C. thibetana, Oberth., as figured, in its larger size,
and the metallic green colour of primaries ; the neuration is not
marked with white, the white transverse band is broader and not
connected with the costa to form a Y-shaped mark. In shape it
more resembles C. syfanica, from which species, however, it can
readily be separated by the absence of white basal band and yellow
markings on thorax and abdomen.
Q Agrees with the male except that the band of primaries is
' broader and the marginal band of secondaries is absent.
Expanse 32-38 millim.
Six male specimens and three females were taken at
How-kow, on the Thibetan frontier, at an elevation of
10,000 feet ; June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CYCLOSIA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 269
(1892).
246. Cyclosia papilionaris.
Noctua papilionaris, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., ui, p. 4, pl. u,
fig. 4 (1773).
Milleria papilionaris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 43 (1892).
Cyclosia papilionaris, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 269 (1892).
Probably occurs in Southern China only.
Distribution. CHINA; SIKHIM; KHAsIS; BURMA ;
Mercut; Java (Hampson).
346 Mr. J. H. Leech ov.
Genus ERASMIA.
Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii, p. 446 (1841).
247. Hrasmia pulchella.
Erasmia pulchella, Hope, Trans. Linn Soe., xviii, p. 446,
pl. xxxi, fig. 5 (1841).
A fine series from Chia-ting-fu, and one example from
the province of Kwei-chow, all taken in June and July.
The Chinese specimens differ from the Indian type in
having smaller blue spots on the primaries, and a broader
outer marginal border to the secondaries.
Distribution. StkHIM; ASSAM; NAGAS; SYLHET
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
248. Hrasmia sangacca.
Erasmia sangaica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 86 (1877).
Moore describes this species from Shanghai.
Hab. NORTH-EASTERN CHINA.
Genus CAMPYLOTES.
Westw., Royle’s Botany of Himalayas, Lep., p. liii. (1839).
249. Campylotes histrionicus.
Campylotes histrionicus, Westw., Royle’s Botany of Hima-
layas, Lep., p. liu, pl. x, fig. 1 (1889); Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 274 (1892).
I have a series from the province of Kwei-chow; the
specimens were taken in June and July.
Mstribution. Throughout the HimataAyas; KHAsIS
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
250. Campylotes romanovi, sp. n.
Blue-black with markings as in C. histrionicus from the North-
west Himalayas ; the spots on apical area, with the exception of three
near costa, are not subhyaline whitish as in C. histrionicus; the
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 347
tegule are crimson instead of yellow, and there are no yellow
markings on the abdomen or on the legs.
Expanse 70—85 millim.
A very fine series, including both sexes, from Moupin,
and one specimen from Wa-shan ; June.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
251. Campylotes desgodinsi.
Epyrgis desgodinsi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., ix, p. 18, pl. ii,
fig. 10 (1884).
Campylotes desgodinsi, var. splendida, Elwes, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 384, pl. xxxiii, fig. 3.
Occurs at Moupin and most of the localities in Western
China that my collectors visited ; June and July.
Many of the specimens have a distinct basal band on
the primaries.
Distribution. N&AGAs (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
252. Campylotes pratt.
Campylotes pratti, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 109 (1890).
I have only received this species from Chang-yang, with
the exception of one example from Pu-tsu-fong, in which
the basal band of the primaries is absent, the spots on the
apical area are whitish, and all the discal markings are
reddish ochreous in colour.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
2538. Campylotes minima.
Campylotes minima, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 25,
pl. vi, fig. 54 (1894).
One example of each sex from Omei-shan, and a male
from Ta-chien-lu, taken in June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HIsTIA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 198 (1818).
348 : Mr. J. H. Leech on
254. Histia flabellicornis.
Zygxna flabellicornis, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii, p. 163 (1781).
Histia flabellicornis, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 198 (1816).
Papilio rhodope, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. xxx, fig. F. (1775).
Histia rhodope, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 55 (1892).
One male specimen from Fung-tu, taken in September,
two females from Ichang, and one from Chia-ting-fu, cap-
tured in July, and one example of the same sex from
Kiukiang obtained in August.
There was a specimen in Pryer’s collection from Loochoo.
The blue colour in the secondaries of the females is
suffused with blackish, and only shows in certain lights.
Distribution. Honc-Kone; SIKHIM; ASSAM; KHASiSs;
N&aas; Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA ; LoocHoo.
Genus AGALOPE.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii. p. 437 (1854).
255. Agalope david.
Chalcosia davidi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., ix, p. 19, pl. 1,
fig. 2 (1884).
Agalope davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 57 (1892).
This appears to be a common species at Chang-yang,
and Moupin in June; it also occurs at Omei-shan, Ni-tou,
Chow-pin-sa, and Chia-Kou-ho.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
256. Agalope immaculata, sp. n.
All the wings semi-transparent. Primaries creamy-white, neuration
fuscous ; there is a small yellow patch at the base, and the inner area
is tinged with yellow. Secondaries whiter than primaries; the
venation is distinct but not tinged with fuscous. Under surface as
above. Expanse 56 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to A. davidi, Oberth., but separable from that
species by the absence of markings and by the longer
pectinations of the antenne.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 349
257. Agalope livida.
Agalope livida, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 391.
Probably a Southern Chinese species.
Hab, CHINA.
Genus CHELURA.
Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii, p. 444 (1840).
258. Chelura eronioides.
Chelura eronioides, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 15 (1857).
Achelura eronioides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 56 (1892).
One example of each sex from Moupin, and four females
from Omei-shan, all captured in June.
Distribution. SIKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
259. Chelura bieti.
Chalcosia bieti, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 29, pl. vi,
fig. 40 (1886).
Agalope bieti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 57 (1892).
Oberthiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu. It
seems to be very closely allied to C. eronioides. My
collectors did not meet with it.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
260. Chelura dejeani.
Agalope dejeani, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 20,
pl. ii, fig. 24 (1893).
Four male specimens from the high plateau to the
north of Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ELcYsMA.
Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 4.
261. Eleysma westwoodii,
Agalope westwoodii, Voll., Tijdschr. Ent., vi, p, 136, pl. ix,
fig. 3 (1863).
350 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Elcysma translucida, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 4
Eleysma west woodii, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890,
p. 386, pl. xxxiv, fig. 5.
There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection, one
of which is from Gifu; my native collector obtained a
female example at Gensan in August.
Dr. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 248) considers
E. caudata, Brem., from Amurland to be a local form of
this species.
Distribution. AMURLAND (Staudinger) ; JAPAN ; CHINA ;
CoREA.
Subfamily PHAUDINE.
Genus PHAUDA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 256 (1854).
262. Phauda triadum.
Euchromia triadum, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 257
(1854).
Xenares fortunti, Herr.-Schaff., Auss. Schmett., i, p. 223,
(1854).
Phauda fortunii, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., i, p. 20, pl. ix,
fig. 3 (1877).
Two specimens from Kiukiang taken in June.
Hab. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
263. Phauda pratt.
Phauda pratti, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890).
The type was from Ichang; I have since received a
specimen from Moupin, taken in June, and one from
Wa-shan, captured in July.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PRYERIA.
Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 85 (1877).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 351
264. Pryeria sinica.
Pryeria sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 86 (1877).
A long series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA; JAPAN.
Family PSYCHID.
Subfamily G@CETICIN 2.
Genus CLANIA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 291
(1892).
265. Clania variegata.
Oiketicus variegatus, Snell., Tijdschr. Ent., xxii, p. 114,
pl. ix, fig. 6 (1879).
Ewmeta pryeri, Moore; Leech, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 598.
Clania variegata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 291 (1892).
Two specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection
and I have one from Nikko.
Distribution. SHANGHAI; CANARA; NILGIRIS ; CEYLON ;
BorNEO; CELEBES (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
266. Clania japonica.
Eumeta japonica, Heyl., C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxviii, p. xl
(1884).
Male type, with pupa and pupa-case, described from
specimen received from Tokio by M. Heylaerts.
It appears to be very closely allied to C. variegata.
(* Hab, JAPAN.
267. Clania minuscula.
Eumeta minuscula, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 22.
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection; I bred a specimen at Nagasaki, and I have
eleven examples from Ichang, taken in August.
Distribution. JAPAN; KIuSHIU ; CENTRAL CHINA.
352, Mr. J. H. Leech on
Subfamily PSYCHIN.
Genus ACANTHOPSYCHE.
Heyl., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1881, p. 66.
268. Acanthopsyche bipars.
Perina bipars, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 406 (1865).
Acanthopsyche (CEceticoides) bipars, Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, i, p. 298 (1892).
Kophene bipars, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 506 (1892).
One specimen in Pryer’s collection ; exact locality not
indicated.
Distribution. BomBay (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
Genus PLATEUMETA.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 22.
269. Platewmeta awrea.
Plateumeta aurea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p- 22.
Two examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. JAPAN. :
Genus PSYCHE.
Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii (2), p. 87 (1802).
270. Psyche viciella.
Tinea viciella, Schiff., Syst. Verz. Lep. Wien., pp. 133, 288,
pol atti’, W/nLivei)):
Psyche viciella, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 515 (1892).
One specimen of var. ste¢inensis, Her., in Pryer’s collection
without locality.
Distribution. KUROPE.—JAPAN.
271. Psyche wnicolor.
Bombyx wnicolor. Hufn., Berl. Mag., ii, p. 418 (1766).
Canephora wnicolor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.,i, p. 509 (1892).
Psyche unicolor, var. asiatica, Staud., Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
1887, p. 94.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 353
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection from
Yokohama and Yesso ; these are referable to var. asiatica,
Staud.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO ;
FoocHAU.
Family COSSID.
Genus Cossus.
Fabr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 305
(1892).
272. Cossus ligniperda.
Bombyx cossus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 504 (1858); Hiibn.,
Kur. Schmett., Bomb., fig. 198.
Cossus ligniperda, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 8 (1794).
Trypanus cossus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 860 (1892).
Cossus cossus, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 337 (1887).
Fixsen records this species from Corea. Staudinger
(Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 291) refers to a specimen which he
received from Hertz, who took it in the north of Pekin, as
Cossus cossus ; from his description of this example, how-
ever, it would seem to be C. vicarius.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CorREA; ? NorTH
CHINA.
273. Cossus vicartus.
Cossus vicarius, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 584 (1865).
Trypanus vicarius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 861 (1892).
There were two specimens in Pryer’s collection but
without data. I took a male at Gensan and I have
received one taken by a native collector at Nikko. My
collectors in China appear to have met with the species
at Ta-chien-lu only where one female example was
obtained.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CorREA; NortH and WESTERN
CHINA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 24
354 Mr. J. H. Leech on
274. Cossus acronyctoides,
Brachylia acronyetoides, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1879, p. 411, pl. xxxiv, fig. 4.
Cossus acronyctoides, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 305 (1892).
One male specimen taken at Wa-shan in May.
Mstribution. KASHMIR; GANJAM; BomBay; Muow;
NiLerris (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus AZYGOPHLEPS.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 8309 (1892).
275. Azygophleps albofasciata.
Zeuzxera albofasciata, Moore, Lep., Atk., i, p. 87 (1879).
Azygophleps albofasciata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 309 (1892).
A female specimen taken in July at Chia-kou-ho.
Distribution. KASHMIR ; SIKHIM (Hampson) ; WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus ZEUZERA.
Latr., Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., xxiv, p. 186 (1804) ;
Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 8 (1828).
276. Zeuzera pyrina.
Noctua pyrina, Linn. Faun. Suec., p. 306 (1761).
Noctua xsculi, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 833 (1767).
Bombyx xsculi, Hubn., Bomb., fig. 202 (1804 2).
Zeuzera pyrina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 871 (1892).
One example in Pryer’s collection and one from Gensan
taken in July.
Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN ; COREA.
277. Zeuzera leuconotum.
Zeuzera leuconotum, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 22.
T have one example of each sex from Moupin, and one
small male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, all taken in July.
There was one male in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 355
Z. multistrigata, Moore, is very closely allied to Z. lewco-
notum if it is not specifically identical with it.
Distribution, JAPAN ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PHRAGMATCCIA.
Newm., Zoologist, vii, p. 2931 (1850).
278. Phragmatacia castanex.
Bombyx castanex, Hiibn.; Esp., Schmett., p. 94, pl. xciv,
figs. 1, 2 (1807).
Bombyx arundinis, Hibn., Bomb., pl. xlvii, figs. 200, 201
(1803).
Zcuzera innotata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 587
(1865).
Phragmatecia castanex, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 313 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 876
(1892),
Phragmatacia castanex, Hb., var. pygmea, Graes, Staud.,
Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 293 (1892).
Occurs in July and August at Yokohama and Hako-
date.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
NortH-EAsteRN Cuina; NILGIRIS; AFRICA.—CEYLON.
— MADAGASCAR.
Family HEPIALIDZ.
Genus PHASSUS.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 318
(1892).
279. Phassus signifer.
Phassus signifer, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1568 (1856) ;
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. cix, fig. 2 (1886) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 820 (1892).
Phassus sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 94 (1877).
Phassus herzi, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 335, pl. xv,
fic. 3 (1887).
I have examples of this variable species from Yoko-
356 Mr. J. H. Leech on
hama, Oiwake, Satsuma, Shimoneseki, Gensan, Ichang,
and Moupin.
The silvery mark at the outer end of the cell may be
bar-like, geminate, or punctiform, but it is not entirely
absent in any of my specimens; other silvery marks are
found at the base of the cell (always present) and towards
the apex of the primares.
Distribution. SYLHET; BERNARDMYO; Burma; E.
Precu ; BornEo (Hampson); JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL,
WESTERN and NORTH-EASTERN CHINA.
280. Phassus marginenotatus, sp. n.
Primaries brownish, sparsely striated with darker, the costal and
«central areas are variegated with golden brown ; there is a diffuse,
oblique, dark brown, sub-basal band, a patch of the same colour
‘beyond the cell, and some dark brown quadrate spots on the
-apical half of the costa; fringes of the ground colour, preeeded by
silvery white dots. Secondaries and undersurface of all the wings
fuliginous. Expanse 70 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June or
July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
981. Phassus david.
Flepialus davidi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. xcii
(1886).
Described from specimens received from Moupin. I have
four examples from Chia-kou-ho, taken in July and August.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
282. Phassus excrescens.
Fepialus excrescens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 482° (1877); Ill Typ. Mep.e Mets ein) ps 205
pl. xxvii, fig. 7 (1878).
Phassus excrescens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 889 (1892).
Hepialus emulus, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 482 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 20, pl. xxvii,
fig. 8 (1878).
Phassus excrescens, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
. 645.
faa species. I have specimens from Yokohama
Hakodate and Kiushiu.
Distribution. JAPAN, YESSO and KiusHiu ; AMURLAND.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 357
Genus HEPIALUS.
Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 589 (1775).
283. Hepialus velleda.
Bombyz velleda, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 212, 233, 234 (1814).
Hepialus fusconebulosus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, 1, p. 880
(1892).
One example which appears to be referable to the
greyish form of this species was received from Ichang
where it was captured in June.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CENTRAL CHINA.
284. Hepialus hectus.
Noctua hectus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, App., p. 822 (1858).
Bombyx hectus, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 208, 209, 258 (1804 2).
Hepialus hectus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 883 (1892).
There were two specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND ; YESSO.
285. Hepialus nebulosus.
Hepialus nebulosus, Alph., Rom, sur Lép., v, p. 85 (1889).
One specimen from Chia-kou-ho and one from Wa-shan
appear to be referable to this species which Alphéraky
describes from North-East Thibet. Possibly it may be a
form of H. velleda.
Distribution. NORTH-EAST THIBET; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus GORGOPIS.
Hiibn., Verz, Schmett., p. 198 (1822 2).
286. Gorgopis nuphonica.
Gorgopis niphonica, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 357 (1879).
Two specimens from the foot of Ohoyama, near Yoko-
hama, in Pryer’s collection ; I obtained one example at
Tsuruga in July.
Hab, JAPAN.
358 Mr, J. H. Leech on
Family CALLIDULID.
Genus PTERODECTA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 399 (1877).
287. Pterodecta felderr.
Callidula feldert, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 38, pl. iv,
fig. 3 (1864).
Pierodecta gloriosa, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
x, Py 09 S77) UE yp =ieps let yet pers:
pl. xxiii, fig. 4 (1878).
Specimens from Yokohama, Yamato, and Fujisan in
Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Nagahama
and Tsuruga and my collectors at Chang-yang and at most
of the localities in Western China that they visited.
Distribution. AMURLAND; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA; JAPAN.
Genus HERIMBA.
Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 20 (1879).
2&8. Herimba nigropuncta, sp. n.
Head, palpi, and thorax black, marked with yellow ; abdomen,
black, with yellow dorsal line and bands,
Primaries white, basal area yellow ; costal area and inner margin
spotted with black; basal, sub-basal, submarginal, and marginal
bands indicated by black spots, which are often confluent especially
on outer margin ; there is a large black spot at end of cell and one
beyond middle of inner margin ; a wavy and sometimes interrupted
yellow line separates the marginal from the submarginal series of
spots, and there are spurs of the same colour along the venation.
Secondaries white, with one or two black spots at the base, a sub-
basal band represented by a large black spot towards costa, and a
similar one with two smaller on inner margin ; marginal and sub-
marginal bands indicated by black spots, but the latter is irregular,
and the spots absent between veins 4 and 7 ; marginal line yellow,
terminating in a diffuse yellow patch at anal angle. Fringes black,
marked with yellow at anal angle of secondaries.
Expanse, ¢ 32—34 millim., 9 36 millim.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 359
Specimens were received from Chang-yang, Chia-ting-
fu, and Chia-kou-ho; they were taken in June and July.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
The markings are subject to considerable modification.
In some examples the costal spots are confluent, forming
a broad black border.
289. Herimba flavilinea, sp. n.
Similar to H. nigropuncta, but the yellow markings are more
prominent, the sub-basal black band of secondaries is more complete
and separated from the marginal band bya yellow line as on primaries ;
the spots forming the marginal band are sometimes surrounded by
yellow. Expanse ¢ 26—34 millim., ? 36 millim.
Four male specimens from Wa-ssu-kow and one female
from Ni-tou. Occurs in June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
290. Herimba trachiaria.
Abraxas trachiaria, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvii, p. 35,
pl. ui, fig. 21 (1893).
Described from a female specimen taken in May some-
where between Ta-chien-lu and Moupin.
I have one example from Moupin and one from Omei-
shan, both captured in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Family DREPANULIDZ.
Genus EUCHERA.
Hibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 327
(1892).
291. Huchera cupitata.
Abraxas capitata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv, p. 112]
(1862).
Cyclidia capitata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 725 (1892).
There were specimens of this very variable species from
Ohoyama and Fujisan in Pryer’s collection. I took the
species at Gensan in July and have received examples
360 Mr. J. H. Leech on
from Mr. Manley of Yokohama. My collectors in China
obtained specimens at Ship-y-shan, Chang-yang, Wa-
shan, and Chia-kou-ho. Walker’s type was from Hong-
kong.
Distribution. CHINA; COREA; JAPAN.
292. Huchera fractifasciata, sp. n.
White. Primaries with a fuscous basal patch and sub-basal band,
the latter interrupted by the nervures ; a central fascia, interrupted
below the middle, the costal portion broad, enclosing a white spot,
and the inner marginal portion represented by two almost round
spots ; outer margin broadly bordered with fuscous, traversed by an
ill defined wavy line of the ground colour, which unites with a
large patch between veins 3 and 4, in the interspaces above this
patch there are whitish rings enclosing fuscous spots, but these are
not well defined ; there are narrow, wavy, fuscous bands between
the sub-basal and central and between the central band and marginal
border. Secondaries have an interrupted fuscous submarginal band,
not extending to outer angle, and a series of spots of the same colour
before the interrupted fuscous marginal line; there is a fuscous
cloud towards anal angle between the submarginal band and the
marginal spots.
Expanse, ¢ 80 millim., ? 90 millim.
An example of each sex taken at Wa-shan in June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
293. Huchera ociferaria.
Cyclidia ociferaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xx, p. 56 (1860).
Walker described this species from North China; my
collectors did not meet with it.
Genus MACROCILIX.
Butl,, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 18 (1886).
294. Macrocilix maia.
Argyris maia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 647,
pl. xxxii, fig. 6.
Described from a specimen that I captured at Gensan
in the month of July. I have since received another ex-
ample taken in the island of Kiushiu by a native collector.
Distribution. COREA ; KIusHIU.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 361
295. Macrocilix orbiferata.
Abraxas orbiferata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv, p. 1126
(1862).
Macrocilix orbiferata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 330 (1892).
Six specimens from Omei-shan, two from Moupin and
one from Chia-ting-fu ; all taken in June and July.
Nstribution. SIKHIM; BHUTAN; Kuisis; BORNEO
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MACRAUZATA.
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vu, p. 43 (1889).
296. Macrauzata fenestraria.
Comibena fenestraria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1867,
p. 639.
Macrauzata fenestraria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 330 (1892).
One example from Tokio in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. KANGRA ; SIKHIM (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
Genus CALLICILIX.
Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 124 (1885).
297. Callictlix abraxata.
Callicilix abraxata, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 124 (1885).
Platypteryx nguldoe, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 22,
pl. u1, fig. 29 (1893).
There was a specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection ;
my native collector obtained a male at Hakodate in July
and I have received examples of both sexes from Chang-
yang, Omei-shan, and Kwei-chow, also taken in July.
Oberthiir’s specimen was taken between Ta-chien-lu
and Moupin.
The Chinese specimens are rather larger than those
from Yesso and the markings are somewhat broader and
heavier.
Distribution. YESSO ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
362 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus AUZATA
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi, p. 1620 (1862).
298. Auzata chinensis, sp. n.
Somewhat similar to A. superba, but all the wings have a double
antemedial pale fuscous line, and an interrupted submarginal band
of the same colour ; the secondaries have a patch as on primaries ;
fringes of all the wings pale fuscous interrupted with white at the
ends of the nervules. Expanse, ¢ 38 millim., 9 48 millim.
I have a series of eight specimens. They were taken
at Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and in the pro-
vince of Kwei-chow during the months of June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
299. Auzata superba.
Argyris superba, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 52, pl.
Xxxvii, fig. 2 (1878).
Occurs in July and August at Yokohama, Oiwake and
Hakodate.
Hab. JAPAN and YESSO,
300. Auzata minuta, sp. Un.
White. Primaries have a fuscous dot at end of the cell and a
fuscous grey line beyond; the latter is angulated below costa, and
thence curved to inner margin, in the hollow of this curve there is
a fuscous patch tinged with ochreous and intersected by the white
veins, which are here dotted with black ; submarginal band fuscous
grey, interrupted towards costa. Secondaries have a double central
line and a submarginal band, both fuscous grey, and there are two
dark dots beyond the central line and towards abdominal margin.
Fringes fuscous grey, marked with white at the ends of the nervules.
Expanse, ¢ 25 millim., 9 28—30 millim.
Occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-
fu, and in the province of K wei-chow.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus TELDENIA.
Moore, Lep. Cey]., 11, p. 119 (1882).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 363
301. Zeldenia sericea, sp. n.
Silky white. Primaries traversed by four wavy, dusky, lines, the
outer two submarginal and close together ; secondaries have three
similar lines. Expanse 30—33 millim.
Two male specimens from Moupin, taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
The species superficially resembles a pale marked ex-
ample of Dilinia pusaria, Linn.
302. Teldenia inconspicua, sp. n.
Silky-white, powdered with fuscous scales, which assume the form
of very wavy transverse lines, these are most clearly defined on the
outer marginal area of all the wings. Under surface white, the costa
of primaries tinged with fuscous. Expanse 33 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, and a female from
Omei-shan, both taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus LEUCODREPANA.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 338 (1892).
303. Leucodrepana idexoides.
Leucodrepana wdxoides, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, 333 (1892). .
One male specimen from Wa-shan, captured in July.
Distribution. SIKHIM; WESTERN CHINA,
304. Leucodrepana sacra.
Corycia sacra, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i, p.
404 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 44, pl. li, fig.
11 (1879).
Bapta sacra, Leech, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xix, p.
198 (1897).
This species belongs to the Drepanulide and not to the
Geometride, in which family I previously placed it.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
364 Mr. J. H. Leech on
305. Leucodrepana virgo.
Corycia virgo, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i, p.
404 (1878); lil. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 44, pl. li, fig.
10 (1879).
Described from Yokohama.
Hab. JAPAN.
306. Leucodrepana ? lineata, sp. n.
Silvery white. Primaries have four dusky, transverse lines, almost
parallel and nearly straight. Secondaries have four parallel, curved,
dusky lines, Fringes yellowish. Under surface silvery white, basal
area of primaries suffused with fuscous. Expanse 38 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan ; July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
307. Leucodrepana nivea.
Leucodrepana nivea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 3383 (1892).
One male specimen taken in June at Wa-shan.
Distribution. StKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
308. Leucodrepana thibetaria.
Micronia thibetaria, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1895, p. 311,
pl. 6, fig. 10.
This species was described by Poujade from Moupin. I
have a fine series from Ichang and Chang-yang; the
specimens which are chiefly from the latter locality were
taken in June and July.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
309. Leucodrepana quinquelineata, sp. 0.
White. Primaries have four wavy, ochreous, transverse lines, the
third and fourth rather more wavy than the other two, submarginal
line represented by ochreous dots on the neuration. Secondaries
have three ochreous, wavy, transverse lines, the second and third
appearing to be continuations of the third and fourth of primaries ;
submarginal line as on primaries. Under surface white ; primaries
fuscous on costal area. Expanse 30 millim.
One male specimen in Pryer’s collection,
Hab. JAPAN.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 365
Genus DREPANA.
Schr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 333
(1892).
310. Drepana crocea.
Drepana crocea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 649,
be S-orghly TES 7h
Albara crocea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 784 (1892).
The type (a female, not a male as described) of this
species was in Pryer’s Japanese collection. I have since
received an example of each sex from Moupin, taken in
June. The female example agrees with the type in all
respects, but the male is smaller (36 millim.) and has the
8-mark on the secondaries less distinct.
Distribution. JAPAN; WESTERN CHINA.
311. Drepana rubromarginata, sp. n.
Primaries, yellow, outer margin bordered with reddish-brown
from vein 6 to inner margin,—antemedial line, blackish, undulated ;
postmedial line, blackish, wavy, interrupted towards costa ; sub-
‘marginal line blackish, wavy but indistinct towards costa and inner
margin, a black spot on inner margin represents the termination of
each of these lines ; there are two blackish spots in the discal cell,
an 8-shaped mark at end of cell, and a more or less round one below
it, the upper part of 8-mark centred with whitish ; the reddish
marginal border is traversed by a wavy line of the ground colour.
Secondaries paler with traces of transverse markings, mostly confined
to abdominal area ; there is a blackish spot between veins 2 and 3,
and another between veins 3 and 4, the former centred with white.
Expanse 33 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June
or July.
Hab. WeSTERN CHINA.
Allied to D. crocea.
312. Drepana grisearia, sp. n.
Primaries whitish hyaline tinged with pale fuscous grey ; basal
patch, antemedial, medial, and postmedial bands darker, outer edge
of the latter strongly defined and elbowed below costa ; submar-
ginal line diffuse running in a slight curve from apex to outer
366 Mr. J. H. Leech on
angle ; there is an elongate black spot on upper discocellular and
two almost round ones on lower discocellular. Secondaries whitish
with five fuscous grey transverse lines and bands, all indistinct
towards costa ; there is a black dot at upper angle of cell and one at
lower angle. Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or
July.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
313. Drepana hyalina.
Drepana hyalina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
401; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vii, pl. exxv, fig. 1 (1889).
One specimen from Huang-mu-chang, which agrees
with examples of this species that I have from Kokser.
MNstribution. DHARMSALA ; KuLu (Hampson) ; WESTERN
CHINA.
314. Drepana acuminata.
Drepana acuminata, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 113 (1890).
Platypteryx acuminata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731
(1892),
Described from a male specimen received from Ichang.
Distribution. CENTRAL CHINA.
Drepana manleytr, sp. n.
Primaries pale ochreous brown traversed by two transverse lines ;
the first line curved, slightly indented below costa, and rather
indistinct ; the second line dark brown, acutely angled below costa,
where it is joined by a short oblique line from the apex ; there is
a black spot in the cell and the apex is purplish-brown : submar-
ginal line brown running from angle of second line to inner margin,
just before outer angle. Secondaries pale straw colour, dusted with
pale ochreous brown, traversed by four brownish lines, the second
most distinct and appearing to be a continuation of the second line
of primaries. Under surface pale straw colour, brownish at apex
as above, postmedial and submarginal lines of primaries brownish.
Expanse 30—33 millim.
Two male specimens received from Mr, Manley, who
captured them at Yokohama.
Hab. JAPAN.
Allied to. D. acwminata.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 367
316. Drepana japonica.
Drepana japonica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
mop. 940 (S47),
Platypteryx japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 732 (1892).
I took this species at Nagasaki in June, and there were
several specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab, JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
317. Drepana vira.
Drepana vira, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 817;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 342 (1892).
One specimen from Moupin, taken in June.
Distribution. SUKHIM; WESTERN CHINA.
318. Drepana scabiosa,
Drepana scabiosa, Butl., Ann and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 478 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., i, pl. xxv, fig. 9
(1878).
Platypteryx scabiosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 732 (1892).
I have specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, Shimonoseki,
' and Gensan; also one example taken in June at Chang-
yang, and one taken in August in the same locality.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL
CHINA.
319. Drepana curvatula.
Bombyx curvatula, Borkh., Eur, Schmett., iii, p. 460 (1790).
Bombyx harpagula, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xi, figs. 42, 43 (1800).
Platypteryx curvatula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p.'732 (1892).
Drepana acuta, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 596.
Platypteryx acuta, Kirby, /. ¢., p. 733.
There were specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection. 1 obtained the species at Gensan in
June, and have one example from Hakodate, where it was
taken by a native eollector in the same month. The
specimen last referred to, also one from Oiwake, are pale
in colour and almost exactly resemble a form of D. falca-
taria, Linn., except that the outer line of the primaries
is continued on the secondaries.
Mistribution, KUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CorEA.
368 Mr. J. H. Leech on
320. Drepana flavilinea.
Drepana flavilinea, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 113 (1890).
Platypteryx flavilinea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892).
Three specimens from Chang-yang, all taken in July.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
321. Drepana parvula.
Drepana parvula, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (1890).
Platypteryx parvula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892).
Drepana muscula, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 335, pl. xii,
fig. 7 (1892).
Four specimens taken by myself at Ningpo in April,
and two received from Chang-yang, where they were cap-
tured in July.
Staudinger has redescribed this species from Amurland.
Distribution. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA; AMUR-
LAND.
322, Drepana fenestra, sp. D.
Primaries, greyish-brown, tinged with violet ; with two interrupted,
wavy, blackish lines before the middle, and an oblique double line
from apex to inner margin ; there is a small hyaline spot in the
middle of the cell and a cluster of eight spots at the end of the cell ;
a wavy, blackish submarginal line is indicated.. Secondaries have
the basal area of the same colour as primaries, but the outer area is
ferruginous ; there is adouble medial line which appears to be a con-
tinuation of the oblique one of primaries ; submarginal line, wavy,
blackish but not distinct. Expanse 26—30 millim.
Three specimens (2 f and 1 2 ) from Wa-shan, taken in
May.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
323. Drepana palleolus.
Drepanulides ? palleolus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat.
Mosc., xxxix, p. 193 (1866).
Callidrepana palleolus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 730
(1892).
Occurs at Oiwake, Fujisan, Ohoyama, and Hakodate.
Hab, JAPAN and YESSO.
Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 369
324, Drepana argenteola.
Drepana argenteola, Moore, Lep. E.LC., p. 369 (1859) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 338 (1892).
Drepana patrana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 816.
Callidrepana patrana, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 730 (1892).
There were specimens from Nikko, Oiwake, and Fujisan
in Pryer’s collection, and Mr. Manley sent me an example
from Yokohama, I have several specimens from Chang-
yang, one from Ichang, and one from Moupin. The
species is on the wing in July and August.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BuRMA ; CEYLON ; JAVA (Hamp-
son); JAPAN ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
325. Drepana (?) bidens.
Drepana bidens, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 113 (1890).
Platypteryx bidens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892).
Described from a specimen taken at Chang-yang in
July.
Hab, CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus HyPsSOMADIUS.
But]., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 478 (1877).
326. Hypsomadius insignis.
Hypsomadius insignis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 479 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15,
pl. xxv, fig. 3 (1878).
Type from Yokohama.
Hal. JAPAN.
Genus SPICA.
Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 424.
327. Spica parallelangula.
Spica parallelangula, Alph., Rom, sur Lép., ix, p. 2, pl. ii,
fig. 3 (1897).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 25
370 Mr. J. H. Leech on
The species differs from 8, lwteola, Swinhoe, in the paler
ground colour of the primaries and in the second trans-
verse line of these wings being angulated.
It is variable in the colour of the primaries, which ranges
from pale whitish ochreous to pale reddish ochreous on the
one hand and to luteous-grey on the other.
Alphéraky describes this species from the province of
Aindo, Central Asia. It appears to have occurred in June
and July in most of the localities in Western China that
my collectors visited.
Distribution. WESTERN CHINA; CENTRAL ASIA.
Genus DEROGCA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 822 (1855).
328. Deroca inconclusa.
Deroca inconclusa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vu, p. 1727
(1856); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 344
(1892).
Deroca phasma, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 1,
p. 442 (1871); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 49, pl. lui,
fig. 4 (1879).
Four specimens of each sex from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. One female example taken in June or July in
the province of Kwei-chow.
In male specimens of phasma, Butl., the markings are
much more pronounced than in typical male dconelusa.
Distribution. NortH-WeEst HIMALAYAS ; NAGAS ; MANI-
PUR (Hampson) ; JAPAN ; WESTERN CHINA.
329. Deroca hyalina.
Deroca hyalina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 823 ; Hamp-
son, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 344 (1892).
I have specimens from Chang-yang and Omei-shan,
taken in June and July, which agree very well with ex-
amples from Kulu in my collection.
Distribution. Norru-Werst HIMALAYAS ; SIKHIM ;
NAcas; Manipur; East Precu (Hampson) ; CENTRAL
and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. Bi!
Genus PHALACRA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1638 (1866).
330. Phalacra vidhisara.
Hemerophila vidhisara, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxi, p. 319
(1860).
Phalacra vidhisara, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i, p. 541, pl. eci,
figs. 1, la (1887) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 845 (1892).
Two female specimens from Omei-shan ; July.
Distribution. BomBAy ; CatcuttTa ; NILGIRIS ; CEYLON
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CILIXx.
Leach, Edinb. Encycl., ix, p. 134 (1815).
331. Cilix glaucata.
Phalena glaucata, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 221 (1764).
-Drepana glaucata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 736 (1892).
Ciliz glaucata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 347
(1892).
I have one example taken at Chang-yang in June and
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 17) records one from
Hei-ho.
Distribution. Europe. — NortH# AMERICA. — SIMLA ;
DALHOUSIE (Hampson); AMURLAND ; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ORETA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1166 (1855).
332. Oreta pulchripes.
Oreta pulchripes, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 477 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15, pl. xxv,
tig. 7 (1878).
Oreta caleeolaria, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 478 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15, pl. xxv
fig. 4 (1878).
372 Mr. J. H. Leech on
A very fine and variable series from Yokohama and
Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I obtained examples at
Hakodate in August. Calceolaria is a yellow form of
O. pulchripes, and is much commoner than the type.
I received one example of the typical form from Chia-
ting-fu.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; WESTERN
CHINA ; LoocHoo.
333. Oreta auripes.
Oreta auripes, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p. 355 (1879).
Described from Yokohama specimens.
I obtained two examples at Fushiki in July and have
received one from Chang-yang, where it was taken in June.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA.
335. Oreta calida.
Oreta calida, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 4
Gs); alle Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 14, pl. xxv, fig.
(1878).
Occurs at Yokohama, Oiwake, and Hakodate.
Hab. JAPAN and YESSO.
335. Oreta turpis.
Oreta turpis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 477
(1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxv, fig. 8 (1878).
This was described from Yokohama. I have not seen
any example of it other than the type.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus CAMPTOCHILUS.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 351 (1892).
‘
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 378
336. Camptochilus reticulatum.
Auzea reticulata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 233, pl. vin, fig. 3
(1887),
Camptochilus reticulatum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 351 (1892).
Four specimens from Ichang and one from Chang-yang,
all taken in July.
Distribution, SIKHIM: CENTRAL CHINA.
337. Camptochilus sinuosa.
Camptochilus sinwosa, Warren, Novit. Zool., ii, p. 342
(1896).
One example of each sex obtained in July and one male
in August at Chang-yang.
Warren described this species from a female specimen
taken in North Manipur.
Distribution. CENTRAL CHINA ; NoRTH MANIPUR:
Family THYRIDID.
Genus STRIGLINA.
Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 353
(1892).
3388. Striglina scitaria.
Drepanodes ? scitaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi, p. 1488
(1862).
Striglina scitaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 354 (1892).
Timandra (?) cancellata, Christoph, Bull. Mosc., lv, (2),
p. 55 (1881).
Sonagara scitaria, Staud., Rom. sur. Lép., vi, p. 636 (1892).
A series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection; I took
specimens in Satsuma in May and at Gensan in July; the
374 Mr. J. H. Leech on
latter agree with the Sikhim form strigipennis, Moore.
The species has also been received from Ichang, where it
was taken in June and again in August.
Distribution. Formosa; throughout InpIA, CEYLON and
Burma; ANDAMANS; BorNEO; NEW GUINEA ; SOLOMON
ISLANDS; AUSTRALIA ; Fist (Hampson); JAPAN; COREA ;
CENTRAL CHINA.
339. Striglina vialis.
Songara vialis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 27,
pl. vi, fig. 9.
Striglina scitaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 354 (1892).
One specimen taken in July at Kiukiang; this is
identical with Moore’s type.
This species seems to me to be quite distinct from
S. scitaria, although it must be admitted that the latter is
very variable.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; CENTRAL CHINA.
340. Striglina fixsent.
Striglina fixseni, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 167, pl. xi,
fig. 10 2 (1897).
Alphéraky’s types, a male and a female, were from
Corea. I took a male specimen at Gensan in July.
Hab. COREA.
341. Striglina suffusa, sp. n.
Stramineous tinged with pink. Primaries have three pinkish
transverse lines beyond the middle, the first is angulated below
costa and between it and the base of the wing there are some ill-
defined transverse marks. Secondaries have six or seven transverse
lines but only two of these are distinct ; the abdominal margin is
pink. Under surface as above, but the lines on primaries are less
distinct. Expanse 35 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, where it was
obtained in June.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
1)
Or
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
Genus SERICOPHORA.
Christoph, Bull. Mosc., lv, (2), p. 64 (1881).
342. Sericophora guttata.
Sericophora guttata. Christ., Bull. Mosce., lv, (2), p. 65
(1881); Staud.,-Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 636, pl. xiv,
fig. 14 (1892).
Siculodes ? lucidulina, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1894,
p- clxxxvi.
Three specimens taken by myself at Gensan in July;
I have received examples from Chang-yang, Ichang,
Moupin, Ta-chien-lu and Wa-ssu-kow, all captured in
June or July.
The Gensan specimens agree with Staudinger’s figure,
but all the others are rather smaller in size and darker in
colour, and are referable to var. lucidulina, Poujade.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
343. Sericophora (2) brunnea, sp. n.
Brownish suffused and marked with darker. Primaries dotted
with white on the costa, barely visible from above, and traversed by
several dark brown lines ; antemedial, medial, and submarginal
bands dark brown, the latter rather broad, but all ill-defined.
Secondaries, ochreous-brown on outer margin, with eight transverse,
wavy, dark brown lines ; the third and fourth and the sixth and
seventh most clearly defined, and the space enclosed by each pair is
brown. Under surface yellowish-orange, traversed by brown lines
and bands; the apex of primaries is of the ground colour ; there is
a silvery white mark at the end of the cell, and there are some white
dots on the costa. Expanse 25 millim.,
One male from Ichang taken in June.
Hab, CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus PYRINIOIDES.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 199.
376 Mr. J. H. Leech on
344, Pyrinioides aurea.
Pyrinioides aurea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881,
p. 200.
One male specimen and two females were obtained by
my native collector at Hakodate in June or July, and I
have received a male example from Chang-yang, taken in
June, and a female from Omei-shan,staken in July.
In both Chinese specimens the transverse line of the
primaries is preceded by a blotch of its own colour on the
costa, and the ground colour of the Chang-yang example
is pale yellowish.
Distribution. YESSO; JAPAN ; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA,
Genus RHODONEURA.
Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 355
(1892).
345. Rhodoneura marginepunctalis.
Microsca marginepunctalis, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 5, pl. iv,
fig. 10 (1889).
fthodoneura nitens (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 359 (1892).
Pharambara quadrovata, Warr., Novit. Zool., iii, p. 342.
Described from four specimens taken in Satsuma in
May.
Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
346. Rhodoneura nitens.
Microsca nitens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xx,
p- 116 (1887).
Pharambara hamifera, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 213 (1887).
Rhodoneura nitens, Hampson, Fauna, Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 359 (1892).
One specimen taken by a native collector at Ningpo in
July.
Distribution. NILetris; CEYLON; JAPAN; SOLOMON
IsLANDS (Hampson); NORTHERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 377
347. Rhodoneura exusta.
Microsca exusta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 71,
pl. lviii, fig. 8 (1879).
Microsca ardens, Butl., 1. ¢. fig. 9
Microsca exusta, var. erecta, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 66,
pl. iv, fig. 3 (1889).
Rhodonewra exusta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 359 (1892).
I took the type-form of this species at Nagasaki in
May, at Shimonoseki, Fusan, and Gensan in June, and at
Fushiki, Nagahama, and Hakodate in July; I have also
received specimens from Nikko and Ichang, taken in
June, and there were a number of examples from Yoko-
hama in Pryer’s collection. The ardens form was only met
with at Hakodate, and erecta at Gensan, both in July.
Distribution. Srxutm (Hampson); JAPAN; YESSO;
CoREA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
348. Rhodoneura pallida.
Microsca pallida, Butl., I. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 71,
pl. lviu, fig. 7 (1879).
Rhodoneura pallida, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p- 359 (1892).
I obtained this species in Satsuma in May, at Fusan in
June, and at Ningpo in July. There were specimens in
Pryer’s collection, and others have been received from
Ichang and Chang-yang, where they were captured in
July.
Distribution. StkKHIM; Assam (Hampson); JAPAN;
CorEA; NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
349. Rhodoneura parallelina, sp. 0.
¢ Pale cinnamon brown striated with dark brown. Primaries
have two almost parallel blackish lines traversing the central area,
the first is slightly angulated below costa, and the second is joined
by a short oblique black line from costa ; there is a fine, irregular
black line running from the costa, shortly before apex, to middle of
outer margin. Secondaries have a black, curved, antemedial line,
and a fine line similar to that on outer area of primaries. Fringes
dark brown.
3718 Mr. J. H. Leech on
2 Dark cinnamon brown ; markings as in the male, Fringes
ochreous brown marked with blackish, and preceded by a blackish
line.
Expanse, ¢ 29 millim., 9 32 millim.
ne male specimen from Chang-yang, and a fer rom
O le specimen from Chang-yang, and a female f:
Ichang, both taken in June.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus HYPOLAMPRUS.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 364 (1892).
350. Hypolamprus subrosealis.
Microsca subrosealis, Leech, Entom., 1889, p. 5.
Two specimens from Ningpo taken by a native collector
in June.
Hab. Nortu-East CHINA.
Genus THYRIS.
Ochs. ; Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 72 (1856).
351. Thyris fenestrella.
Phalena fenestrella, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 217 (1763).
Sphine pyralidiformis, Hiibn., Sphing., pl. iii, fig. 16.
Thyris fenestrina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 73 (1856).
I obtained specimens at Gensan in June and July, and
have received examples from Chang-yang, Wa-ssu-Kow
and Ta-chien-lu taken in July. Staudinger records the
species from Amurland and North China.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CorEA; NORTH,
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
352. Thyris usitata.
Thyris usitata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p- 367 (1879).
There were specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, and
Gifu in Pryer’s collection; I took the species in Satsuma
in May.
T. usitata differs from 7. fenestrella in having only one
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 379
hyaline spot on the primaries, and in the yellow coloration
of the other spots; the ground colour is also invariably
black. These characters hold good in a series of thirty-
two specimens of 7’. wsitata as compared with a series of
thirty 7. fenestrella from various localities.
Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
Genus HYPERTHYRIS.
Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 121.
353. Hyperthyris aperta.
Hyperthyris aperta, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 122, pl. vu, fig. 7; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 1, p. 370 (1892).
One male specimen from Kiukiang.
Distribution. StKHIM (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA,’
SEPTEMBER 30, 1898,
4¢
( 381 )
XVI. Further notes on Dyscritina, Westw. By E. ERNEST
GREEN, F.E.S. With an Appendix on the species
of Dyscritina reared by Mr. Green. By MALCOLM
Burr, F.ZS., F.E.S.
[Read March 16th, 1898. ]
Puates XVIII. anp XIX.
On March 18th, 1896, I had the honour of reading at
a meeting of this Society, a few notes on Dyscritina
longisetosa, Westw., in which I drew attention to the
similarity of structure in this genus to that of the
Forficulidz. During the discussion that followed, it was
suggested by several members that Westwood’s insect was
immature, and that the adult form would be winged.
Upon my return to Ceylon in January, 1897, I set
myself the task of tracing out the life-history of this
interesting insect. I am now able to report that I have
-been so far successful that, with the exception of the
actual change from the egg to the young larva, I have
followed the transformations of Dyscritina to its final
stage, and witnessed the pairing of the adult imsects and
the subsequent oviposition.
I may here say that the above-mentioned surmises
have proved to be correct, and that the adult Dyscritina
is provided with ample wings and caudal forceps in both
sexes, the general appearance of the imago being that of
a typical earwig. One character that distinguishes
Dyscritina from most other Forficulidz is the presence in
the imago of a well-developed pad (pulvillus) between the
claws (Fig. 14), which enables the insect to run with ease
over a glass surface.
Examples of the insect are not uncommon in this
district (Pundaluoya). I have as yet had no opportunity
of searching for it in other parts of Ceylon.
The usual habitat of the larva is beneath loose stones
on the surface of the ground. I have occasionally found
specimens under moss upon rocks, and under loose bark
of trees. In fact it frequents much the same situations
as do the common earwigs. One curious difference of
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PARTIV. (DEC.) 26
382 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s
habit is noticeable. On lifting a stone, a Dyscritina, when
present, will usually be found back downwards, clinging
to the stone itself; while other Forficulids that I have
found in a similar habitat are generally seen resting on
the ground beneath the stone.
Dyscritina is extremely agile, and a very difficult
subject to secure. I do not recollect having met with
any other insect that can run so rapidly. It simply darts
across the surface of the stone and either conceals itself in
some crevice on the other side, or drops to the ground
and is lost beneath any rubbish that may be lying about.
The adult insect flies at night. JI have taken several
examples in my rooms, attracted by the lamp.
For purposes of study I find it advisable to keep the
living insects confined in a somewhat small space. If
allowed more ample room they conceal themselves too
easily for convenience of observation. A small glass-
topped cardboard box forms a convenient breeding cage,
and a piece of moss-covered bark will provide sufficient
shelter.
I have been unable to determine the natural food of
Dyscritina ; but it probably consists of small soft-bodied
insects. In captivity both larva and imago feed sparingly
upon the dead bodies of small spiders and of flies and
other minute insects, showing a preference, however, for
some species. They do not appear to care for lepidoptera.
The common mosquito is not relished, though if Dyscritina
is very hungry it will devour the abdomen of that
insect. Bread, raw meat, petals of flowers, fruit, minute
fungi, were offered, but were all refused. When food is
offered to an adult Dyscritina it usually goes through a
curlous performance to test its suitability. It takes up
its position to one side of and slightly in advance of the
object ; then bending its abdomen round to one side, it
gives it a sharp nip with its forceps and retires quickly to
note results. If the proffered object does not resent this
treatment, it 1s then considered safe and fit for food: but
if the victim makes any movement, Dyscritina immediately
retires beneath its shelter.
The insects remain under cover during the day, but
become very active and restless at night. When dis-
turbed they run about with the extremity of the abdomen
erected and the long caudal appendages inclined forwards.
Amongst the numerous examples obtained in this
Further Notes on Dyscritina 883
locality there appear to be two distinct species. Not
being properly conversant with the important points of
the Forficulide, I will not myself attempt a formal
description, but content myself with noting some general
characters by which the two species may be distinguished.
They may be separated roughly by the structure and
proportionate length of the caudal appendages in the
larval stages.
In the typical form, D. longisetosa, the cerci are con-
siderably longer than the body of the insect, cylindrical,
multiarticulate, with many fine longish backwardly-
directed hairs amongst the shorter pubescence (Figs.
4, 16).
In the new species these appendages are always shorter
than the body of the insect, with comparatively few joints,
tapering and with a few stout forwardly-directed spines
amongst the shorter pubescence (Figs. 2, 15).
The general coloration of the two species is also different.
In its larval stage D. longisetosa may be readily distin-
guished by its paler tints, the abdomen being straw-
colour with brown transverse bands (Fig. 4). The larva of
the new species (Fig. 2) is of a more uniform blackish-
brown colour, and the femora are more distinctly banded.
‘In both species the hinder angles of the prothorax are
ornamented with well defined straw-coloured patches
(Fig. 2, 4).
The imago of DP. longisetosa varies in colour from
castaneous to bright fulvous. In the darker form the
prothorax bears a conspicuous blackish curved fascia on
each side (Fig. 5). The paler variety usually has a
diffuse brownish fascia upon the middle of the elytra.
In the new species the general tint is blackish brown.
The female (Fig. 3) is more suffused with castaneous, the
elytra are more conspicuously reddish.
The male insect is distinguished by the greater number
of abdominal segments (Fig. 6).
On Oct. 27, 1897, a pair of this new species, reared up
in captivity, were found in coitu. The abdomen of the
male was twisted round and the extremity was closely
applied to the undersurface of the pygidium of the
female.
The first eggs were deposited on November 4, and
others were added at intervals during the following week,
until a total of twenty-five had been laid. The eggs were
384 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s
scattered singly over the exposed surface of the moss-
covered bark which had been provided as a shelter for the
insect, adhering shghtly to their support. Towards the
end of the egg-laying period a few were deposited in
irregular clusters and unattached to the moss. The
parent remained constantly near her eggs, visiting each
one in turn, and mouthing them in a peculiar manner as
if to keep them clean.
The egg is regularly elliptical; pale pinkish yellow ;
shining ; long, 0°30 mm.; broad, 0°50 mm.
In spite of the attentions of the parent the eggs
gradually shrivelled and dried up, and were eventually
devoured. The female parent lived on till January 18,
1898, feeding upon smal] insects and drinking water
greedily. This specimen was captured early in October
and was then in the penultimate stage. It lived in
captivity for 34 months.
The following notes upon the development of Dyscritina
apply to both species of the insect. :
In ecdysis the skin splits along the median dorsal line
of the thorax, and is shed in one complete piece, including
the covering of the delicate caudal appendages. I
have been unable to satisfy myself as to the total
number of ecdyses undergone, the examples under
observation being from a quarter to half grown at the
time of capture. I have, however, observed four successive
moults, the last revealing the adult insect. Each stage
occupies about ten days.
With each moult, instead of a diminution in the
number of joints of the caudal appendages there is a
distinct progressive increase in the length of the cerci
until shortly before the final ecdysis, when the appendages
are abruptly curtailed, leaving nothing but the long basal
joint on each side (Fig. 1). The number of joints is
variable and seldom exactly the same in both cerci of any
individual. The following series of measurements will
demonstrate this development of the caudal appendages.
DYSCRITINA LONGISETOSA.
No. 1. Body 2°5 mm. long. Ceret of same length with 14
joints. Antenne with seven joints.
No. 2. Body 3 mm. long. Cerci 6 mm., with 27 joints,
many with incomplete divisions where fresh
joints are forming. Antenne with 10 joints.
Further Notes on Dyscritina 385
No. 3. Body 4°5 mm. long. Cerci 10 mm., with 43 joints.
Antenne with 8 joints on left and 9 on right side.
No. 4. Body 65 mm. long. Cevci incomplete, apparently
injured (within them the cerci of the next stage
are plainly visible and it is noticeable that the
joints of the two sets do not correspond).
Antenne, left with 14, right with 12 joints.
No. 5. Body 7°75 mm. long. Cerct 13°5 mm., with 45
joints.
No. 6. The penultimate stage—Body 9 mm. long. Cerer
Imm. Antenne with 14 joints.
The length of the adult insect varies from 11°50 to 16
mm. of which the forceps occupy from 1 to 1°25 mm.
In the larva of the new species there is a corresponding
increase in the number of joints of the cerci during grewth ;
though in this case it is more gradual and less noticeable
as the total number of joints is much smalier, tke fully
grown larva having only from 18 to 20 joints in these
appendages. Their total length is only about three
quarters that of the body of the insect.
As stated above, in the penultimate stage the cerci are
abruptly curtailed to a single jomt. These basal joints
retain their previous character, and bear no resemblance
to the forceps of the perfect insect. They are quite
straight, with irregularly truncate extremities, looking as if
the subsequent joints had been broken or bitten off. And
I believe that such is really the case. No cast skin has
been observed to accompany this change, and in one
instance the insect lost the appendage on one side twenty-,
four hours before the opposite one disappeared. The
superfluous parts are probably eaten off by the insect
itself. Upon examination of the abbreviated caudal
appendages by transmitted light, the future forceps of the
adult insect can be plainly seen within them (Fig. 11).
From the above facts it would appear probable that the
single jointed cercus (forceps) of the larval Porficulidx is
not formed by a fusion of smaller joints, but corresponds
with the long basal joints of the larval’ appendages of
Dyscritina.
Towards the end of the larval period the notal plates of
the metathorax are distinctly sculptured with a radiating
pattern, resembling in miniature a Forficulid wing
(Figs. 2, 4).
386 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s
The glandular folds of the (5rd and 4th ?) dorsal plates of
the abdomen commence to appear when the larva is about
half grown. Fig. 10 is taken from an example with a
body length of 4°50 mm.
Another character is noticeable in all stages—from the
young larva to the adult insect. Towards the undersurface
of each antennal joint can be distinguished an oval
glandular (?) body (Figs. 12, 13), indicated on the surface
by a shallow depression and a minute pore. I suppose
these to be sense organs of some kind. Can they be of
the nature of auditory organs ?
Upon the terminal joint of each of the palpi is a minute
tactile organ cousisting of a small fleshy tubercle bearing
a number of minute points at its extremity (Fig. 7).
Throughout the larval period the feet are destitute of
any pad between the claws, and the second tarsal joint is
minute and fused with the first. In the adult insect the
three tarsal joints become distinct, and there is a con-
spicuous cup-shaped pulvillus between the claws of each
foot (Fig. 14).
The coriaceous tips of the folded wings of the imago
project to a distance equal to about half the length of the
elytra. The wing itself is ample (Fig. 6) and longer than
the body of the insect. The membranous area is not
entirely concealed when the wing is closed, several short
folds appearing outside the coriaceous part.
The number of antennal joints in the imago is variable.
One example shows 16 joints on one side and 15 on the
other, Another has 18 and 16 respectively. A third
example has 16 and 17; a fourth carries 15 joints only.
I am inclined to consider 16 as the normal number.
I was able to observe one imago shortly after its
emergence. All the parts of the insect were soft and
colourless; but the wings were accurately folded in their
proper position.
In the penultimate stage the femora of the first pair of
legs are broad and are armed on the inner edge with a row
of spines (Fig. 1) which gives them a distinctly raptorial
appearance: but I have never seen them used either to
catch or hold their prey. On the other hand I have
watched one of these insects feeding upon and dragging
about a fly without using its forelimbs for any other
purpose than locomotion.
From the above general particulars the following
Further Notes on Dyscritina 387
characters may perhaps be selected as distinctive of the
genus Dyscritina.
Larva with many-jointed caudal appendages.
Adult with single jointed appendages in the form of
forceps. Wings as in Forficula. Feet with pulvillus
between claws. Number of antennal joints variable
(normally 16 2).
A glandular pore on each antennal joint in all stages of
the insect.
ON THE SPECIES OF DYSCRITINA REARED
BY MR. GREEN.
By Matcotm Burr, F.ZS., F.ES.
THE great interest and importance of Mr. E. E. Green’s
paper is twofold. First, it settles definitely the vexed
question of the affinities of Dyscritina longisetosa, Westw.,
and to a great extent elucidates the economy of earwigs,
about which little has been known, especially with regard
to tropical species. Secondly, the facts disclosed
throw much light on a more general question, the origin
of the Forficulide and their phylogenetic relationship to
other insects, particularly among the Orthoptera.
An examination of the imagos which Mr. Green has
bred from the Dyscritina form at once shows that they
are to be referred to the genus Diplatys, Serv., to which
Cylindrogaster, Stal, is nearly allied.
These two genera are separated by Kirby in his
synoptical table by the presence on the third and fourth
abdominal segments in Diplatys of pliciform tubercles,
which are absent from Cylindrogaster. Both genera are
represented in the tropical part of the New World as well
as in Africa and Asia.
The surprising point shown by Mr. Green’s investigations
lies not so much in fact that the mysterious larva has
developed into an earwig, for that was to a certain extent
foretold by most entomologists who examined the immature
specimens, but rather in the manner in which the caudal
setze develop into forceps.
That the forceps of earwigs are the homologues of the
cerci of true Orthoptera is now obvious, but their manner
of development, in the species before us at least, is
388 Mr. M. Burr on
remarkable. I have seen immature specimens of allied
genera in various stages of growth, but know of no case
which presents an analogous development.
There still remain two insufficiently described creatures,
at present assigned to the Forficulidz, whose true position
is doubtful but may be determined in time, as has been
that of Dyscritina longisetosa. One of these is Condylopalama
agilis, Sund., taken at Stockholm in timber imported from
Brazil, which Mr. Kirby suggests may be Japyz. The
other doubtful species is T'yphlolabia larva (Phil.), which
possibly is not an earwig.
It is not yet clear to what group earwigs are most
nearly allied; but it seems to me that earwigs and
cockroaches are offshoots of acommon stock. Some exotic
cockroaches present an arrangment of the wings which is
analogous with the folding of the wings of earwigs, and the
development and general habits of the two groups are
almost identical. A wingless earwig with jointed cerci
would resemble a small wingless cockroach to a very
marked extent. It is not meant to advance this theory as
a definite view but rather to throw it out as a suggestion.
It was altogether unexpected that two species should
be derived from the old Dyscritina longisetosa. Early last
summer Mr. Green kindly sent me, among a lot of earwigs,
an adult D. longisctosa; but at that time neither of us
suspected that it was the imago of this curious larva, and
I then regarded it as a new species of Cylindrogaster, Stal.
As Mr. Green’s two species are to be referred to the
genus Diplatys, Serv., the first will be Diplatys longisetosa
(Westw.); the other I regard as identical with Diplatys
nigriceps (Kirby) from which it differs only in minor
details of coloration. D. nigriceps (Kirby) is already
known from Hong-Kong and Bombay, but D. longisetosa,
so far as I know, has never been taken outside Ceylon.
As the latter species has not been described in the imago
stage, I append a description, and to make things com-
plete add a further description of D. nigriceps (Kirby).
Diplatys longisetosa (Westw.).
Larva. Dyscritina longisetosa, Westwood, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 601, pl. xxii, fig. 1; Green,
op. cit., 1896, p. 229.
Colore testacea. Caput pronoto latius: pronotum subquadratum |
margine postico rotundato. Elytra et alae perfecte explicatae, longe, .
the Species of Dyscritina reared by Mr. Green. . 389
illa apice oblique rotundata, hae valde prominentes,. Pedes testacei.
Abdominis segmenta 3 et 4 tuberculis pliciformibus instructa ;
segmentum ultimum magnum; forcipum — crura -brevia, recta,
conica.
Long. corporis 10°5-14°75 millim.; long. forcipum 1-1'25 millim.
Head flattened, reddish, slightly broader than the pronotum ;
antennae testaceous ; eyes black ; mouth parts testaceous. Pronotum
reddish, squared, the hinder margin rounded, the disc somewhat
raised anteriorly, flattened posteriorly. Elytra long and broad,
pale testaceous, the disc darker ; broader near the base, considerably
narrower at the apex, where they are obliquely rounded ; scutellum
visible at the base of the elytra, very small. Wings ample, project-
ing well beyond the elytra, the coriaceous portion testaceous on
inner margin, darker on outer margin. Legs uniform testaceous.
Abdomen cylindrical, reddish, basal half of the segments paler ;
tubercles of the 3rd and 4th segments indistinct ; apical segment
large, dark reddish, with a very faint median longitudinal sulcus,
the posterior border produced into a small tubercle at each angle.
Branches of the forceps stout, straight, short and conical, not quite
contiguous, furnished each at the base on the upper side with a
small sensory (?) foramen.
The hinder part of the head, the pronotum, the basal and apical
parts of the elytra, the wings, femora and tibiae clothed with a few
long bristles; dorsal aspect of the abdomen and the tarsi with a
dense pale pubescence,
Hab, CEYLON, Punduluoya (Green).
Judging by the descriptions this species appears to be
smaller and redder than its allies. °
Diplatys nigriceps (Kirby).
Cylindrogaster nigriceps, Kirby, Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool.,
xxiii, p. 507 (1890).
Colore fuscus. Caput rotundatum, pronoto latius. Pronotum
deplanatum, margine postico rotundato. Elytra et alae perfecte ex-
plicatze, longze, illa apice oblique rotundata, Pedes fusci, tibiis palli-
dioribus. Abdomen gracile, segmento ultimo magno.
¢. Abdomen medio paullo constrictum, forcipum crura previa,
basi subcontigua, valida, dehine attenuata, recta, in parte apicali
graciliora, inermia, apice ipso incurva, vix decussata.
@. Abdomen cylindricum, minus gracile, forcipum crura inter
390 On the Species of Dyscritina reared by Mr, Green
se distantia, basi validiora, dehine attenuata, recta, Inermia, apice
attingentia,
Long. corporis 10 millim.; long. forcipum 1°4 millim.
Head blackish, rounded, slightly rounded between the eyes, broader
than the pronotum ; eyes black, antennz black, palpi testaceous.
Pronotum blackish, flattened, hinder margin rounded. Elytra long
and broad, dark brown, slightly paler in the female than in the male.
Wings creamy, the coriaceous part blackish, shorter than in D.
longisetosa. Legs, femora blackish, tibiz paler, blackish at the base,
tarsi paler. Abdomen black, the tubercles of the 3rd and 4th seg-
ments less distinct in the male than in the female ; in the male long
and slender, subconstricted in the middle, the last segment large, its
median sulcus very faint. Forceps black ¢, reddish ?.
Hab. Hone-Kone (Kirby, Mus. Brit.) ; Inp1a, Bombay,
(Mus. Brit.); CEYLON, Punduluoya (Green).
The pubescence and hairs of this species are arranged as
in the last, but are less dense and strongly marked.
The specimens reared by Mr. Green differ slightly from
the type form in colour. In the type form the pronotum
is broadly bordered with white posteriorly, whereas it is
uniform blackish in Mr. Green’s examples. This difference,
which is not enough to justify the establishment of a
separate species, is the only distinction which I could find
upon comparing Mr. Green’s insects with Mr. Kirby’s
type.
PLATES XVIII. anp XIX.
[See Explanations facing the PLATES].
(1391 )
XVII. The Larva of Eriocephala allionella, By THomMAsS
ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.E.S.
[Read April 6th, 1898.]
At the end of March, 1897, I met with Zriocephala
allionella near Cannes, and by imprisoning several of
the females with damp moss, I succeeded in obtaining
eggs in the same way as I had done in the case of Hrio-
cephala calthella. In due time these eggs hatched, but
though a few of the larvz appeared to have eaten a little,
as evidenced by some coloration of their intestinal
contents, nothing further came of the experiment. This
was, however, due rather to my travelling about at the
time and giving them no fair chance, than to the want of
a proper species of moss; which may, however, have been
the effective cause of failure. I preserved one specimen
of the larva tolerably successfully, and from this example
and my recollections of them alive, the remainder having
‘been sacrificed in the attempt to rear them, I am able to
give some account of it. Briefly, this account might be
reduced to a statement that the larva does not differ to
any appreciable extent from that of calthella, It is some-
what larger and less flimsy in consequence, and perhaps
whiter in colour.
The eggs are a little larger than those of £. calthella,
but I have not the exact measurement; they are similarly
clothed with a snowy exudation of white filaments.
The larva is about 0°95 mm. in length and of the same
truncate angular outlines as that of calthella. The antenne
are similarly very long, and the true legs and eight pairs of
false legs have the same structure, relation and size as in
calthella. There is an error in my description of the larva
of calthella, which was first called attention to by Professor
H. G. Dyar, to whom I sent specimens; this is as to the
number of rows of ball-like appendages. On the first
seven abdominal segments, there are ten rows of them and
not eight, as stated in my description (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond, 1894, p. 342). They occur in double rows, a double
row on each side of the dorsum, and a double row on each
lateral region, and a double row again on each side kelow
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
392 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Lriocephala allionella
this, the upper members of the last-mentioned double
row being balls like the others, the lower forming the
series of false feet. That is, if the false feet are taken to
be representative of the balls, there are twelve rows, ten
of balls and two of feet, only that the two rows of feet do
not form a double row of themselves but appear to be the
inferior members of the double row of which the lower
series of ball appendages is the other. The reason for
taking the appendages thus in double rows is that there
is a greater distance from one double row to the next,
than between the two rows of which it consists. The
first thoracic segment has two rows transversely, four in
the first and three in the second on either side. The
second and third thoracic segments have the two upper
pairs of rows on either side as in the following segments,
but on each segment the lower row just above the feet
has two appendages, one in front of the other.
The eighth abdominal segment has one appendage in
this row, but above this it has two transverse rows of two
on either side ; the ninth segment has three on either side,
and the tenth carries the two set, which appear to be
homologous with cerci rather than with any ordinary
tubercles or processes of lepidopterous larvee. The larva
appears also to have asucker similar to that of Z. calthella,
but I did not happen to see it obviously used by the
living larva,
I have not been able as yet to get larvee of Panorpa,
but Brauer’s account of the larva and especially of the
disposition of the tubercles and of the abdominal legs
shows that the resemblance between the larvee of Panorpa
and Hriocephala is very close.
The idea that the bristles on the last abdominal seg-
ment are cerci is one requiring fuller investigation ; but
I fail to imagine what else they can be. It seems
impossible to correlate them with any of the ordinary
appendages of lepidopterous larve, since they are the only
bristle-like appendages and are quite different from the
ball appendages that probably represent the usual
tubercles. It is to be remembered that, though I call
them bristles, they are of very large size (for bristles)
in comparison with the size of the larva itself, and I do
not know what their structure is.
C308"
XVIII. A list of the Clavicorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent
Grenada, and the Grenadines. By G. C. CHAM-
PION, F.Z.8.
{Read October Sth, 1898. ]
THE Clavicorn Coleoptera collected by Mr. H. H. Smith
in St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, under the
auspices of the Royal Society and the British Association,
have been partially worked out by M. A. Grouvelle of
Paris. He has already published descriptions of two
genera and seventeen species, [Notes from the Leyden
Museum, xx. pp. 35—48 (1898)], and it is proposed here
to give a complete list of the insects named by him.
These belong to the families Nitidulidee, Trogositide,
Oolydiidee, Rhysodid, Cucujide, Cryptophagide, Mono-
tomide, Mycetophagide, Dermestidz, Byrrhidze, and Par-
nide. The two new genera appertain to the last-mentioned
family. The Silphidz, Phalacride, and Scaphidiide, and
some few species of Cryptophagide, Latridiidz, Byrrhide,
and Dermestide, have still to be dealt with. The Tricho-
pterygide, and some of the Corylophide, have been
‘described or noticed by the late A. Matthews [Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiii. pp. 334—342, (1894)]. A list of
the Histeridee has been furnished by Mr. G. Lewis. It
may be noted that M. Grouvelle in his paper (loc. cit.
p. 35) has by some inadvertence stated that the specimens
belong to the Cambridge Museum: this is quite a mis-
take, the collections being really the property of the West
India Committee, who hand them over to the British
Museum as soon as they are worked out. The new
species that have been described from Mr. Smith’s
captures are marked with an asterisk.
Fam. HISTERID.
PHELISTER, Mars.
Phelister hemorrhous.
Phelister hemorrhous, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 476, t. 14,
fig. 9 (1853); Lewis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1,
p. 185.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar
(Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Sixteen specimens.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
394 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Phelister rouzeti.
Paromalus rouzeti, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1849,
p. 421.
Phelister rouzetit, Mars., Monogr. Hist. p. 488, t. 14,
fig. 20 (1853); Lewis, Biol. Centr-Am., Col. un,
Tepe g3:
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side, &c.
Four specimens.
Hister, Linn.
Hister confinis.
Mister confinis, Er. in Klug’s Jahrb., 1834, p. 15; Mars.,
Monogr. Hist., p. 250, t. 7, fig. 58 (1854).
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Six specimens.
ister planiformis.*
Hister planiformis, Lewis, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
XX, p. 399 (1897).
Hab, Grenada—Mount Gay Estate.
One specimen.
PAROMALUS, Er.
Paromalus hispaniole.
Paromalus hispaniole, Mars., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xi,
p- 101 (1870).
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side and South end;
Grenada— Balthazar (Windward side).
Six specimens. Described from Cuba.
Carcrnoes, Mars.
Carcinops troglodytes.
ffister troglodytes, Payk., Monogr. Hist., p. 46, t. 10,
neal,
Carcinops troglodytes, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 92, t. 8,
no. 22, fig. 5 (1855).
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar, Soubise (Windwards ide), Mount Gay Estate (Lee-
ward side).
Fifteen specimens.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 395
SAPRINUS, Er.
Saprinus xneicollis,
Saprinus xneicollis, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 424, t. 17,
fig. 56 (1855); Lewis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. u, 1,
p. 223.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side, &c.
Five specimens.
Saprinus apricarvus.
Saprinus apricartus, Er. in Klug’s Jahrb., 1884, p. 194;
Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 725, t. 20, no. 38, fig. 158
(1855).
Hab. St. Vincent.
One specimen.
Acritus, Lee.
Six or seven very obscure species of this genus were
obtained by Mr. H. H. Smith in Grenada or St. Vincent,
but they are mostly represented by one or two specimens
only, and Mr. Lewis has not ventured to name them.
Fam. NITIDULID.
BRACHYPTERUS, Kugel.
Brachypterus insularis.*
Brachypterus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus, xx,
p. 35. .
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
One specimen.
CoLastus, Er,
Colastus ruptus.
Nitidula rupta, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., i, p. 354.
Colastus ruptus, Kr.in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 237; Murr.,
Monogr. Nitid., p. 258, t. 34, fig 1.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate (Windward
side).
Found in abundance in St. Vincent.
396 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Colastus triangularis.
Colastus triangularis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 282.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar,
Chantilly Estate, Soubise (Windward side), St. George’s,
Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
BRACHYPEPLUS, Er.
Brachypeplus anceps.
Brachypeplus aneeps, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 297.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Chantilly Estate, Balthazar (Windward
side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward side).
Sent in plenty from St. Vincent.
Brachypeplus mutilatus.
Brachypeplus mutilatus, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 246.
Hab. Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side).
One specimen.
Brachypeplus tenuis ?
Brachypeplus tenuis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 298.
Hiab. St. Vincent.
Nine specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as possibly
referable to this species.
Macrostoua, Murr.
Macrostola lutea.
Macrostola lutea, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 333.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen.
CONOTELUS, Germ.
Conotelus conicus.
Stenus conicus, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., 11, p. 603.
Conotelus conicus, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 334; Lacord.,
Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 18, fig. 2.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Windward and Leeward
sides; Grenadines—Mustique I., Becquia I.
Sent in abundance from each of these localities, but
apparently not met with in Grenada.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 397
Conotelus stenordes,
Conotelus stenoides, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 838; Sharp,
Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. 11, 1, p. 283, t. 9, fig 7.
Hab. St. Vincent— Leeward side.
Three specimens.
CARPOPHILUS, Steph.
Carpophilus hemipterus.
Dermestes hemipterus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii, 1, 2, p. 565.
Carpophilus hemipterus, Murr., Monogr, Nitid., p. 362,
t. 32, fig. 10; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., u,
ip: 256
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar,
Soubise, Chantilly Estate (Windward side),
Found in profusion in St. Vincent.
Carpophilus dimidiatus.
Nitidula dimidiata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i, p. 261.
Carpophilus dimidiatus, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 379.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), St.
George’s (Leeward side).
Two specimens.
Carpophilus mutilatus,
Carpophilus mutilatus, Er. in Germ Zeitschr., iv, p. 258 ;
Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 378.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
One specimen.
Haptoncus, Murr.
Haptoncus luteola.
Epurea luteola, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 272.
Haptoncus pauperculus, Reitt., Verh. Ver. Briinn, 1878,
joa ALE
Hab. St. Vinecent—Windward and Leeward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate (Windward side),
St. John’s River, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Lee-
ward side).
Found in abundance in both islands.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART.IV. (DEC.) 27
398 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
STELIDOTA, Er.
Stelidota strigosa,
Nitidula strigosa,Gyll. in Schonherr’s, Syn. Ins., 11, p. 140.
Stelidota strigosa, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 302 ;
Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. 11, 1, p. 310.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides, Kings-
town; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate( Windward
side), Mt. Maitland, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s and
Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side); Grenadines—Becquia I.
Sent in plenty from St. Vincent and Grenada.
Stelidota geminata.
Nitidula geminata, Say, Journ. Acad. Phil., v, p. 181.
Stelidota geminata, Er. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 802;
Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p. 312.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides,
Kingstown; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate
(Windward side), Mt. Maitland and Mount Gay Ksiate
(Leeward side), Windsor.
Found commonly in both islands.
Stelidota champroni ?
Stelidota championi, Sharp, Biol, Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1
p. 315, t. 10, fig. 6.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides,
Kingstown ; Grenada—Lake Antoine Estate, Bal-
thazar, Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay
Estate, St. George’s, Grand Etang Rd., St. John’s
River (Leeward side), Woburn (South end);
Grenadines—Mustique I.
Found in abundance everywhere in these islands. The
specimens are labelled by M. Grouvelle as being referable to
S. champtoni or possibly to S. chontalensis, Sharp. He has
separated as a variety several examples with a well-defined
black patch on each elytron.
?
Stelidota chontalensis.
Stelidota chontalensis, Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii,
1, p. 314.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 399
Lopiopa, Er.
Lobiopa decumana.
Lobiopa decumana, Er. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 295 ;
Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p, 321.
Hab, St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Grand Etang
Rd., Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side); Grena-
dines—Becquia I.
Found in plenty in both Grenada and St. Vincent.
CAMPTODES, Er.
Camptodes sp.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Three specimens, returned unnamed by M Grouvelle.
PALLODES, Er.
Pallodes cyanescens.*
Pallodes cyanescens, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 36.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side, &e.
Twenty specimens.
Pallodes ruficollis ?
Pallodes ruficollis, Reitt., Verh. Ver. Briinn, xii, p. 135.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.
Found in profusion in St. Vincent. Labelled by M.
Grouvelle as probably referable to P. ruficollis, Reitt.
The type was from Cuba.
Pallodes smitha.*
Pallodes smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 35.
Hab. Grenada—Black Forest and Chantilly Estates
(Windward side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward side).
Nine specimens.
Fam. TROGOSITIDA.
TENEBROIDES, Piller and Mitterp,
Tenebroides steinherli ?
Tenebrioides steinheili, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,
187d; pelo:
Hab. Grenadimes—Mustique I.
One specimen; perhaps belonging to this species.
400 Mr. GC. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
TEMNOCHILA, Westw.
Temnochila ebenina, Blanch., Voy. d’Orb., Col., p. 205, t. 19,
mee 1
Hab. Grenadines—Mustique I.
One specimen.
LOPHOCATERES, Olliff.
Lophocateres pusillus.
Peltis pusilla, Klug, Ins. Madag., p. 71.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.
One specimen. Originally described from Madagascar.
Fam. COLYDIIDA.
Ditoma, Illig.
Ditoma quadricolilis.
Ditoma quadricollis, Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., xii, p
149,
Hab. St. Vincent—South end.
Four specimens.
LEMNIs, Pase.
Lemnis denticulatus.*
Lemnis denticulatus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p.
39.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar
and Chantilly Estate (Windward side).
Eight specimens, seven of which are from Grenada.
Syncuita, Hellw.
Synchita laticollrs,
Synchita laticollis, Lec., New Sp. Col., p. 66 (1863).
Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Leeward side; Grenada
—Balthazar, Grand Etang, Black Forest Estate
(Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward
side).
Numerous specimens from both islands,
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 401
CATOLZMUS, Sharp.
Catolemus exilis.*
Catolemus exilis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p, 38.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate, St. George’s, Grand Etang Rd.
(Leeward side).
Seven specimens, all but one from Grenada.
Microstcus, Sharp.
Microsicus minimus.*
Microsicus minimus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
Dp: ov.
Hab, Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate (Windward
side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
Four specimens.
NeEorricHus, Sharp.
Neotrichus tinsularis.*
Neotrichus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 38.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Found in abundance in St. Vincent, singly in Grenada.
PENTHELISPA, Pasc.
Penthelispa sp.
Hab, St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen, probably belonging to an undescribed
species.
PYCNOMERUS, Er.
Pycnomerus exaratus,
Cerylon exaratum, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863,
p. 610.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Black Forest Estate
(Windward side).
Many specimens from both islands. Recorded. from
Cuba, Puerto Rico, and Guadaloupe.
402 - Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn |
BOTHRIDERES, Er.
Bothrideres dentatus.
Bothrideres dentatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863,
p. 609.
Hab. St. Vincent.
One specimen. Occurs in Cuba.
Sosy.Lus, Er.
Sosylus costipennis.
Nematidiwm costipenne, Jacq. Duv. in Sagra’s Hist. fis.
polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 103, t. 9, fig. 15.
Hab, Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
One specimen. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as identical
with the Cuban type.
NEMATIDIUM, Er.
Nematidium filiforme ?
Nematidium filiforme, Lec., New Sp. Col., p. 68 (1863),
(nec Pasc.).
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Two specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as WV. filiforme,
Lec., or a very closely allied species.
CERYLON, Latr.
Cerylon amaroides.
Cerylon amaroides, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1868,
p. 610.
Hab. Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side).
One specimen. Recorded from Cuba.
LYTOPEPLUS, Sharp.
Lytopeplus insularis.*
Lytopeplus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 40.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen.
/oleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 403
PHILOTHERMUS, Aubé.
Philothermus puberulus,
Philothermus puberulus, Schwarz, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc.,
xvii, p. 3861; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1,
p. 493.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Black
Forest Estate (Windward side).
Ten specimens.
Fam. RHYSODID.
Clindium guildingi.
Clinidium guildingit, Kirby, Zool. Journ., v, p. 8, t. 2,
figs, 1-4; Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863,
p. 611.
fthysodes guildingu, Newm., Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), ui,
p- 667.
Ehysodes planus, Chevr. in Guérin’s Icon. Régne Anim.,
Ins as po8:
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.
. Thirteen specimens. Recorded from St. Vincent,
Guadaloupe and Cuba.
Fam. CUCUJIDA.
INOPEPLUS, Smith.
Inopeplus preustus.
Ino preusta, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 212; Lacord.,
Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 21, fig. 2.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen. Also found in Guadaloupe.
Inopeplus insularis.*
Inopeplus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 41.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. John’s River,
St. George’s (Leeward side), Grand Etang Rd., Balthazar,
Chantilly Estate (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mus-
tique I. ;
Seventeen specimens,
404 . Mr, GC. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
TELEPHANUS Er.
Telephanus terminatus.
Telephanus terminatus, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1880,
p. 175,15, fig. 11s 1889p ok
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides,
Kingstown.
Sixteen examples.
Telephanus sp. ?
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides,
Kingstown; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate
(Windward side).
Fifteen examples. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very
near his 7’. elongatus.
Telephanus paradoxus.
Telephanus paradoxus, Reitt., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
xxiv, p. 524; Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1880, p.
175, t. 5, fig. 12, and 1889, p. 160.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
One specimen.
L&MOPHLEUS, Steph.
Lemophleus nitens.
Lemophlaus nitens, Lec., Proc. Acad. Phil., 1854, p, 75.
Hab, Grenada—Soubise (Windward side).
One specimen.
_ Lemophleus pusillus.
Cucujus pusillus, Schonh., Syn. Ins., i, 3, p. 55.
Lemophleus pusillus, Er., Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., iu,
p. 321.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—St. George’s
(Leeward side).
Five specimens.
. Lemophleus pallentipennis,
Lemophieus pallentipennis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent.
Hr, 1876) p. 500; t; Opie, 20:
Hab. St.Vincent—Windward side, Kingstown; Grenada
—Balthazar (Windward side).
Eight specimens, The types were from Central
America.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 405
Lemophleus castaneipennis.
Lemophleus castaneipennis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,
1876, p. 494, t. 8, fig. 12.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), St. George's
(Leeward side).
Eleven specimens.
Lemophleus caseyi.*
Lemophieus caseyi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 42.
Hab. Grenada—Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side).
One specimen.
Lemophlaus smithi.*
Lemophiwus smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 41.
Hab, Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
One specimen.
MICROBRONTES, Reitt.
Microbrontes uncicornis.
Microbrontes uncicornis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 45.
Lemophleus uncicornis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876,
p. 502, t. 9, fig. 23.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end ; Grenada—Mount Gay
Estate, St. George’s, St. John’s River (Leeward side),
Woburn (South end): Grenadines—Mustique I.
Found in plenty in Grenada and Mustique. Recorded
from Cuba, Martinique, Puerto Rico, Mexico, and Brazil.
CRYPTAMORPHA, Woll.
Cryptamorpha muse.
Cryptamorpha muse, Woll., Ins. Mader., p. 157, t. 4,
fig. 1.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar
(Windward side).
Three specimens.
SILVANUS.
Silvanus unidentatus.
Ips unidentatus, Oliv., Ent., 11, no. 18, p. 12, t. 1, fig. 4.
Silvanus unidentatus, Er., Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., iii, p. 338.
Hab, Grenada—Soubise (Windward side).
Two specimens.
406 Mr. G. C.Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Silvanus triangulus.
Silvanus triangulus, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 60.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate and St. John’s River (Leeward side).
The type was from Japan. M. Grouvelle notes that
this species had not previously been recorded from
America, and that it has recently been found by M.
Fauvel in Madeira.
Silvanus fasciatus.
Silvanus signatus, Frauenf., Verh. zool.-bot. ges. Wien,
xvii, p. 488, t. 121, fig. 28 (1867).
Cathartus fascipennis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 129
(1876).
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Vendome
and Mount Gay Kstates, St. John’s River, St. George’s
(Leeward side), Balthazar, Soubise, Chantilly and Tele-
scope Estates (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mustique [.
Found in plenty in Grenada. Frauenfeld’s type of this
species was found on board the Austrian ship “ Novara,”
near Shanghai.
Silvanus trivialis.
Silvanus trivialis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1878, p. 75,
t. 2, fig. 13.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar, Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate
(Leeward side).
Twelve examples.
CATHARTUS, Reiche.
Cathartus quadricollis.
Silvanus quadricollis, Guér., Icon Regne Anim., Ins., 111,
p. 198.
Cathartus quadricollis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 128.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward alee Grenada—Balthazar,
Chantilly Estate, Soubise (Windward side), St. George’s,
St. John’s River, Mount Gay Estate, Grand Etang Rd.
(Leeward side), Woburn (South end); Grenadines—
Mustique I.
Found in profusion everywhere.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 407
Cathartus advena.
Cryptophagus advena, Waltl, Faunus, i, p. 169.
Silvanus advena, Ey., Nature. Ins. Deutschl., 11, p. 339.
Cathartus advena, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 127.
Hab. Grenada—Chantilly Estate and Balthazar (Wind-
ward side).
Two specimens.
Catnartus cassie.
Cathartus cassie, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1854, p. 78 ;
Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 126.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada
(Windward side).
Three specimens. Recorded from Cuba.
Balthazar
Cathartus angulicollis.
Cathartus angulicollis, Reitt., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
y Xxvili, p. 194.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Four examples.
Cathartus gemellatus.
Sylvanus gemellatus, Jacq. Duv. in Sagra’s Hist. fis.
polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 104.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Hight specimens.
NAUSIBIUS, Redt.
Nausibius clavicornis.
Cucujus clavicormis, Kugel., Neuest. Mag. Ent., p. 571.
Corticaria dentata, Marsh., Ent. Brit., p. 108.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
Two specimens.
Fam. CRYPTOPHAGIDA.
CRYPTOPHILUS, Reitt.
Cryptophilus frater*
Cryptophilus frater, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 43.
Hab. Grenada—Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay
Estate (Leeward side),
Twelve specimens
408 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
LoBERUS, Lec.
Loberus testaceus.
Loberus testaceus, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1875,
p. (i
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward = sides,
Kingstown; Grenada — Lake Antoine Estate
(Windward side) ; Grenadines—Becquia I.
Numerous examples from Grenada and St. Vincent.
The type was from St. Thomas.
Loberus discupennis.
Loberus discipennis, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,
1875, p. 76.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side and South end;
Grenada — Woodford and Mount Gay Estates,
Grand Etang Rd., St. George’s (Leeward side),
Mirabeau and Chantilly Estates, Balthazar (Wind-
ward side).
Found in plenty in both islands. The type was from
Teapa, Mexico.
Fam. MONOTOMID.
Monotoma, Herbst.
Monotoma picipes.
Monotoma picipes, Herbst, Kifer, V, p. 24, t. 46, fig. 2 ;
Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii, p. 259,
Monotoma foveata, Lec., Proc. Acad, Phil., 1855, p.
305.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar
(Windward side).
Two specimens.
Monotoma spinicollis.
Monotoma spinicollis, Aubé, Anu. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1837, p.
463, t. 17, fig. 6.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Two specimens.
a
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 409
Monotoma americana.
Monotoma americana, Aubé, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr., 1837, p.
461, t. 17, fig. 5; Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii,
p. 260.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate and Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side),
Soubise (Windward side), Woburn (South end).
Found in abundance in Grenada, one specimen only
from St. Vincent.
Monotoma parellela ?
Monotoma parellela, Lec., Proc. Acad. Phil., 1855, p. 305 ;
Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii, p. 260.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Named by M. Grouvelle as probably J/. parallela, Lec.
Numerous examples.
Europes, Woll.
EHurops sp.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenada— Balthazar (Windward side).
Sixteen specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very
near L. rhizophagoides, Reitt.
Hurops lineellus ?
Lurops lineellus, Reitt., Verh, Ver. Briinn., xi, p. 42.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward
side).
Three specimens, referred by M. Grouvelle with some
doubt to this species.
Kurops maculatus.
Hurops maculatus, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876,
p. 210.
Hab. St. Vincent.
One specimen, labelled by M. Grouvelle as a variety ?
of this species.
410 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Bactripium, Lec.
Bactridium sp.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end ; Grenada—Mount- Gay
Estate, St. John’s River (Leeward side).
Ten specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very near
B. adustum, Reitt.
TISIPHONE, Reitt.
Tisiphone exrlis.
Cercus exilis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 238.
Tisiphone nitiduloides, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,
1876, p. 301.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side), Chantilly Estate, Balthazar
(Windward side).
Found in plenty in Grenada. M. Grouvelle notes that
Reitter’s insect agrees with a type of Cercus exilis, Murr.,
in the collection of Mr. A. Fry.
Fam. MYCETOPHAGID.
TyPHZA, Steph.
Typhea fumata.
Dermestes fumatus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii, i, 2, p. 564.
Typhea fumata, Steph., Ilustr. Brit. Ent., Mand., in,
je ae
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Balthazar
(Windward side).
Found in plenty in both islands.
Liraraus, Er.
LIntargus sp.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Grand Etang, Balthazar (Windward side),
Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side).
Seven specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very
near L. balteatus. Lec.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada,and Grenadines, 411
DipLoca.us, Guer.
Diplocelus similis.*
Diplocelus (Marginus) similis, Grouy., Notes Leyd.
Mus., xx, p. 44.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Lee-
ward side).
Eighteen specimens.
Fam. DERMESTIDZ.
DERMESTES, Linn.
Dermestes carnivorus ?
Dermestes carnivorus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 55,
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Three specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as prob-
ably D. carnivorus, Fabr.
Fam. BYRRHIDZ.
NOSODENDRON, Latr.
Nosodendron cribratum.
Cercyon cribratum, Cast., Hist. Nat. Ins., , p. 62.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Twelve specimens. The type was from Guadaloupe.
Fam. PARNIDA.
PSEPHENOPS.
Psephenops, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 44.
Psephenops smithi.*
Psephenops smithi, Grouv., loc. cit., p. 45.
Hab. -St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mt. Maitland (Leeward
side), Chantilly Estate (Windward side).
Four specimens, two from each island.
+ An allied form was found by myself in Guatemala. This
insect was incorrectly placed with the Dascillide when the Central-
American collections were sorted, and for this reason was omitted
by Dr. Sharp in his published enumeration of the Parnide of that
region.
va
412 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of Clavicorn Coleoptera.
XEXANCHORINUS.
Xexanchorinus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 45.
Xexanchorinus latus.*
Xexanchorinus latus, Grouv., loc. cit., p. 46.
Hab. Grenada—Chantilly Estate (Windward side).
Three specimens.
PHANOCERUS, Sharp.
Phanocerus congener.*
Phanocerus congener, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 46.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Three specimens.
Enis, Latr,
Elmis smithi.*
Helmis smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 47.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. John’s River,
St. George’s (Leeward side).
Found in abundance by Mr. H. H. Smith.
( 413 )
XIX. Notes on some Syrphidx collected near Aden by
Colonel J. W. Yerbury in February and March,
1895. By Grorce Henry VERRALL, F.ES.
[Read October 5th, 1898. ]
SoME very interesting species of Syrphidx were collected
near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury in the early part of
1895, and although he has succeeded in identifying
almost all of them, he has asked me to publish an account
of them.
There are fifteen species in the collection, and I shall as
far as possible use Col. Yerbury’s own notes, which I place
in Inverted commas.
1. Paragus serratus, Fabr.
“Very common throughout the neighbourhood—in
Ceylon too it may be considered the commonest and
most generally distributed Syrphid found in the island.”
This species varies considerably in coloration, like most
species of Paragus. Col. Yerbury’s nine specimens are
all males, some of which have blackish markings on the
dise of the third abdominal segment, and also have the
hindmargin of the fourth segment broadly black, as well
as all the genitalia. The middle black line down the face
is sometimes not very distinct. The grey lines on the
front part of the thorax distinctly diverge.
2. Paragus longiwentris,
Loew, Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 295.
“Uncommon; only three specimens, Lahej and Hait-
halhim, March, 1895.”
This species is easily distinguished by the shape of its
abdomen. Loew described it from Kaffraria, and therefore
it probably occurs on all the East African coast. The
pubescence on the eyes is so slight that it is not easily
detected, but the microscopical pubescence on the wings
extends over the whole of the wings, except on the basal
cells.
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 28
414 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide
3. Syrphus adligatus.
Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 122.
Iam of opinion that a single female taken by Col.
Yerbury may belong to this species, rather than to “8S.
claripennis? Loew, etc.,” as suggested by him, though he
also suggested a comparison with S. adligatus. Identifica-
tions from a single specimen, especially when a female,
cannot be conclusive in such groupsas this. The specimen
was captured at Aden, February 23, 1895.
4. Syrphus xgyptius.
“Syrphus xgyptius, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 138.
? Sceva scutellaris, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 252, 15.
? Syrphus splendens, Dolesch., Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., x, p.
410, pl. 1, fig. 3.
? Syrphus javanus, Wied., op. cit., 11, p. 181.
Very common. Can this species be kept distinct from
S. scutellaris (Fabr.)? Specimens from Ceylon and India
appear to be nearer to wxgyptius than to scwtellaris.
Wiedemann’s type was from Egypt,—Fabricius’s from
Tranquebar, not Mogador as erroneously stated by Loew
(Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 303). It is a common species in
Ceylon and also in the Deccan (neighbourhood of Poonah
and Mahableshwar?), though the specimens from this
locality are not properly labelled.”
I see no objection to sinking S. egyptius under S. scutel-
laris, It is very divergent from the European species of
Syrphus, and tends towards Sphxrophoria. The species is
very variable, as the basal abdominal band is often entire,
even in the female, though in that sex the abdominal
bands are narrower and much more sharply defined. I
doubt whether S. javanus is a synonym, but I think that
S. splendens is only a variety with dark rings on the hind
femora and tibie.
5. Asarcina salviw, Fabr.
“ Scxva salvix, Fabr.
? Syrphus ericetorum, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, p. 425.
One specimen from Aden.
There seems considerable doubt as to the name under
which this species should stand—ericetorum appears to
have priority, and though Fabricius (Syst. Antl., p. 250)
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 415
sinks the name ‘ Syrphus ericetorwm’ in favour of ‘ Sce@va
eae
salvix, still the question arises whether the matter was
not out of his hands, and whether, having described the
insect, he was not bound to abide by his first description.
This is a common species throughout the Oriental
Region.”
The old description of S. ericetorwm is unrecognisable.
6. Baccha sapphirina.
“ Baccha sapphirina, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 96.
Very common in the neighbourhood of Aden, this
species occurs also in Ceylon (rare) and the Bombay
Presidency (Deccan?) where it appears to be un-
common.”
7. Hristalis eneus, Scop., var. taphicus.
“ Eristalis taphicus, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 191.
Very common.”
When examining various type collections of Diptera in
-1896, I came to the conclusion that I could not consider
EL. taphicus as anything but a tropical form of Z. xneus,
and the specimens taken by Col. Yerbury strongly confirm
me in that opinion; some of his males would pass for true
LH. eneus, and I possess European and even British females
which might be considered almost /. taphicus.
8. Hristalis teniops.
“ Hristalis teniops, Wied., Zool. Mag., xi, p. 42.
ELristalis torridus, Walk., List Dipt. B.M., p. 612.
Eristalis egyptius, Walk., List Dipt. B.M., p. 621.
wD
A single specimen Aden, 23.2.95.
9. Hristalis quinquelineatus.
“ Hristalis quinquelineatus, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, p. 425,
21.
? Eristalis punctifer, Walk., Ent., v, p. 274.
2? Eristalis tabanoides, Jaennicke, Abh. Senckenb. Ges.,
vi, p. 402.
Rather uncommon, found sitting on the wet mud
416 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide
(where the water has splashed over) round the wells and
water casks at the tanks. Walker records #. punetofer
from Tajurra.”
I believe that Col. Yerbury has correctly identified this
species, but I had hitherto considered ZL. punctifer, Walk.,
as a doubtful synonym of &. twniops.
10. Simoides crassupes.
“ Hristalis crassipes, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 237, 22.
Simoides crassipes, Loew, Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 322.
Only one specimen taken at Lahej, 7.3.95. This
species was seen flying round the flowers of Terminalia
catappa in company with the bee Apis indica; it was
extremely difficult to distinguish the two insects apart
when on the wing.”
This case of mimicry is very interesting.
11. Helophilus africanus, sp. n.
Fic. 1. Helophilus africanus, sp. n., 3.
Oculi maris contigui; thorax niger, vittis quinque flavis;
abdomen ochraceum opacum, macula nigra in segmento secundo
T-formi, in segmentis tertio et quarto rotundatis; pedes nigri,
genubus, tibis anterioribus annuloque in tibiis posticis obscure
ochraceis ; femora omnia crassa, postica inferius apud apicem scabra ;
tibiz omnes villosze ; tarsi postici in basi extrema pilorum globuli-
ferorum fasciculo praediti.
Long. corp. circa 13 millm.
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 417
6. Face yellow, with an ill-defined median black line ; it is almost
perpendicular from the antennz to the upper mouth edge. The
face and frons are clothed with rather abundant yellow pubescence ;
the back of the head bears longer paler pubescence below ; the
vertex is black about the ocelli, but greyish-yellow in front, and
bears short black pubescence. Eyes touching for a small space.
Antenne dull blackish, basal joints sometimes dull reddish ; arista
yellowish-brown.
Thorax black with five distinct yellow lines, the middle line
being quite distinct though rather narrower than the others.
Abdomen reddish-ochreous (“rothlichochergelb ” of Loew), dull ;
the second segment has the base narrowly, and an incomplete wider
dersal line, blackish ; the third and fourth segments bear an almost
circular blackish dorsal spot near the base ; all the hindmargins of
the segments show obscure signs of darkening ; genitalia brown,
rather shining.
Legs dull black, with the tips of the femora dull ochreous and
more extensively so behind the hind femora; the anterior tibize
are all dull obscure ochreous; while the hind tibiz have the base and
a rather broad middle ring obscurely ochreous, and the two basal
joints of the middle tarsi and the base of the front tarsi are similarly
coloured, All the femora are thick, the middle pair being least so
- and the hind pair most so ; the hind femora are not serrulate beneath,
but bear black bristly hairs and a scabrous patch near the tip
composed of short black bristles, while there.is the usual scabrous
black patch at the base in front ; all the femora bear abundant soft
yellow pubescence. Tibize all with abundant soft pubescence, mainly
yellow but mixed with black ; hind tibiz dilated and curved, bearing
long shaggy black pubescence beneath. ‘Tarsi all dilated, at any rate
towards the tip, the hind pair bearing rather long shaggy black
pubescence in front, and also bearing at the base beneath the peculiar
knob-headed black hairs, which peculiar hairs can be traced, though
very short, over all the sole of the basal joint.
Wings slightly tinged with brown, dullish. Squame and halteres
orange.
Q. Similar but with shorter pubescence; frons narrow for a
female, all brownish-yellow except on the shining bare space just
above the antenne, its pubescence being all yellow except just about
the ocelli. Abdomen less sharply marked, all the hindmargins
being greyish glaucous, while the round black spot on the fourth
segment has a tendency to spread out into two sloping darkened
lines, of which there is some indication on the third segment ; the fifth
segment is mainly ochreous yellow with an ill-defined shining black
space about the middle of the hindmargin. Legs much paler, the
418 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphidze
femora ranging from dull brownish-black with a paler tip to being
all dull ochreous except a blackish streak above the anterior pairs
on the apical half, or sometimes the basal half of the hind femora
blackish ; the hind tibize have only obscure blackish patches before
and after the middle ; pubescence mostly short and inconspicuous,
but there are some scattered thin hairs beneath the hind femora, and
there is a neat fringe beneath the hind tibiz, besides which the short
black bristles beneath the hind femora form a large irregularly crowded
clump between the middle and the tip; the knob-headed hairs
beneath the basal joint of the kind tarsi are almost as distinct as in
the male.
“ Helophilus sp. nov? near HH, senegalensis, Macq., Dipt.
exot., 11, p. 61.
Not uncommon in the bed of the stream at Haithalhim.”
Three males and five females.
I am prepared to go further than Col. Yerbury, and to
say that I think that the species is H. senegalensis, but as
the insect described by Macquart could be identified only
by a reference to the type, which is not in Bigot’s
collection, I prefer to give a name and description which I
hope may serve for identification.
This species is very near H. caffer, Loew, but it has the
middle yellow line on the thorax far more distinct, and
also has different abdominal markings. In all probability
it is one of a group of closely allied African species which
would come under Rondani’s genus Mesembrius, in which
the eyes of the male touch and of which one species only,
H. peregrinus, Loew, is known to occur in Europe. There
are many species closely allied to H. trivittatus in Europe
and North America, and in Arctic regions there is a
group circling round H., borealis.
12. Syritta latitarsata.
Syritta latitarsata, Macq., Dipt. exot., ii, p. 75.
Colonel Yerbury’s notes (“ Syritta abyssinica ? Rondani,
Ann. Mus. Genov., iv, p. 282; fairly common at Lahej and
Haithalhim”) merely suggest that this and the next
species, which he also refers to, may be S. abyssinica of
Rondani. I cannot agree with this, but I believe that the
little-known S. datitarsata of Macquart is clearly repre-
sented by three males and four females among Col.
Yerbury’s captures.
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 419
A detailed description of this species may be of value,
as the species of Syritta are so very closely allied and so
insufficiently distinguished.
Fie, 2. Syritta latitarsata, right hind leg, from behind.
S. latitarsata. About the size of S. pipiens, but the abdomen is
narrower and longer. Face, frons, and all the vertex except about
the ocelli glossed with silvery white tomentum ; face and frons with-
out pubescence except for a few white hairs down the sides of the
face ; the sides of the mouth and the very small jowls are yellowish ;
the back of the head is narrow and is whitish, and bare until the
top where there is a pale fringe behind the eyes and vertex ; vertex
shining black about the ocellar triangle but otherwise glossed with
silvery white; it is all bare except for whitish pubescence on the
elongated front part. Eyes touching for about six facets and con-
sequently the vertex is about three times as long as the frons ; the
facets on this front part where the eyes touch are considerably dilated.
Antenne entirely pale orange, without any hairs or bristles on the
basal joints ; the third joint is nearly twice as long as deep ; arista
placed at about a third from the base, brownish-yellow, and about
as long as the antenne,
Thorax dull blackish, densely punctate, with whitish reflections ;
humeri whitish with a faint yellow tinge ; a large space behind the
humeri, spreading almost across the suture and over all the pleure
whitish and also a pair of tolerably broad short lines on the front
part of the disc of the thorax ; the dise of the thorax is practically
bare, as the pubescence, which consists of minute appressed whitish
hairs, is hardly visible, but the upper part of the pleuree and the
adjoining parts of the thorax bear a slight whitish pubescence.
Sentellum black, densely punctate, disc flattened and slightly
marginate at the tip, practically bare as the bristles are so short.
420 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide
Abdomen longer than the head (without antenne), thorax and
scutellum together, and constricted about the second and third seg-
ments ; the second and third segments are almost all yellow, but the
second segment has a black dorsal line and hindmargin, while the
third segment has only a black hindmargin (except the extreme
margin which is whitish), and a slightly darkened dorsal line ; the
fourth segment widens out and is mostly shining blackish and
bearing tiny black bristles ; the sides of the first segment and the
basal corners of the fourth segment are yellowish ; the end of the
fourth segment is dark brownish-red, but the extreme hindmargin
is whitish ; the sides of the second segment bear at the base the
usual remarkable fringe of white hairs, and all the other pubescence
is very short andinconspicuous. Genitalia shining dark brownish-
red, and bearing very soft whitish pubescence.
Legs mainly dark orange on the anterior pairs, but black on the
hind pair ; anterior coxe blackish, glossed with whitish grey ; middle
femora slightly darkened beneath, and with a short fine whitish
ciliation behind ; hind legs nearly all shining black, but the coxe
are glossed with whitish dust, and the legs are dark reddish on the
trochanters, the extreme base of the femora, a band just after the
middle of the femora which is scarcely extended to the upper side,
the extreme base and a tolerably obvious band just after the middle
of the tibiz ; beyond which the tips of the tibiee and the base of the
tarsi are indistinctly red, and in fact the tibie are altogether
slightly tinged with reddish ; the hind coxe bear a slight whitish
pubescence beneath ; the hind femora are considerably dilated on
the apical half, and bear two rows of spines besides the short
serration beneath, there being about eight regular spines behind
and about five in front on this thick apical half ; hind tibiz much
curved ; tarsi widely flattened, even to the tip.
Wings very pellucid ; pale yellow about the base, the subcostal
cell, and the stigma. Squame whitish with white fringes. Halteres
pale orange.
2. Face and frons whitish ; vertex shining black ; frons rather
narrow on the upper part, and often with an indefinite rubbed
dark crossband just above the middle, and it bears inconspicuous
short white pubescence ; the facets on the front of the eyes are not
dilated. Abdomen broader than in the male and not constricted ;
the sides of the first segment are whitish-yellow, the second and
third segments bear at the basal corners large yellowish triangular
spots which leave little more black than a broad hindmargin and a
less defined dorsal line, and on the third segment:a narrow grey
hindmargin ; the fourth segment is more brownish, with small
whitish-grey spots at the basal corners, and with a whitish-grey
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Verbury. 421
hindmargin. Legs similar to those of the male, but the reddish
markings on the hind femora are often more extensive and more
conspicuous; the spines on the hind femora are similar but shorter
and rather less numerous; hind tarsi dilated, but not nearly so
conspicuously as in the male.
Length about 8°5 millm.
S. abyssinica, if a good species, has probably blacker
hind legs, a not yellow stigma, and not dilated hind tarsi.
S. bulbus, Walk., from Sierra Leone might be compared.
13. Syritta fasciata.
Syritta fasciata, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., u, p. 103.
This may be represented by two males and one female
taken at Haithalhim on March 30th, 1895. The specimens
represent a small species which seems to agree with
Wiedemann’s description of what must be the female,
though Wiedemann does not mention any sex. The
species may be worthy of a description as minute as I
have given of S. latitarsata, but as the material is weak
- and the identification Jess certain, I will only say that the
female specimen answers well to his description, but
that the frons is whitish, with the vertex and a cross-
band above the middle black; in the males the spots
on the second and third segments of the abdomen are
much larger, and occupy all those segments except a
dorsal line and the hindmargin, while in one male the
spots actually join on the foremargin of the third segment.
The abdomen of the male is but slightly constricted, the
third segment being the narrowest; the fourth segment is
black, rather shining, and rather long, with a small
whitish spot at each basal corner, and with a brownish-
yellow hindmargin. The legs of the male may be less
black than in the female, as although the legs of the one
female taken by Col. Yerbury would almost agree with
Wiedemann’s description of being almost all black, yet
one male has the usual orange band about the middle of
the hind femora, and the other male has the basal two-
thirds or more of the hind femora orange.
Some of the best characters to distinguish this species
must be its small size, orange antenne, yellow face, and
comparatively unarmed hind femora.
422 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide.
14. Humerus lunatus.
“ Syrphus lunatus? Fabr., Ent. Syst., iv, p. 296, 64.
Rare, only three specimens taken. It sits on the stems
of Salvadora persica and is difficult to catch, as it keeps in
the thick of the bush.”
The specimens are all males, and, I think, correctly
named. Wiedemann has redescribed the species (Auss.-
eur. Zweifl., u1, p. 111).
15. Humerus obliquus.
“ Syrphus obliquus, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 194, 28.
ew
Rare ; three specimens taken in Aden, 15.2.95.
This species has been redescribed by Wiedemann (Auss.-
eur. Zweifl. ii, p. 112) and again by Loew (Dipt. Siid-
Afrik.), wherein Loew accidentally in his diagnosis says
“« fronte nigro-pilosa”’ instead of albo-pilosa.
( 423 )
XX. On some Oriental Scolytide of economic importance,
with Descriptions of five new Species. By WALTER
F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.
[Read November 2nd, 1898.]
From time to time I have received for determination
small consignments of Asiatic Scolytids, sent as being
injurious to, or more generally associated with a diseased
condition of, trees, &c., of economic value.
Such material is usually difficult to deal with. Too
often such a consignment contains but a few specimens,
among which may be examples of species, either new or
of a most obscure character. Rarely does one receive a
good series of specimens in proper preservation.
To discuss each sending separately is merely to multiply
short papers and single descriptions, unfortunately all too
common in economic entomology. In this paper I propose
to deal with an accumulation of such consignments which
have been in my hands for some time. The source of
each, and the particulars furnished therewith, are first
given, and the specimens sent are identified so far as
possible. The species which I regard as new are
afterwards described.
N.W. Provinces. “In bark of dead Pinus eaxcelsa—
Jaunsar and Deoban” (Ind. JMus.).
The specimens sent with the above note belong to the
genera Polygraphus and Pityogenes. I am uncertain
whether one or two species of Polygraphus are represented ;
as no Oriental species of the genus has been described,
the form or forms sent are likely to be new. All the
species are so closely allied, that it is useless to attempt
any determination without an exhaustive study of good
series of all available forms. The single example of
Pityogenes is an example of a black species allied to P. chal-
cographus and unknown to me; it is not P. scitws, Blandf.
The material is, however, insufficient for a description.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
49.4. Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some
E. Himatayas. “Taken from stem of a young
India-rubber twig, Ficus elastica—Tieta Valley, 1,100 ft.,
30th July, 1897” (£. P. Stebbing).
One new species, described under the name Diamerus fict.
CuitTacone. “Destructive to Mahogany-trees in the
Chittagong Hill Tracts” nd. Mus.).
Monsieur P. Lesne, of the Paris Museum, has forwarded
me examples of two species received by him among
Bostrychide from the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with the
above description of their habits. They belong to two
very interesting new forms, described under the names of
Scolytoplatypus brahma and Xyleborus gravidus.
CryLon. The following specimens have been forwarded
to me by Mr. E. Ernest Green :-—
(a). “Species injurious to ebony seed.”
Numerous examples, which I am inclined to refer to
Coccotrypes integer, Eichh., originally described from
Siam. I have not seen the type, but have made a
comparison of the specimens with a typical example of
C. pygmexus, Eichh., which Eichhoff very carefully
differentiates from C. integer. The habit of seed-boring is
common to the genus, and C. dactyliperda constantly
attracts notice in the East as a date-borer.
(b). Species supposed to cause disease to Cocoa-trees
(Theobroma cacao). Mr. Green writes of these :—“ Stems
of the diseased trees were submitted to me, and I found
the enclosed specimens either in the rotting bark or in
the wood itself. It was the smallest species, with smooth
elytra, that seemed to tunnel deepest. But I gave it as
my opinion that the beetles were not the cause of the
disease, but were attracted by the altered sap and dying
wood. I thought the real cause was either some fungoid
disease or unsuitable soil. The whole sap of the tree was
altered and turned sour, whereas the tunnels of the
beetles were very small and widely separated.”
Examples of four species were received: (1) a Crosso-
tarsus, which I take to be C. sawndersi, Chap., although it
differs slightly from the type in the direction of C. fair-
mairet, Chap.—probably both forms are races of one and
the same species; (2) Xyleborus semigranosus, Blandf.,
previously described by me (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896,
p. 211) from the refuse of imported Sumatra tobacco ;
Oriental Scolytide of economic importance. 425
(3) Xyleborus fornicatus, Kichh., recorded by me (loc. cit.,
p. 214) as injurious to the tea-plant in Ceylon, and again
referred to below; (4) Eecoptopterus sex-spinosus, Motsch.,
previously recorded as injurious to the rice-plant in
Burma.
I imagine that XY. fornicatus is the “smallest species,
with smooth elytra.”
(c). Further examples from Cocoa-trees. Mr. Green
writes : “I was of opinion that the beetles [consignment )]
were not primarily responsible for the injury, and this
opinion has been corroborated by the discovery of a fungus
in all the diseased specimens of bark submitted to Kew.
“JT am now forwarding two more species of Scolytid
beetles that are found in the younger branches of the
Cocoa-tree, which really are injurious to the plant. They
form their tunnels in what appears to be healthy wood
and rapidly cause the death of the parts attacked. A
dark chocolate or purplish stain spreads through the
tissues of the wood surrounding the galleries of the
insect.”
The two species are both new, and are described under
the names of Yyleborus mancus and X. discolor.
PENANG. ‘Species injurious to Nutmeg-trees.”
Mr. C. O. Waterhouse has received and has com-
municated to me examples of three species. The majority
belong to Phlwosinus ecribratus, Blandf. (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1896, p. 198), first described from the refuse of
Sumatra tobacco ; they vary considerably in length (2-3:4
millim.), but not otherwise except that in some, presum-
ably males, the apices of the 1st and 3rd elytral interstices
are not tuberculate.
Besides these, there is an individual which appears to
belong to a distinct species of Phlwosinus, and is left
undetermined; there are also examples of Xyleborus
Sornicatus.
Descriptions follow of the species, five in number, sent
in these various consignments, which appear to be new
and recognisable.
Scolytoplatypus brahma, sp. n.
Q. S. mikado 9, Blandf., forma adeo similis, elytris tamen
proportione brevioribus prothorace solum tertia parte superantibus.
426 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some
Opaca, densissime minute reticulata, nigro-picea, fronte supra os,
elytrorum apice, pedibus, ventro plus minusve dilutioribus ; protho-
racis disco conferte strigoso-punctato, poro medio oblongo ; elytris
obsoletissime substriatis, punctis omnino nullis, interstitiis 1°, 3°, 5°
in declivitate minute tuberculatis. Long. 3 millim.
Fem. Similar in form to S. mikado 9, but with the elytra
relatively shorter, not more than one-third longer than the prothorax.
Blackish-pitchy, dull, entirely covered with fine and extremely dense
alutaceous reticulation. Front minutely punctate, with a transverse
subnitid impression over the mouth, the space between it and the
black epistoma brown-testaceous ; antennz brown-testaceous, the
club infuscate, obovate-acuminate. Prothorax with the lateral and
hind angles prominent and acute, median pore not large, oblong,
surface with very close confluent longitudinal strigose punctures,
not deep. Elytra scarcely bisinuate at the base, lighter along the
suture and at the apex, closely shagreened, with traces of striz, the
punctures of which are not discernible, interstices from behind the
middle with a faint median raised line, the Ist, 3rd, and 5th on the
declivity with a series of minute tubercles; declivity convex, with
short erect yellowish pubescence. Underside piceous, lighter in
places, with coarse shallow punctuation ; anterior legs piceo-ferru-
ginous, the middle and posterior legs brown-testaceous.
Hab. InpIA, Chittagong Hills.
While the sculpture is most like that of & eutomordes,
Blandf., it is quite peculiar, That of the elytra, though
very weak, is complex in character, and is consequently
difficult to describe adequately. The species belongs to
my subgenus Z'eniocerus.
Diamerus fict, sp. n.
Oblongus, niger, opacus, capite subnitido, dense punctato, pro-
thorace antice constricto, conferte punctato; elytris post basin
prothorace adeo latioribus, ad apicem haud productis, crenato-striatis,
interstitiis subconvexis, sat subtiliter multipunctatis et brevissime
setosis. Long. 5°5 millim.
Oblong, black, subopaque, the antenne and tarsi piceous brown.
Head slightly shining, closely but not very strongly punctate, and
furnished with very short accumbent grey pubescence, front im-
pressed between the antennal fovez, convex above and with a slight
median nodular elevation, somewhat more shining ; eyes oblong-
oval; antennal club flattened, obovate, somewhat blunt {at apex,
very closely pubescent, with a strongly angulate suture towards the
base. Prothorax not strongly transverse, constricted anteriorly, the
Oriental Scolytidx of economre importance. 427
sides rounded, lateral margins distinct but not prominent from the
base to the middle, dorsum convex, with very close but not coarse
punctuation, and a subcarinate median line from the base to the
middle, base impressed for the elytra. Scutellum indistinguishable.
Elytra twice as long as the prothorax, separately and strongly
rounded at base with narrow raised crenate margins carried back
obliquely and sinuate at the sides over the metasternum, the sides
sinuate but subparallel, obliquely inflexed at the apex, which forms
an angle at the suture but is not produced ; surface with moderately
deep incised shining crenate striz, the interstices subconvex, with
close and rather fine punctures bearing very short and inconspicuous.
sete. Underside strongly punctured, and pubescent with short grey
hairs. Legs robust, the anterior tibize widened apically, their upper
border crenate, the upper apical angle with a backwardly-directed
tooth ; middle and posterior tibiz with the upper border rounded
and crenate.
Hab. KE. Himatayas, Tieta Valley, 1,100 ft. (Z. P.
Stebbing).
The species has all the appearance of a Hylesinus, from
which the structure of the antennal club separates it.
Compared with D. curvifer, Walk., the nearest allied
species known to me, it differs im the absence of the
complete opacity characteristic of that species, in the
much closer thoracic punctuation, less deeply incised
elytral strize and more convex interstices, as well as in the
non-mucronate elytral apex. Assuming the species to be
correctly assigned to Diamerus, and I do not see any
reason for separating it, one must infer that Diamerus and
Hylesinus are somewhat nearly allied to each other.
Xyleborus gravidus, sp. n.
@. Curta, robusta, rufo-testacea, elytris praecipue versus apicem
ferrugineis, fulvo-pilosa; prothorace amplo, subgloboso, lateribus
leniter apice fortius rotundatis, hoe medio tuberculis 2 fortibus
ornato, disco posterius sat dense, in medio indistinctius punctato,
basi supra scutellum breviter erecte hirta ; elytris brevissimis in-
distincte lineato-punctatis, interstitiis multipunctatis, a medio abrupte
truncatis, declivitate ad latera et infra acute carinata-marginata,
subeonvexa, striato-punctata, interstitiis planis, pilis brevibus cum
setis nonnullis longis tenuibus commixtis. Long. 4°5 millim.
Fem. Short, robust, very convex, somewhat shining, bright-reddish
testaceous, the elytra ferruginous, darker posteriorly ; pubescence
sparse, fulvous. Head very large, globose, alutaceous, front more
428 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some
shining towards the mouth, with scattered rather large punctures ;
mouth infuscate, thinly fringed; eyes oblong, scarcely sinuate
anteriorly. Prothorax ample, broader than long, strongly convex,
the sides slightly, the apex more strongly rounded, the latter with
two prominent median blackish tubercles ; surface before the trans-
verse dorsal elevation with large transverse asperities, closer towards
the middle, behind, punctured rather closely and distinctly at the
sides, obsoletely over the middle, which is furnished before the
scutellum with a dense tuft of short upstanding hairs, remaining
pubescence scanty. Scutellum minute, rounded, infuscate. Elytra
strongly declivous and retuse from before the middle to the apex,
about a third longer than the prothorax, separately rounded and
finely bordered at the base, the sides slightly tending to diverge
behind, the apical borders seen from above abruptly inflexed, and
forming an obtuse angle at the suture ; surface convex from the
base to the declivity with indistinct rows of feeble punctures, the flat
interstices with finer scattered irregular punctures ; declivity sub-
abruptly rounded above into the cylindrical portion, margined at
the sides and apex with an acute ridge, separated from the fundus
by a slight gutter-like impression, fundus gently convex with sub-
impressed rows of shallow punctures carrying long fine hairs,
interstices flat with close fine piliferous points, their hairs short
and semi-accumbent. Underside and legs testaceous, the tibiz
closely and finely serrate.
Hab. Invi, Chittagong Hills.
This fine Yyleborus is most nearly allied to X. solidus,
Eichh., among described species. From that Australian
species it differs in its larger size and broader shape, in
the greater prominence of the apical tubercles, the more
evidently transverse asperities and finer punctuation of
the middle posterior portion of the prothorax, in the very
scanty punctuation of the basal portion of the elytra, and
in the very acute marginal carina and the flat non-tuber-
culate interstices of the declivity.
It is possible that the examples are not quite mature,
and that the colour may be sometimes blackish. It is
always difficult to determine whether light-coloured
Scolytids are immature or not.
Ayleborus mancus, sp. 0.
Q@. Cylindrica, castanea, elytris apice picescentibus, breviter
pilosa; prothorace antice fortiter rotundato, lateribus postice vix
Oriental Scolytide of economic importance. 429
rotundatis, dorso medio transverse elevato, postice in medio dense
subtiliter cribrose punctato et breviter hirto, linea media longitudinali
subelevata ; elytris prothorace longioribus, perindistincte lneato-
punctatis, interstitiis irregulariter punctatis, apice oblique truncato-
retuso, margine per totum acuto, subcirculari, fundo utrinque ad
suturam gradatim elevato et medio subimpresso, haud omnino opaco,
subirregulariter lineato-punctato, interstitiis haud perspicue punctatis,
Long. 3°3 millim.
Fem. Closely allied to X. amputatus, Blandf. (Trans, Ent. Soc.,
Lond., 1894, p. 575). Rather larger and more robust. Front
(concealed in the type of X. amputatus) convex, subopaque, rather
closely and finely punctate with a short shining elevated longitudinal
line above the middle of the shining blackish epistoma ; eyes rather
deeply emarginate. Sides of the prothorax nearly straight behind the
middle, its surface as in X. amputatus but with the basal patch of
piliferous punctures more conspicuous. Elytra much darker apically,
nearly black, the fundus of the apical retuse surface distinctly less
opaque (in X. amputatus it has not the slightest gloss), not concave
on each side but gradually raised towards the suture, with a some-
what irregular surface, due to a slight impression on each side, the
rows of punctures somewhat wavy, the punctures rather large, shallow
subnitid impressions (in X. amputatus the rows are perfectly straight
and the punctures are small and not shining), interstitial punctures
not perceptible (evident in X. amputatus).
Hab. CrE8yYLon (£. £. Green).
This species, though really distinct from 1. amputatus
upon comparison, is so far alike that I was unable to
separate it by means of my former description, and was
obliged to have recourse to my type of the latter species,
which Mr. Lewis kindly lent me for the purpose of com-
parison.
AXyleborus discolor, sp. n.
Q. Forma X. brevi, Eichh., proxima, sed multo minor, elytris
brevioribus, colore distincta. Curta, cylindrica, laete testacea ;
elytris nigris abrupte truncatis, truncatura circulari, breviter fulvo-
pilosa. Long. 1.8 millim.
Fem. Allied to X. brevis, Eichh., but much smaller. Short,
cylindrical, bright testaceous, with the elytra black. Head dull,
the front rather finely punctate, with a fine raised median longi-
tudinal line ; mouth infuscate ; eyes deeply emarginate. Prothorax
as long as broad, the sides nearly straight behind, gradually rounded
to the apex in an ellipse ; discal elevation post-median, indistinct ;
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 29
430 Mr. W. F.H. Blandford on some Oriental Scolytide.
surface in front with small granular elevations, behind subopaque,
very finely punctured, closely towards the middle, which bears a
brush of short erect fulvous hairs. Scutellum small, rounded tri-
angular, black shining. Elytra about as long as the prothorax,
cylindrical, abruptly truncate behind the middle, shining black,
finely punctate, the punctures of the rows and interstices scarcely
separable from each other ; terminal surface strongly declivous,
circular, defined above but not margined, the lateral and inferior
margin not acute, covered with very short fulvous pubescence
and hence subopaque, finely striate, the interstices quite flat. Under-
side and legs bright-testaceous, the anterior tibie narrow.
Hab. CEYLON (£. £. Green).
This little species is one of the best marked of the
group of small forms to which it belongs. The bright
testaceous colour of the body, black elytra, and fulvous,
downy pubescence of their sharply curtailed extremities
render it unmistakable even at a glance. |
4351
XXI. On some new species of African Pierine in the col-
lection of the British Museum, with notes on seasonal
forms of Belenois. By Artruur G. BUTLER,
Ph. DHL Ss &e
[Read November 16th, 1898.]
WHILST arranging the Pierine of the genus Phrissura, I
discovered three males of a species which is certainly
undescribed, mixed up with the series of P. sylvia (the
dry-season form of P. eudoxia), and in the Hewitson col-
lection I discovered the female of the same species I now
describe.
Phrissura perlucens, sp. 0.
¢. Above nearly resembling P. sylvia, but with the inner edging
of the black outer border of primaries more blurred, less distinctly
dentate-sinuate, the basal patch of lemon yellow without the least
tinge of orange; on the undersurface the border far more distinct
than in P. sylvia, irrorated with dark brown, yellowish externally ;
the base bright lemon yellow as above (not orange, as in P. sylvia) ;
the secondaries also with the costal area at base bright lemon yellow
instead of orange. Expanse, 50—61 millim.
Q. Similar in pattern to the female of P. sylvia, but with the
ground-colouring of all the wings above pure white ; the border of
primaries and marginal spots of secondaries rather broader than in
P, sylvia; primaries below bright lemon yellow at base, slightly
washed with saffron on costa; apical area irrorated with grey-
brownish and with an oblique subapical stripe of the same colour ;
secondaries with the base of costal area golden yellow, slightly more
saffron on costal margin : no trace of the ochreous bordering common
to the undersurface of all the wings in P. sylvia, Expanse, 64
millim.
Hab. ANGOLA and GoLp Coast (Mus, Brit.).
Phrissura narcissus, sp. v.
Q. Primaries bright ochreous ; a grey subapical crescentie band ;
veins pale buff, partly dividing a marginal series of black spots ;
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
432 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierine
secondaries bright lemon yellow with a marginal series of cordiform
dark brown spots terminating the nervures; primaries below
ochreous with pale creamy costa, the cell suffused with saffron to-
wards the base, but not abruptly ; subapical grey band obsolete,
marginal black spots smaller than above, fringe black ; secondaries
butter yellow with deep saffron basi-costal area ; spots on margin
as above; pectus creamy yellow ; abdomen flesh-tinted. Expanse,
59 millim.
Hab. ANGOLA (Coll. Hewitson).
This is so strikingly distinct from everything else in the
genus that I do not hesitate to name it in spite of the fact
that 1t is a female; the male will probably be found to have
a broad blackish border to the primaries. In the genus
Belenois, of which I have recently completed the arrange-
ment, the seasonal forms are always tolerably well-defined.
Lelenois, though nearly related to Phrissura, has a different
style of marking; the males never have a pencil of hair
between the anal clasps as have those of Phrisswra; the
primaries as a rule are more produced, the costa being
longer, so that the wing-outline more nearly resembles that
of Appias ; there are however exceptions to this rule in a
few specimens which more nearly approach Phrisswra in
outline. A few notes on some of the seasonal forms in
Lelenois may perhaps be useful to the systematist; they
follow the usual rules of variation which have, in many
cases, been more or less satisfactorily proved by collectors
and breeders of Pierine ; so that there can be no reason for
refusing to accept them as facts. If they are rejected as
seasonal forms, they must be accepted as variations, inas-
much as (in nearly every case) the intermediate phase occurs.
Belenois hedyle, Cramer.
This is a wet-season phase, of which 5. rhena is the
female of the dry phase. In the Museum there are six
males and one female of the wet phase in addition to five
examples in the Hewitson collection ; of a perfectly inter-
mediate phase we have five males; of the dry phase we ~
have three males and two females, one additional example
being in the Hewitson collection.
Belenois thysa, Hopft.
The Angolan form of this species differs somewhat from
the more Southern and the EKastern type of the species,
ani on seasonal forms of Belenois. 433
representing a slight local variation of which &. meldolx
is the dry phase. The typical figures of the species re-
present the intermediate phase, the wet phase of which
has heavier black borders with which the subapical spots
on the primaries are often united ; the dry phase is repre-
sented by &. sabrata. A singular form of the species
occurs sporadically in the area bounded by the Victoria
Nyanza and Lake Nyasa; the females of this form differ
so remarkably in outline and in the more or less lilacine
greyish suffusion of the under surface that one might be
excused for believing that they represented a distinct
species.
Belenois dentigera, Butl.
This species, which is related to B. calypso, was based
upon a dry-season male collected by Emin Pasha. The
intermediate phase is represented by B. welwitschi of
Rogenhofer (who states that it was collected in Angola !) ;
of this phase we have a male obtained by Emin Pasha at
Kangasi and three males from Nyasa-land. Of the wet
phase, a heavily marked and more brilliantly coloured
edition of the intermediate phase, we possess four males
and one female from Nyasa-land.
Belenots instabilis, Butl.
Of this species we possess both sexes of all the phases,
the wet form of the female somewhat resembling that sex
of B. creona on the upper surface; both sexes are very
heavily black-veined on the under surface. The inter-
mediate phase bears much resemblance on the under
surface to the wet phase of 4. dentigera, excepting that
the insect 1s considerably smaller, the apical markings on
the primaries are sulphur yellow and the median vein of
the secondaries, with its branches, is black. In the dry
form the black markings are reduced on both surfaces, and
the secondaries below are more ochraceous.
Belenois subeida, Felder.
Related to the preceding ; we possess only single males
of the wet and intermediate phases and a female of the
dry phase. The species doubtless replaces Bb. instabilis in
North Africa: whilst it ismuch more heavily bordered on
434 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Prerine
the upper surface, it is altogether less brilliantly coloured
below.
Belenois crawshayt, Butl.
We now possess wet, intermediate, and dry phases of
both sexes of this species; B. diminuta was based upon
the female of the dry phase.
In the collection made by Dr. Gregory in British East
Africa is a species related to the preceding which I con-
founded with the Eastern form of B. zochalia: a careful
study of the two has now convinced me that this was an
error, the form of the wings being constantly very different,
and the costal margin of the primaries and the abdominal
margin of the secondaries being noticeably shorter.
Belenois formosa, sp. n.
a Belenois zochalia (part), Butler, P.Z.S., 1894, p. 579,
pl. xxxvui, fig. 3.
2. Primaries white above, the basal area nacreous ; secondaries
white or pale sulphur yellow ; markings as in B. zochalia.
At first I was inclined to regard this as the dry phase
of the East-African representative of B. zochalia, but the
coloration and vivid marking of the male are so distinctly
characteristic of a wet-season phase, that I was compelled
to abandon this idea as soon as it occurred to me. Un-
doubtedly the pattern of the females of both forms is very
similar, but nevertheless I feel sure that two species exist ;
we have five males and three females of B. formosa.
Of typical B. zochalia from South Africa we have wet,
intermediate, and dry forms of both sexes; they differ
chiefly in the definition of the black markings on the
under surface.
Belenors severina, Cramer.
Of b. severina we have an immense series commencing
with the wet-season Bb. infida (P.Z.S., 1894, pl. xxxvui,
figs. 1, 2), passing through two fairly defined intergrades,
of which one is typical B. severina, to the extreme dry
form, which nearly resembles B. creona on the under
surface. B. boguensis of Felder is a Northern race of the
species showing less variation, the wet phase being not
much unlike the first intermediate phase of B. severina,
but the dry phase more nearly approaches B. ereona.
and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 435
Belenors leucogyne, Butl.
This interesting species seems to possess a dry phase
only.
Belenois creona, Cramer.
The wet form of this species seems to be extremely
rare ; we possess only one pair; above it resembles the
common intermediate phase, but on the under surface the
veins are lilacine grey inthe male and black in the female.
The best characters for distinguishing B. creona from
B. severina consist in the smallness of the subapical spots
on the upper surface of the primaries in the males, the
black and scarcely spotted border of the secondaries in
this sex and the white ground-colour of the female streaked
on the under surface with deep ochreous. B. creona is
essentially a West-African species; B. severina Southern
and Eastern.
Belenois johanne, Butl.
I know this only as a dry-season phase; it is a very
distinct species.
Belenois mesentina, Cramer.
We have a very extensive series of this species, B.
augusta =agrippina =lordaca being the wet phase, B. me-
sentina=syrine intermediate, B. auriginea dry, and B.
taprobana being an insular dry phase differing in the
blacker outer border to the male primaries, on which the
subapical spots are less prominent.
Belenois teutonia, Fabr.
The wet form is B. clytie = niseia ; the intermediate form
shows a narrow break between the discocellular bar and
outer border in both the primaries and secondaries of the
female, but no noticeable difference in the male; in the
dry form the discocellular bar is well separated from the
border, and the white spotting of the border in both sexes
is clearly defined.
Belenois peristhene, Boisd.
The wet form has the secondaries below black with a
submarginal row of orange spots. We have two examples
436 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Prerine
from New Caledonia in which the whole basal area of the
primaries below is also orange, as in Bb. java; these are
probably either reversional sports or the result of hybridism
between the two species. The intermediate form differs
in having several squamose subbasal orange patches on
the under surface of the secondaries; the dry form has
the cell and a series of patches below it white, the basi-
costal patch and submarginal spots remaining orange.
Belenots clarissa, Butl.
The seasonal differences in this species much resemble
those of Lb. peristhene, the orange spots of the under
surface being replaced by sulphur yellow; we have all the
phases in both sexes.
Of B. picata we possess only a dry-season phase.
Belenois java, Sparrm.
B. deiopeia, Don., is the dry phase. We possess an
intermediate from the New Hebrides; as the species
occurs as far to the East as the Friendly Group, it
certainly crosses the range of B. peristhene, and is quite
likely to hybridize with it.
Belenois raffrayi, Oberth.
This is a wet-season form, and, without examining
specimens of the allied &. margaritacea, I would not
suggest that there may be more than affinity between
them. It is quite possible that they may be perfectly
distinct.
Respecting B. gidica, much confusion has arisen ; I may
begin by stating emphatically that 5. gidica is not the
wet-season form of 6. abyssinica, and that B. allica of
Oberthiir is not the B&B. allica of Boisduval, but is
identical with B. abyssinica. Furthermore, there are two
South-African species of the group, easily separated by
any one who has an eye for form and pattern.
Belenois gidica, Godt.
Differs at a glance from B. gidica of authors in the lack of con-
tinuity between the discocellular black spot of primaries with the
costal borders, the distinctly narrower and blacker outer borders of
the primaries, the fourth white spot on which opens without break
into the ground-colour, so as to form a quadrate excision of the
and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 437
border. On the under surface the differences are much greater ; the
apical brown border is unbroken, with three small whitish spots in-
ternally as above, whitish veins, and five tear-like whitish-sub-
marginal dots between the veins. Secondaries with irregular brown
borders interrupted by diffused whitish spots internally and enclosing
six distinct submarginal white spots ; veins pale; an oblique ab-
breviated brown spot at the end of the cell, but no other markings.
Expanse, 57 millim.
Hab. CAPE or Goop Hope.
Two males of the wet-season phase of this very distinct
species were in the Godman and Salvin collection associ-
ated with B. gidica of Trimen and others. To the latter
I propose to restore the name of B. westwoodi, Wallgr.
Lelenois abyssinica, Lucas.
The Godman and Salvin collection contained two males,
and the Museum series a female of the wet-season phase
of this species. It differs from the wet phase of B. west-
woodt above in the almost confluent character of the
marginal spots on the male secondaries; the differences
below are considerable, the ground-colour being much
yellower, and all the dark brown markings on the basal
area of the secondaries being wholly erased, bringing it
decidedly nearer to B. gidica.
The differences between the dry-season forms of the
two species do not appear to be so marked, though they
are of the same nature, the rusty ground-colour not being
so well suited for emphasizing the absence of dark mark-
ings as the primrose yellow of the wet-season phase.
Belenois westwoodi, Wallgr.
We have a long series of this species, the female of
which is very variable. I suspect that the most typical
wet phase is represented by the more heavily bordered
and distinctly marked examples, but the change from
heavy to light borders is so gradual that I have not
attempted to distinguish an intermediate phase. One of
our female examples in which the upper surface is very
lightly marked shows a distinct approach to the dry form
in the coloration of the under surface. Of the dry phase
we have five examples from Eastern Africa as far south-
ward as Natal, and there is an equal number in the
Hewitson collection.
438 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierine.
Belenors occidentis, sp. n.
Allied to B. westwood’, but distinctly larger, the apical area of the
primaries irrorated with grey, the outer border greyer than in
B. westwoodi, the irregular transverse subapical band interrupted
in the middle ; the veins blackened to the cell, excepting the first
two median branches ; the discocellular black bars continued round
the end of the cell as far as or beyond the emission of the second
median branch ; secondaries with a well-defined black discocellular
dash and several black traces of the discal markings of the under sur-
face; black marginal spots and fringe as usnal. On the under surface
nearly the whole of the veins are brown, darker on the primaries ;
in the wet phase the primaries show a grey basal patch terminating
in a black discoidal streak ; the black discocellular bar is continued
broadly to the first median branch along which it runs to the
middle, so that it forms a large Z-shaped character ; in the dry
phase -the discocellular bar runs backward only half way to the
origin of the first median branch. In the character of the second-
aries this species is like B. westwoodi on the under surface. Expanse,
64 millim.
Hab. Coneo; Loanpna (Mus. Brit.).
These examples were received from the Godman and
Salvin collection, a male (wet phase) from the Congo, and
a pair (dry phase) from Loanda. There is very little
doubt that this is the species for which Boisduval pro-
posed his manuscript name of “ Pieris allica,’ but M.
Oberthiir having published the name as applying to B.
abyssinica, it has become a synonym and cannot now be
resuscitated.
439
XXII. Considerations on the Genus Tetracanthagyna Selys.
By Ropert McLacutay, F.RS., &c.
[Read December 7th, 1898. ]
WHEN Mr. C. O. Waterhouse in 1877 and 1878 described
in our “ Proceedings” and “ Transactions ” a grand dragon-
fly, under the name Gynacantha plagiata, he acted, I
believe, on my suggestion as to its generic position. In
1883 my friend Baron de Selys, in his “Synopsis des
AXschnines” (part i, classification), subdivided Gynacantha,
Rambur, and proposed the subgeneric term Tetracan-
thagyna for G. plagiata, being influenced principally by
the conformation of the 10th ventral segment in the female.
Prof. Karsch, in 1891, in his “ Kritik des Systems der Aesch-
niden ”’ (in which he propounded a new scheme which, I
venture to think, is a distinct step in advance), refused
to recognise T'etracanthagyna even as a subgenus.
Having to examine the materials available for a study of
the genus, of which there are certainly several species, I
arrived at the conclusion that not only is Tetracanthagyna
valid, but also that its relationship to Gynacantha is per-
haps not so intimate as has been thought; the mem-
branule is more developed, the network less dense, and
the abdomen more robust with, if I mistake not, a less
strongly chitinous integument. A character which may,
or may not, prove to be of importance, is the sinuate con-
tour of the ventral surface, caused by constrictions ; nor
should the very short styliform appendages of the female
be overlooked. Even from the limited materials at present
available, there are indications that the teeth on the 10th
ventral segment of the female will prove to be somewhat
variable, but probably individually rather than specifically.
I propose to describe in detail what appears to be a
new species, then to give in a tabular form characters of
the described, and some new, species, ending by noticing
some specimens the position of which seems uncertain.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTIV. (DEC.)
44() Mr. R. McLachlan’s Considerations
TETRACANTHAGYNA VITTATA, Sp. 0.
d 2. Face dingy olive yellow, labium shining blackish-brown, tips
of mandibles black ; frons (excepting a line at the base) and vertex
wholly blackish, the vertex with a strong anterior ridge, anda broad
deep longitudinal groove, it is clothed with erect blackish hairs ;
vesicle black ; antennae reddish, black at the base ; occiput black ;
back of head blackish, but with an olivaceous orbital margin.
Prothorax blackish, its hinder margin produced into a broad median
obtuse lobe, and slightly excised on either side. Thorax brownish-
black, clothed with greyish-brown hairs, the ante-alar sinus olive-
brown ; anteriorly there are indications (at any rate in the @)
of short narrow ante-humeral pale lines ; sides with two very broad
greyish-yellow bands, one mesopleural, the other metapleural,
separated by a still broader mesopleural band of the dark ground
colour ; pectus blackish ; legs with dark reddish femora (black at
the tips) and black tibize and tarsi, spines black, claws piceous.
Abdomen robust, apparently wholly blackish, with no indications of
markings in the dead insect (but in the somewhat immature
d there is an indistinct olivaceous tinge).
Wings comparatively narrow, the apex obtuse but somewhat pro-
duced ; vitreous, but the anterior portion is occupied by a brownish-
black vitta from the base to the pterostigma ; at the base this vitta
is broad and its lower edge extends into the lower basal area, then it
is limited by the upper edge of the principal triangle, then it occupies
(partly in a fainter manner) the area between the subnodal and short
sectors for some distance, then it is limited by the subnodal sector,
then slightly invading the area between the nodal and subnodal
sectors and then bounded by the principal sector as far as the
pterostigma or slightly beyond ; in this vitta many of the areoles
below the median nervure have a pale centre (but in a somewhat
irregular manner), and most of the marginal nervules (at the base
almost as far as the triangle) are pale, and in addition (especially
in the costal area as far as the pterostigma) are also narrowly margined
with pale ; costal nervure olivaceons (almost whitish in the some-
what immature ¢), much incrassated towards the base ; neuration
otherwise black, not very dense for the size of the insect ;
pterostigma very small (4 mm.), brown (almost white in the some-
what immature ¢); membranule whitish, well-defined ; subnodal
sector fureating far before the origin of the pterostigma ; in the
anterior wings there are about 34 ante-nodal and 23 post-
nodal nervules, 8—10 hyper-trigonal, 7 in the lower basal area, 1
in the inner triangle, 7 cellules in the principal triangle (the
two inner divided by a longitudinal nervule in the 2, and
on the Genus Tetracanthagyna. 441]
symmetrically irregular in the ¢ individual before me, although
regular in the posterior wings) ; nodal sector much bent just before
the pterostigma (somewhat as in {the genus Hemianax), with severa!
double cellules below the bend ; 4—5 rows of cellules between the
subnodal sector and its branch; 5 cellules between the subnodal
and the interposed sector at the widest part ; a single row of cellules
between the sectors of the triangle. (In the posterior wings the
area between the sectors of the triangle is dilated for some distance,
with two rows of cellules, followed by one row.)
¢. Anal triangle 3-celled ; the inner upper cellule formed by an
oblique nervule (in one wing there is a small supplementary cellule
on the inner margin). On the abdomen the oreillettes are sub-
quadrate, black, finely limate on the edge. The 8th dorsal segment
is produced into a small acute tooth in the middle of its posterior
margin, on either side of which are smaller teeth; the 9th has a
stronger and blunter tooth-like production, and in the 10th there is
a terminal hump, in all cases extensions of the dorsal carina, which
on the 10th is much elevated, and has a deep broad sulcus on either
side. Appendages black ; the superior about as long as the 9th and
10th segments united (8 mm.), inserted well below the elevated
hump of the segment, foliaceous, but slender, nearly straight, but
slightly curved upwards from the middle; viewed above the inner
edge is gradually dilated from base and apex to the middle, the tip
ending in a sharp out-turned tooth or spine ; the apical portion for
some distance is occupied internally by a deep groove bounded by
the longitudinal carina and occasioning a torsion which causes an
appearance as of an obtuse subapical dilatation if viewed laterally .
the apical half internally has a strong fringe of hairs. Inferior
appendage one-third shorter, upcurved if viewed laterally, slender,
gradually narrowing from the base, it is suleated above, and the apex
is obtuse and slightly emarginate.
2. The 8th and 9th dorsal segments strongly produced into a
triangular tooth in the middle of the posterior margin, 10th scarcely
produced, but there are a few apical denticules. Appendages short,
black, straight, styliform and cylindrical, scarcely extending beyond
the abdominal extremity. Tenth ventral segment having (in the
individual before me) three large and one small acute teeth. Valves
of the 9th segment not extending to apex of 10th, with black filiform
appendages.
Length of abdomen ¢ 80 mm. (with appendages), 9 70 mm.
Length of posterior wing ¢ 75 mm., 9? 80mm. Greatest breadth
of posterior wing ¢ 23 mm., 2 22mm. Expanse of anterior wings
¢ 159 mm., 9 169 mm.
442, Mr. R. McLachlan’s Considerations
Hab. NortH Borneo (Waterstradt) one $ and 2 (the
¢ shghtly immature). Coll. McLachlan.
Distinctly related to 7. plagiata, but can scarcely be
identical therewith. Taking size and strength combined
this and 7. plagiata may be considered the largest of
known recent Odonata, for although some Agrionines (such
as Megaloprepus cenulatus) somewhat exceed them in
wing-expanse, they are feeble animals in comparison.
I proceed to give a synoptical table.
A. Legs black; the femora dark reddish, except at the apex.
Sides of the thorax with two broad pale bands. Eighth and ninth
dorsal segments of the abdomen in the ? endingin a tooth. Neura-
tion black. The area between the two sectors of the triangle in
the anterior wings not dilated at the base, and with only a single
row of cellules (one cellule is indicated as double in each anterior
wing in the figure of 7. plagiata). A blackish vitta (broad at the
base) extends from the base to the pterostigma (or further).
1. In addition to the costal vitta there is a broad dark band on all
the wings of the 9 between the nodus and the pterostigma
(or further). Length of posterior wing 79 mm. Length of
abdomen69mm....... . . 7. PLAGIaTA, Waterhouse
Hab. Borneo. Type in the collection of Sir Hugh
Low, not seen by me recently.
2. There is no band in addition to the costal vitta in either sex,
Anterior wings with about 34 antenodals and 23 postnodals.
Length of posterior wing ¢ 75 mm., 2 80mm. Length of
abdomen 9 70mm... . T. virratTa, McLachl. (vide supra),
Hab. North BorNeEoO. Types in Coll. McLachlan.
B. Legs wholly reddish. Ninth dorsal segment only, of the ?
ending in a sharp tooth.
1. Sides of the thorax reddish with no evident pale bands. Neura-
tion reddish. In the wings there is a brown costal vitta extend-
ing from the base to the pterostigma (or nearly so). The area
between the two sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings
not dilated at the base, and with only a single row of cellules
(this area is not mentioned in the description of 7. degorsi).
on the Genus Tetracanthagyna. 443
a. In addition to the costal vitta there is a broad brown band
(in the Q only?) between the nodus and _ pterostigma.
Anterior wings with about 36-38 antenodals and 24-25
postnodals, Length of posterior wing 65-68 mm. Length
of abdomen 59-60 mm. . . . . . . T. BRUNNEA, sp. nov.
Hab, Nortu Borneo. Two ? in Coll. McLachlan.
aa. No brown band between the nodus and pterostigma in
either sex. Anterior wings with 38 antenodals and 25
postnodals. Length of posterior wing ¢ 56mm., 9 65mm.
Length of abdomen 965mm. .. . . T.pEGoRSI, Martin.
(Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr., 1895, p. ecexciii.)
Hab. Borneo. f ¢ Coll. Martin, not seen by me.
It is just possible that 7. brunnea may be founded
on more mature individuals of degorvsi; but more material
is necessary.
2. Sides of the thorax with two broad pale bands. Neuration
black. In the wings (?) there is no dark costal vitta, but a
dark brown mark at the base extending a short distance along
the subcostal area ; no brown band, but the apical portion of
the wing is slightly tinged. Anterior wings with about 28
antenodals and 18 postnodals. The area between the two
sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings dilated at the
base and with two rows of cellules, followed by one. Length
of posterior wing 61 mm. Length of abdomen 58 mm.
Oe ee et ae T, WATERHOUSEI (Selys MS.) sp. n.
Hab. Borneo, one ? in the British Museum bearing
the MS. name here adopted; one ? in coll. McLachlan,
without locality.
This would seem to be a very distinct species by the
restriction of the wing markings, notwithstanding that the
deep black neuration indicates maturity. The neuration
is also less dense, and it is the only species at present
known with the area between the sectors of the triangle
in the anterior wings dilated at the base and with two
rows of cellules.
It remains to allude to certain specimens that I cannot
locate with certainty.
Ina male from Pulo Nias (Coll. McLachlan) the legs are
444 Considerations on the Genus Tetracanthagyna.
wholly reddish, there are no pale bands on the sides of the
thorax, a smoky blackish costal vitta extends from the
base to the nodus (or slightly beyond), no dark bands on
the wings, pterostigma whitish, neuration black, the area
between the two sectors of the triangle not dilated and
with only one row of cellules. About 36 antenodals and
23 postnodals int he anterior wing. Length of posterior
wing 60 mm. Length of abdomen (with appendages)
63 mm.
The anal characters are as follows :—There is a slight
tooth at the extremity of the dorsal carina on the 9th
segment, but the 10th is not sensibly produced at its
extremity. There is a strong constriction at the j nction
of the 6th and 7th ventral segments, reproduced in a
smaller degree at the junction of the 7th and 8th (this
seems to some extent to exist in the other spocies).
Superior appendages slightly shorter than the 9th and
10th segments, slender, foliaceous, (less twisted than in
T. vittata), ending in a small sharp tooth. Inferior
appendage one-half shorter, narrowing from base to apex,
upcurved, the apex obtuse and slightly emarginate.
A male from Deli (Sumatra) is described by Prof.
Karsch in Entomol. Nachr. xvii. (1891), p. 345, and referred
to 7. plagiata. The wing-expanse is given as 1385 mm.,
and the length of the abdomen as 90 mm. (thus the ex-
panse is much less, and the abdomen considerably longer
than in my & of 7. vittata); there is apparently no dark
band on the wings. Nothing is said of the colour
of the legs, or sides of the thorax, nor of :the condition.
of the area between the sectors of the triangle. It is
evidently very much larger than my male from Pulo Nias.
A female example from Laha (Sumatra), in the Amster-
dam Museum, is referred to 7. plagiata by Baron de Selys
(Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. (2), vii, p. 472). The length of
the posterior wing is given as 74 mm.,and of the abdomen
58 mm. Presumably it has a costal vitta and transverse
band, but no details are to hand.
DECEMBER 22, 1898.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For THE YEAR 1898.
February 2nd, 1898.
Mr. G. H. Verraty, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. L. C. Coawner, of Forest Bank, Lyndhurst; Mr. F. A.
Heron, B.A., of the British Museum (Natural History) ;
Mr. Henry Stepssine, of The Shawe, Jarvis Brook, Tunbridge
Wells; and Mr. E. J. Burcess-Sopp, of Saxholme, Hoylake,
Cheshire, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
A letter was read from the Secretaries of the International
Congress of Zoology, calling attention to the meeting to be
commenced at Cambridge on August 25rd, and extending to
the Fellows of the Society the cordial invitation of the
Executive Committee to be present.
The Secretary also read a letter from Mr. A. D. Michael,
F.L.S., of 9, Cadogan Mansions, 8.W., asking if any ento-
mologists, who might find insects attacked by mites (Acar?)
among their disused boxes, would be willing to send him
such insects, with the mites still on them or accompanying
PROC. ENT. SOC., LOND. I., 1898. A
(ea)
them, or at least, the mites themselves, with the name of the
insect given in all cases, for the purpose of his forthcoming
monograph of the Tyroglyphide.
Mr. J. W. Turt showed a fine series of forms of Hemerophila
abruptaria, Thunb., on which he read the following note:
“Mr. W. G. Pearce has, during the years 1895, 1896, 1897,
been accustomed to take occasional dark specimens of
Hemerophila abruptaria in his garden at Holloway. From
these captures he, and his friend, Mr. W. Southey, have bred
a considerable number of interesting forms, some of which are
exhibited. The first was taken on May 14th, 1895, at the
front of the house (probably attracted by light). The second
was taken on May 28rd, 1895, a male, iz cop. with a normal
female on a bush in the garden. Eggs from the dark female,
and from the ordinary female paired with the dark male, were
procured, and in April and May, 1896, several dark and
ordinary forms were the result. Pairings from these were
obtained and some of the larve feeding up rapidly produced
a partial second brood, some of which were dark. Other
captures of the dark form of both sexes were made in the
garden in 1896 and in 1897. Mr. Southey and Mr. Pearce
both bred many examples, some forty-four emerging altogether.
Among the specimens may be observed: 1, a male form much
yellower (or more orange) than the type; 2, specimens much
suffused in ground colour on the forewings; 3, specimens
with the transverse lines on the hindwings changed into a
broad band extending towards the base, and with the outer
margin of the forewings much suffused, extending to the
characteristic transverse band ; 4, a bright mahogany-brown
form with a pale apical dash and traces of a pale submarginal
line on both fore- and hindwings ; 5, examples entirely suffused
with fuscous-brown, with faint traces of the actual black
markings—one or two of these being entirely black-brown ;
6, one gynandromorphous example, with the wings and right
antenna of the female type, the left antenna being strongly
pectinated. In all the dark forms the thorax is of the normal
pale coloration ; there is a distinct purplish hue about some
of the second brood specimens bred in August, 1896, by
Mr. Southey.”
(47 )
He also exhibited two specimens of Dianthacia luteago, bred
by the Rev. F. Lowe, from larvee obtained in Guernsey, and
of a very distinct character, having a tendency to the ochreous
coloration of the type-form, but being differently marked
from those figured by Hiibner, They did not bear the slightest
resemblance to var. brunneago, Esp., var. olbiena, Hb.-Gey.,
var. barrettii, Doubl., nor the grey form, taken in Cornwall
last summer, for which he had suggested the name ficklind.
According to Guenée the colour of the species varied from a
more or less pure and intense yellow to greyish in some
specimens.
On behalf of Mr. Heyne, Mr. Jacospy exhibited a series of
temperature-varieties of Lepidoptera.
Papers.
Mr. G. H. Carpenter read a paper by himself and the Rev.
W. F. Jonnson on “The Larva of Pelophila borealis,” de-
scribing its structure and life-history. On the larval charac-
ters the species, hitherto considered as of doubtful relationship,
was regarded as being closely allied to Hlaphrus.
Papers were communicated by Mr. F. D. Gopman, F.R.S.,
and Mr. O. Satvry, F.R.S., on ‘“ New Species of American
Rhopalocera,” and by Mr. M. Jacopy, ‘‘On Some Phyto-
phagous Coleoptera (Kumolpide) from the Islands of Mauritius
and Réunion.”
February, 16th, 1898.
Mr. G. H. Verratu, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Exhibitions.
Mr. G, C. Campion exhibited specimens of Jsodermus gay’,
Spin., from Punta Arenas, Straits of Magellan, and J. planus,
Er., from Hobart, Tasmania, both found by Mr. J. J. Walker.
The genus Jsoderma belonging to the Aradidz, afforded an
interesting case of geographical distribution, the only known
species occurring in Chili, Australia, and Tasmania.
Mr, C. O. Warernovse referred to the similar distribution
of other species of insects, which went to support the theory
of a former connexion between South America and Australia.
Cee)
My. CuAmpion also showed an example of Bagous lutosus,
Gyll., from Sweden. This insect had been on the British list
since the time of Stephens, but possibly in error, as all the
examples he had seen in collections were wrongly so named.
Mr. Jacosy exhibited a pair of the singular weevil, Apoderus
tenwissimus, Pasc., from the Philippines.
Mr. Burr exhibited examples of grasshoppers of the family
Kumastacide, resembling dead leaves, and referred to the
following species: Choretypus gallinaceus (Fabr.), C. fenes-
tratus, Serv., Hrianthus, sp. n., and Plagiotriptus hippiscus
(Gerst.). This was the only family of Acridiodea in which
such resemblances were found.
Dr. Cuapman exhibited a specimen of Zygena exulans with
six wings, the supernumerary pair arising between the normal
left forewing, and the corresponding leg on the same side. The
uppermost wing appeared normal in every respect, the second
was a reduced copy of the basal half of a forewing, and the
third a portion of crumpled wing-structure.
Mr, O. E. Janson, exhibited specimens of the rare Papilio
mikado, Leech, and of a pale variety taken in the province of
Higo, 8. Japan. Several examples of the variety, in which
the pale markings were very much extended upon the discal
portion of all the wings, were captured in company with the
typical form.
Mr. G. B. RouttepeGe showed a variety of Hnodia hyper-
anthus taken near Carlisle, and banded on the underside like
a Canonympha; also two moths from the same neighbour-
hood, captured by Mr. F. H. Day, which, after careful com-
parison, were regarded by Mr. Tutt as females of Hydrilla
palustris. This sex was almost or quite undiscovered in Great
Britain, and the occurrence of the species so far from the
fen-district was remarkable.
Papers.
Mr. H. J. Eiwes, F.R.S., read a paper entitled, “A Further
Revision of the Genus Hrebia,” which was illustrated by the
exhibition of males of each and females of all but five of the
species hitherto described, and one from British Columbia
which he described as new under the name of £. vidleri.
Cv)
Though he had published a revision of this genus in the
Transactions of the Society in 1889, yet, as a great deal of
new material had come to hand, he thought it was time for a
fresh revision, especially with regard to the genitalia, which
had been very carefully examined and figured by Dr. Chapman,
and threw great light on the affinities of some of the more
obscure species in the genus. His attention had first been
called to this by Herr Calberla of Dresden, who had shown
that the supposed melas from the Tyrol, which M. Oberthur
had named melas-nicholli, was really a variety of ZL. glacialis
which appeared to be fairly constant in the Dolomite moun-
tains of the Tyrol, occasionally appearing as an aberration in
the Western and Central Alps. He had been much assisted
in his investigations by a fine series of specimens from
Siberia lent to him by M. Alphéraky from the collection of
the Grand Duke Nicholas Michailovich. Tracing the geo-
graphical distribution, he stated that the principal European
centres of the genus were the Alps and Pyrenees, only a few
forms occurring in Scandinavia, while the Ural Mountains
and Caucasus were comparatively very poor in species; the
genus became abundant in E. Siberia. Though it was im-
possible as yet to pronounce a positive opinion as to the
distinctness of some of the forms, it seemed clear that there
was a distinct connexion between the Erebias of Eastern
Siberia and those hitherto known from North America, of
which only one from Boothia Felix seemed to be really
peculiar to the New Continent, the other seven being identical
with, or very nearly allied to, Siberian and European species.
He had been invited by the Director of the British Museum
to re-arrange their series of Hrebia, which would now, he
thought, owing to the large accessions of the Frey, and
Godman and Salvin collections, be a very fine one. He
appealed to the Fellows of the Society to complete as far as
possible the blanks remaining in the National collection, and
pointed out that there was still very much to be learned even
about the species of the European Alps, where two apparently
quite distinct new Erebias had been discovered in very
accessible localities since he wrote his last paper. The life-
history of most of the species still remained to be worked out.
Cx)
Dr. CHapman also read a paper ‘On the Species of the
Genus Lvrebia, a Review based on the male appendages,”
illustrated with drawings of these organs in about seventy-five
reputed species.
The appendages throughout the genus presented much uni-
formity in the tegumen or sickle ; in the valvz or clasps which
were marked by bold arrangement of spines in most species,
there was much variety, but they might be arranged according
to their general form into groups which were also natural
groups in the genus, judging from other characters.
Taking Z. manto or HL. euryale as a type, the “ grass Erebias ”’
(E. epiphron, EL. melampus, &c.) appeared to be direct deriva-
tives therefrom and toform a group. Z. ceto with some eastern
forms seemed nearest to this, and #. ethiops followed. )
unusually light. A curious appearance of contrast resulted.
These specimens proved that a form differing little from the
Breton type might arise as a sudden variation from the English
type.
The series of A. betularia was of considerable interest.
The result of crossing betularia with the var. doubledayaria
had previously been the production of specimens of type and
variety sharply distinct from each other. In the present case
a single female had produced a number of type specimens, a
few nearly as dark as doubledayaria, and several intermediates.
The father was unknown, but not improbably it may have
been doubledayaria. Cases of this kind showed that the
degree of discontinuity occurring in crosses between varieties
cannot be determined without many experiments with different
strains, Between these two varieties there was reason to
believe sharp discontinuity was the rule. In this family the
discontinuity was only partial. Most of the specimens be-
longed either to betularia or to doubledayaria, but a few of
each sex were truly intermediate. He hoped a full account
of these insects would be published.
Mr. H. J. ELwes gave an account of a journey undertaken
by himself in the summer of the present year to the Altai
mountains of Siberia, partly for sport and partly to investi-
gate the distribution of Lepidoptera in that region, and to
discover if possible a line of demarcation between the Eastern
and Western Palearctic, or, as it is now more properly termed,
Holarctic region. He exhibited a very fine series of Lepi-
doptera, taken by himself in the Altai, and including about
140 species of butterflies and 80 of moths, many of which had
not previously been recorded from Western Asia, and traced
his journey on a large scalemap. The only entomologists who
had previously collected in this region, so far as he knew, were
Kindermann in 1851 and 1852 on the Buchtarma river, and
Ruckbeil who more recently spent three seasons in the same
part of the mountains. ‘Their collections were both of a much
more typical European character than those made by himself,
which included a number of species previously known only
from the Upper Amur region and Eastern Siberia, as well as
several Lapland and Arctic species, amongst which Lrebia
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. V., 1898. D
(| xXxxyl] ))
rossi, Cust. (=ero, Brem.) Melitea iduna, Dalm. and Arctia
thulea, Dalm. were the most remarkable. Of the latter insect
he believed two specimens only had been previously taken,
the type in Lapland and a second in Eastern Siberia. He
described the character of the country and the climate, which
is a very peculiar one; dry and hot during the extremely
short summer, but subject at elevations above 6,000 feet,
where most of his time was spent, to thunder- and snowstorms
almost daily. The total number of butterflies now recorded
from the region stood at about 180, a larger number than had
ever been taken in a similar area in Northern Asia, as far as
he knew. The Heterocera of course represented but a very
small part of what would be found in the Altai by a collector
who could give up his whole time to it, but as the time during
which he had been able to collect was little more than a month,
during which he had ridden nearly 1,000 miles, and the nights
when clear were almost always frosty above 7,000 feet, he had
been able to do no night work. There were very few novelties
in the collection, but when thoroughly worked out, which he
hoped to do in time for publication in an early part of next
year’s Transactions, he thought the list would be a valuable
contribution to our scanty knowledge of the Lepidoptera of
Siberia. He concluded by saying that now that the Siberian
railway made the journey as far as Irkutsk a comparatively
short and easy one, he hoped other English naturalists would
visit this very interesting country, especially as every facility
was given by the Russian government to bona fide scientific
travellers provided with proper credentials.
Mr. Bareson congratulated Mr. Elwes on the great success
of his expedition. The collection was full of interesting
features. The presence of so many forms recalling N. American
and Arctic faunas was clearly a point of great importance. In
this connexion he called attention to a specimen of P. napi ?,
having the brown veining on the upper side almost as much
marked as in the var. bryonie of the European Alps. The
ground colour was nevertheless white, instead of yellow as it
is in bryonie. He had lately received a specimen taken by
Mr. Gayner at Lulea in the N. of Sweden, which was practically
identical with that brought by Mr. Elwes from the Altai.
(Cex)
Paper.
Dr. A. G. BuTLER communicated a paper “On some new
species of African Pierine in the collection of the British
Museum, with notes on seasonal forms of Belenois.”
December 7th, 1898.
Mr. R. Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Monsieur Lton Canphze, of 64, Rue de l’Ouest, Liége ;
Mr. C. L. B. Srargs, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., of the Infirmary,
Wandsworth, 8.W.; Mr. A. Russet, of The Limes, Southend,
Catford; and Mr. C. B. Hotman Hunt, of Meddecombra,
Watagoda, Ceylon, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. McLacuian exhibited a series of specimens of the
Neuropterous genus Tetracanthagyna, de Selys, including a
pair of a new species from Borneo, which was the largest
known of all recent dragon-flies, though it was slightly ex-
ceeded in wing-area by the much more slender Megaloprepus
cerulatus, 2 common Central-American species.
Mr. A. H. Jones showed about sixty species of Lepidoptera,
taken round electric lights at Zermatt,in August. Among
the more interesting were Crateronyx taraxaci, Ellopia fasei-
aria, ab. prasinaria, two 2, one bright green, the other an
intermediate form, Cidaria cyanata, a light form of C. variata,
a large and light form of C. populata, Agrotis grisescens,
A. decora, A. candelarum, and a large form of A. ducernea,
Plusia illustris, and a series of P. argenteum, Hadena maillardi,
a light form of Dianthecia cesia, and a fine black variety of
Polia flavicincta.
Dr. Dixry exhibited a series of Pierid butterflies from the
Neotropical region to show the existence among them of
seasonal forms. The species shown were Parura rurina,
Feld., ¢ ; P. neocypris, Hiibn., ¢ ; Phabis argante, Fabr.,
3, 9; P. agarithe, Boisd., ¢ ; Callidryas senne, Linn.,
3, 9; C. philea, Linn., g. In each case three specimens
( xl)
were shown, exemplifying the “wet season,” “dry season,”
and “intermediate ” forms of the species, and selected from
the Hope Collection by permission of Professor Poulton.
With reference to the exhibit, Dr. Dixey remarked that
although direct evidence as to the seasonal changes in these
Neotropical species was at present scanty, the indirect evidence
was strong; inasmuch as the range of variation here shown
was analogous with that existing in certain African and
Oriental species, whose seasonal relations had been put on a
firm basis by the work of Watson, Barker, Marshall, and
others. In every one of the present instances the ‘“‘ wet
season” form tended to be more deeply coloured, and to have
its markings on the underside more fully developed ; while
the “dry season” form was usually smaller, had its forewings
more sharply pointed, and was nearly or entirely devoid of
markings on the underside. He stated further that where
evidence of the date of capture existed, it accorded very fairly
with the supposition that these variations bore relation to
seasonal conditions, though of course more data of this kind
were much needed. He had selected the specimens of each
species so far as possible from the same locality, endeavouring
thus to meet the possible objection that these varieties, several
of which had been described as distinct species, might have a
local rather than a seasonal significance. He added that by
an “intermediate” form he meant simply one that came
somewhere between the other two—not necessarily half-way.
He was accustomed to use the term in a general sense as
equivalent to the German “ Zwischenform,” not as conveying
the idea of an arithmetical mean (Mittelform).
The Presipent observed that the exhibit was of special
interest, as affording the first recorded evidence of the exist-
ence of seasonal dimorphism in Neotropical butterflies.
Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited an extraordinary variety of
Bombyx quercus, bred in June last by Mr. W. Tunstall, from
a larva found near Huddersfield. The specimen was a female
of deep chocolate colour, with the band very faintly traced in
dark olive. He also showed a yellow variety of Anchocelis
rufina from Wharncliffe Woods, West Yorkshire.
Dr. Cuarpman, Mr. Luoyp, and Mr. Nicuotson exhibited
© tale
butterflies taken by them in Norway from June 20 to July 22,
during the past summer at Szterstiéen and Bolkesji, about
60° 12’ N., and Bossekop, 69° 50’ N. It appeared from the
exhibit that it would have been better to collect a month or
so earlier, especially in the more northern locality visited. It
was also seen that northern races of butterflies and moths
were apt to differ a little from those of the mid-European
fauna, but that various named varieties supposed to be
characteristic boreal representatives of their species, were
often rather aberrations, and not the dominant northern type.
This was the case in Vanessa urtice, Hrebia medusa, E. ligea,
etc. ; on the other hand, as in Brenthis selene, var. hela, the
entire local race was of the variety.
The series exhibited comprised the following species :—
1. Colias paleno, from Seterstéen and Bossekop. The
northern specimens with distinctly narrower borders than
the southern ones.
2. Vanessu urtice. About half the specimens bred were
shown, the larve from Kaafiord near Bossekop. Many
specimens resembled English ones, though the average was
much darker than that of English examples. One or two
approached var. polaris, which was not actually represented.
Polaris appeared therefore not to be a northern race, but an
aberrant form no doubt more frequent there than in England.
3. Brenthis aphirape, chiefly var. ossianus, Herbst. Variable
in intensity of markings and the amount of silvering beneath,
but presenting no marked aberrations, such as are described by
Meves (Entom. Tidskrift, 1894).
4, Gneis jutta, Seterstien. A large race exceeding 2} inches
in expanse and varying from a form without spots to one with
six spots on the forewings and four on the hindwings, in some
with a trace of white pupils.
5. Hrebia embla from Szeterstéen, showing considerable varia-
tion, but no extreme examples.
6. Hrebia ligea. Four series respectively from Kaatfiord,
69° 50’ N., July 20; Tromsdé, 69° 40’ N., July 24; Bodi,
67° 15' N., July 25 ; Trondjhem, 63° 25’ N., July 27.
The Tromsé specimen very worn, those from Trondjhem
very fresh, though taken 3 days later. The Kaafiord
( xiii)
examples smaller than the others, some of them not larger
than the smaller form of oced/aris, but with no sign of the
red band diminishing; the females differing little from the
males in the colouring of the underside. This was the case
also with those from Tromsé, but in a less degree, and even
the Trondjhem example had no approach to the pale banding
of Central-European females.
7. Erebia medusa, var. polaris. Some approaching typical
medusa, and only a few near polaris as described, which is
therefore an aberration rather than a constant variety. The
whole series however with a different facies from that of an
equal series of Central-Huropean specimens, and, unlike the
southern form, entirely without Asiatic neuration.
Dr. CHapMAN remarked that Hrebia embla as taken at
Seterstéen and #. disa as taken at Bossekop, had all the
characters of distinct species. The male appendages were
very constant in each form, and as described in the Trans-
actions for the present year, p. 228. In #. embla the spines
were confined to the head, in #. disa they extended along the
whole of the neck; the appendages were also definitely
smaller (5 to 6) and of a darker (denser ?) chitin.
The ova were also distinct as follows :—
Height
Width
Greatest breadth
Ribs
Colour
E. embla (three eggs).
1-16 millims se.
cee one
a little above middle .
about 30, approaching
the apex, straight
and regular.
Reddish-brown, macu-
late.
Papers.
E. disa (one egg.
1:00 millim.
25 Gy
below middle, tapering
upwards.
47 or more, irregular,
breaking up low
down, reuniting
above, more beaded.
Darker, reticulate.
Papers were contributed by Mr. R. McLacutay, entitled,
** Considerations on the genus TZetracanthagyna ;” by Mr. M.
Burr, entitled, “A List of Rumanian Orthoptera ;” and by
Mr. J. H. Leecu on “Lepidoptera Heterocera from China,
Japan, and Corea, Part IT.”
( xliii_ )
ANNUAL MERTING.
January 18th, 1899.
Mr. Rotanp TrimeEn, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., President, in the
Chair.
Mr. A. Huan Joness, one of the Auditors, read the
Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance of £86 4s. 2d.
in favour of the Society.
Mr. W. F. H. Buanprorp, one of the Secretaries, read the
following
Report of the Council.
The Society is to be congratulated on the close of a Session
marked by a large increase in the number of Fellows and by
unusual prosperity.
During 1898 it has indeed lost by death three Ordinary
Fellows—Mr. Stephen Barton, Dr. Ernest Candéze and Mr.
Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., F.L.S..—and by resignation, eight
Ordinary Fellows.
On the other hand, three Honorary Fellows—Professor
B. Grassi, M. Hippolyte Lucas and Dr. August Weismann—
and thirty-four Ordinary Fellows have been elected.
This is by far the largest number of additions to its ranks
in any one year, except in 1886, when, owing to the grant of
the Society’s Charter, 35 new Fellows were elected and 21 Sub-
scribers were admitted as Fellows, the position of a Subscriber
having been abolished.
As in previous years, the Society is indebted to one or two
Fellows for unremitting and successful endeavours to increase
its members ; it is, however, noteworthy that out of 18 Fellows
elected since the summer vacation, 9 are resident outside the
British Isles.
The Society now consists of 12 Honorary, 53 Life, and 359
Fellows liable for the Annual Contribution, making in all
424 Fellows, or 26 more than last year.
The Transactions for the year form a volume of 444 pages,
as against 434 pages in 1897, and consist of twenty-two
Memoirs. These have been contributed by the following
(C exlive”)
authors: Mr. Walter F. H. Blandford; Mr. Malcolm Burr ;
Dr. Arthur G. Butler; Mr. George Champion (3 papers) ;
Dr. Thomas A. Chapman (3 papers); Mr. Henry J. Elwes,
F.R.S.; Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., and the late Mr.
Osbert Salvin, F.R.S.; Mr. E. Ernest Green and Mr. Malcolm
Burr ; Mr. George U. Griffiths ; Sir George F. Hampson, Bart. ;
Mr. Martin Jacoby ; the Rev. William F. Johnson and Mr.
George H. Carpenter; Mr. John Henry Leech ; Mr. Robert
McLachlan, F.R.S.; Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.; Mr. James
W. Tutt; and Mr. George H. Verrall. .
Of these Papers, 16 are descriptive, systematic or faunistic,
and relate: four to Coleoptera, one to Diptera, one to Hemi-
ptera, seven to Lepidoptera, two to Neuroptera, and one to
Orthoptera. Of the remaining Papers, four deal with life-
histories in Coleoptera, Lepidoptera (2) and Orthoptera ; one
deals with experimental breeding, and one with the morphology
of the frenulum in Lepidoptera.
The Memoirs are illustrated by 19 plates, of which 3 are
coloured.
The Society is indebted to Mr. F. D. Godman, F.R.S., for
the cost of Plates II and III; to the West India Committee
of the Royal Society and British Association for the cost of
Plate XVIL;' to: Mr. H. J. Elwes, F:R:S:, and) Dr, DT: -A.
Chapman for a portion of the cost of Plates V-XVI; and
to Mr. J. H. Leech for a portion of the cost of printing
Paper XV.
The Journal of Proceedings, containing an account of, and
notes on, Exhibitions and Discussions at the Meetings, extends,
exclusive of the Report of the Annual Meeting, to 43 pages.
This is of somewhat shorter length than usual, owing to
several of the Meetings having yielded but little material for
record. It need scarcely be pointed out that the remedy for
this lies with those Fellows who attend the Meetings.
The most notable event of the year is the bequest to the
Society, by the will of the late Mrs. H. T. Stainton, of such
books from her late husband’s library as were not already in
the Society’s possession. The bequest was made kuown in
October, and the selection of books from the late Mr. Stainton’s
library, which included that formerly belonging to James
( aly)
Francis Stephens, occupied four days, and was carried out
in accordance with the terms of the will by Mr. W. F. H.
Blandford.
Although immediate possession was granted of the books
selected, no exact statement can be made in the present
Report of the number of works thus added to our shelves.
Many of the books, being in immediate need of re-binding
and repairs, were sent off for that purpose, and have not yet
been all returned. Extensive alterations have been required
in the Library, the shelves of which were already overstocked,
to accommodate this addition, together with others received
during the current year, including a donation of upwards of
150 books and pamphlets from Mr. W. F. H. Blandford.
It may, however, be assumed that the Stainton Bequest
will add from 400 to 500 volumes to our shelves, together
with a large number of pamphlets and “ separata.”
The extra accommodation required in the Library has
been provided by a re-arrangement of bookcases and shelves,
and the addition of two new bookcases, at a cost of over
£40, which, together with other expenses attendant thereon,
it is proposed to treat as a capital charge and to defray out of
prospective Life-Compositions and other sources of adventitious
income, so as not materially to interfere with the sum available
for our Transactions and current expenditure.
In view of the additions which have been made to the
Library, and the consequent diminution in utility of the
Catalogue published in 1893, of which a large number of
copies remain unsold, the Council have decided to issue, at as
early a date as possible, a Supplementary Catalogue, to con-
tain all additions made_to the Library from 1893 up to the
date of publication, It is hoped that this Supplementary
Catalogue, in which the Stainton books will receive a dis-
tinctive mark, will meet, together with the remaining copies
of the original Catalogue, with such a sale as to justify the
expenditure incurred in its production.
The financial condition of the Society is thoroughly sound.
The amount received for current subscriptions is the largest
on record, and most of the other items of revenue show a
satisfactory increase over last year. The sum spent for
(xiv)
printing is less, and there has been a saving in the mis-
cellaneous items grouped under Office Expenses. Two Life-
Compositions were received during the year, and were in-
vested in Consols ; the amount so invested is now £581 18s.
( = £588 9s. 11d. Consols). Owing to the increase in
ordinary revenue, combined with liberal donations towards
the cost of Papers published, and the decrease in expenditure,
the balance in hand, which at the beginning of the year was
only nominal, reached the large sum of £86 4s. 2d. at the
end. Part of this has since been treated as a loan to the
Capital Account, and expended on the new bookcases and
repairs to existing ones, rendered necessary by the Staintonian
bequest.
11, CHanpos STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.
18th January, 1899.
The Balance Sheet and Report of the Council having been
unanimously adopted, it was announced that no notice had
been sent to the Secretaries proposing to substitute other
names for those contained in the lists prepared by the Council.
The following Fellows therefore constitute the Council for
1899 :—Walter F. H. Blandford, M.A., F.Z.S.; George C.
Champion, F.Z.S. ; Thomas A. Chapman, M.D. ; Horace St. J-
K. Donisthorpe ; the Rev. Canon W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S. ;
Charles J. Gahan, M.A. ; A. Hugh Jones ; Robert McLachlan,
F.R.S., F.L.S. ; Frederic Merrifield ; Edward Saunders, F.LS. ;
Roland Trimen, F.R.S., F.L.8.; James W. Tutt; George
Henry Verrall ; James J. Walker, R.N., F.L.S. ; and Charles
O. Waterhouse.
The following are the Officers elected :—President, Mr.
George Henry Verrall; Zreaswrer, Mr. Robert McLachlan ;
Secretaries, Mr. James J. Walker and Mr. Charles J. Gahan ;
LInbrarian, Mr. George C. Champion.
The Address of the retiring President, Mr. Ronanp TRIMEN,
was then read on his behalf by Mr. Blandford, one of the
Secretaries.
Professor Mrnpoua, at its conclusion, proposed a vote of
thanks to the President for his valuable and interesting
( xlvii_ )
Address, and for his services to the Society during his term
of office. This was seconded by Mr. W. L. Distant, and
carried by acclamation.
The Presipent having acknowledged the vote, a vote of
thanks to the Officers and Council was moved by Professor
PouLtTon, seconded by Mr. H. J. Exwes, and supported by
Mr. C. J. Ganan. The vote having been carried, Mr.
McLachlan and the retiring Secretaries, Mr. Merrifield and
Mr. Blandford, spoke in acknowledgment.
(( xlynr )
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Balance Sheet for the Year 1898,
RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS.
San G Ss de
Balance in hand, Ist Jan., Printing Transactions, &c. 177 3 7
rch o)y Sipe ie ec ok FON! i Plates..&e: cach l cesy Ueoty OURLO MD)
Subscriptions for 1898 .. 319 4 0} Rent and Office Ex-
ATTCATS# =. ceyeusceuucccemreson Ldn lilimneU, PENSES t-sys cee ee LOO MLORLO
Admission Fees ... ... 44 2 0 | Books and Binding... ... 1613 7
Donations... ...... ... 38212 0 | Investment in Consols ... 3110 0
Sales of Transactions, Xc. 58 17 38 | Subscriptions in advance
Do. of Surplus Books... 8 8 0 | carried to 1899 10,
Interest on Investments :— | IBEW Bog gon cou | coo el 4
Consols =... 2.. G15) 3 7
Westwood Bequest 6 19 0
22 2 7
Life Compositions ... ... 3110 0
Subscriptions in advance.. 11 11 0
£547 3 11 £547 3 ul
ASSETS.
Balance (per contra) : see) ess Meee OO) 4) 2
Subscriptions in arrear Goneidereal Sard (Gag) esi Roce Le ORO,
Investments :—
Cost of £588 9s. 11d. Consols
£581 18s. Od.
Cost of £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent.
Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250.
TRCACES slp Uip tee Ve
(Since discharged.)
Cost of New Bookcases and Alterations to Old Ones, £40 14s. Od.
Ropert McLacuian,
Treasurer.
11th January, 1899.
Audited and found correct,
A. Hueu JoNEs.
Rost. ADKIN.
Louis B. Provt.
WatterR F. H. BLANDFORD.
( wexlibcen)
THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
GENTLEMEN,
It is not necessary for me to say much in reference
to the highly satisfactory Report of the Council, which shows
that the promising prospect of the Society’s affairs at the
beginning of 1898 has been amply verified by the year’s ex-
perience. Our meetings have been well attended ; thirty-
seven new Fellows have been elected ; and our finances show
a phenomenal balance in hand.
Our Library has also been especially favoured during the
year. By the bequest of the late Mrs. H. T. Stainton, widow
of our former President, the highly-distinguished lepidopterist,
the Society was entitled to select from her late husband’s
library—which included the well-known Stephensian collec-
tion—such entomological works as were not previously in its
possession, and it has thus acquired a large number of books
and separate memoirs, including copies of many older works
now of great rarity and value. From Mr. W. F. H. Bland-
ford, who has devoted much time and attention to the develop-
ment of the Library, we have received a most welcome dona-
tion of books and memoirs relating principally to economic
entomology—a branch of the Science hitherto imperfectly
represented on our book-shelves.
In July the third annual visit of the Officers and Council
to Oxford, at the invitation of the Hope Professor of Zoology,
took place, and was marked by renewed hospitality on the part
of Prof. Poulton and other distinguished resident members of
the University. A very interesting time was spent in the
Hope Department, where many advances have been made in
the increase, classification, and cabinet arrangement of the
Gils)
entomological collections. One notable feature that I found
especially pleasing was the attention bestowed on the sepa-
rate arrangement of groups of insects illustrating the pheno-
mena of mimicry and warning colouration, and of seasonal
dimorphism. So completely had this improvement been
considered, that it extended to the including of specimens
of Lepidoptera whose mutilated wings gave evidence of the
attacks of birds and other insect-eaters—the first instance
known to me of the recognition by any Museum of the value
of such injured examples, which have everywhere been re-
jected as worthless. Prof. Poulton has also succeeded in
securing several groups of tropical and subtropical species,
exhibiting mimetic resemblance or common warning colours,
captured in one locality and on the same day, and thus in
initiating an invaluable series in evidence of the actual com-
panionship in life of their wonderfully adapted forms.
In resigning the Presidential Chair, I desire in the first
place to thank the Society, and more particularly my col-
leagues on the Council, for much consideration extended to
me on the too frequent occasions when my health obliged me
to devolve the duties of Chairman on one of the Vice-Presi-
dents. More especially am I indebted to our Secretary,
Mr. W. F. H. Blandford, who has most kindly aided me
by preparing the Obituary Notices, and also by undertaking
to read my Address at both the Annual Meetings at which |
have had the honour of presiding. Gratifying as it is to me
to recognise that the Society has made more than average
progress during my two years’ tenure of the Chair, I am
well aware that I have personally been able to do very little
to promote this prosperity, and that credit for it is mainly
due to the unremitting attention given to our affairs by the
Treasurer and Secretaries. Our experienced Treasurer, Mr.
McLachlan, I am glad to say, maintains his post as guardian
of our finances; but it is with sincere regret that we have
received the resignation of both our Secretaries, Mr. Blandford
and Mr. Merrifield, who have rendered such able service for
the last two years. The withdrawal from office of these gen-
tlemen will not be surprising to any one who, like myself,
has been Secretary to a learned Society, and knows how large
( li)
an inroad upon one’s time and energies is inseparable from
the efficient discharge of the duties of that position. I have
for some time past thought that the Society, considering its
growth and more established status of late years, and the
consequent increase of the work attendant on its proper
administration, would do well to follow the example of
the other Chartered Societies devoted to Natural Science,
by appointing a paid Assistant-Secretary to conduct the
ordinary routine business under the direction of the
Secretaries. In Mr. J. J. Walker and Mr. C. J. Gahan, who
have accepted election as Secretaries, we are fortunate in
obtaining officers whose proved entomological attainments are
ample warrant for the maintenance of that devotion to the
Society’s interests which has marked the service of the
retiring Secretaries.
I join with you in welcoming, as my successor in the Pre-
sidency, Mr. George Henry Verrall, who is well known to us
all as an entomologist, and specially as a dipterist, of high
standing, and also as one of our oldest Members and Fellows,
who has repeatedly served on the Council and as Vice-
. President. Mr. Verrall has in every way shown unfailing
interest in the well-being of the Society, and has done much
to promote it both scientifically and socially; and it will
certainly not be his fault if the Society does not flourish
during his occupancy of the Chair.
OBITUARY.
Although numerically our losses by death during 1898 have
been small, it is a matter of great regret to miss from
our roll of Fellows—and in one case from our Council
and Society Meetings—two such highly-distinguished ento-
mologists as Osbert Salvin and Ernest Candéze. Among the
few deaths outside the limits of our Society, special mention
should be made of the late Joseph A. Lintner, State Entomo-
logist of New York ; William M. Maskell, a notable authority
on the Coccide ; and James Thomson, the well known coleo-
pterist, of Paris.
(Alay)
OsBERT Savin, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., was ‘the second and
only surviving son of the distinguished architect, Mr. Anthony
Salvin. Born at Finchley in 1835, he was educated at West-
minster School, and later at Trinity Hall, Cambridge, of
which he was elected an Honorary Fellow in 1897. He
graduated in 1857, and immediately afterwards proceeded
to Tunis and Algeria for the purposes of natural-history
exploration, in company with Mr. W. H. Hudleston and Mr.
(now Canon) Tristram. In the autumn of the same year he
began his long and intimate connexion with Central-American
natural history by visiting Guatemala, where he remained till
the middle of 1858. In the following year he paid a second
visit to Central America, and in 1861 he again revisited it
in company with Mr. F. DuCane Godman, since that time
his constant fellow-worker. After his marriage in 1865 he
made one further journey to Central America in company
with his wife. His attention was at this time more particu-
larly directed to Ornithology, on which he became one of the
leading British authorities. He was one of the founders of
the Jéts, the third series of which he edited ; he was the
author of the volumes on the Humming-birds and Petrels in
the British Museum Catalogue of Birds; and from 1874 till
1883, when on his father’s death he took up his residence at
Hawksfold, near Haslemere, he filled the office of Strickland
Curator at Cambridge, also publishing a catalogue of the
Ornithological collection in his charge.
As an entomologist, Osbert Salvin’s name will chiefly and
always be remembered, in association with that of Mr. F. D.
Godman, for the important part he took in the inception,
preparation, and issue of that great work the Biologia Centrali-
Americana, and more particularly for his joint authorship of
that portion of it which monographed the extremely rich
butterfly-fauna of the region between Mexico and Panama.
All his work, whether ornithological or entomological, bore
the stamp of thoroughness, and gave testimony to the great
extent and exactness of his knowledge, no less than to his
soundness of judgment. The latter quality was, indeed, a
conspicuous feature of his character in all aspects, and caused
him to be always in request on the Councils and Committees
@ ie)
of the various scientific Societies (Royal, Linnean, Zoological,
and Entomological) of which he was a Fellow. Those who
have served with him on such Boards will recall his quiet,
kindly ways, enlivened by a pleasant sense of humour, and
how often his brief suggestions exactly met a difficulty, or
indicated the best course to adopt. But for his weak health
during recent years, he would long since have taken the chair as
President of our Society. In private life he was a kind and
constant friend, and to all his scientific acquaintances most
amiable and obliging, readily placing at their disposal both
his great knowledge and his unrivalled collections.
ERNEST CHARLES AuGcuste Canphze, M.D., F.E.S., was born
at Liége on the 27th of February, 1827, and studied medicine
there and at Paris. He became assistant medical officer to,
and subsequently director of, a large asylum at Glain, near
Liege, a post which he retained until a few years ago,
In entomology he was a pupil of Lacordaire, under whose
guidance and supervision, and in collaboration with a fellow-
pupil, F. Chapuis, he published in 1853 his first work, a
Catalogue of Coleopterous Larvee, known up to that date, and
still of much utility. It is probable that Lacordaire, in his
solicitude for the study of the more neglected families of
Coleoptera, induced Chapuis to take up the Phytophaga
and Xylophaga, and Candéze to devote himself to the Elate-
rid, a family with which his name is permanently associated.
He formed an extensive collection of Elaterids, which in-
cluded series from the Dejean and other old collections, and
served as the groundwork of his monograph of the family,
published in 1857, 1859 and 1860, in three volumes. This
collection was purchased by the late Mr. E. W. Janson, and
was subsequently acquired by Mr. F. D. Godman for the
British Museum. Candéze formed more than one subsequent
collection, and published a large number of papers on the
family, chiefly in the “ Annales” of the Belgian Entomological
Society, of which he was one of the founders. He also com-
piled a catalogue of the species described subsequently to that
of Gemminger and Von Harold. Dr. Candéze was a man of
much culture and many accomplishments. He joined this
Society in 1860.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. V., 1898. E
(iva)
SrepHEN Barton, F.E.S., who died on November 17th,
1898, aged 78 years, was one of the oldest Fellows of this
Society, which he joined in 1865. He visited Australia in
1852, where he made extensive collections of Coleoptera,
including many new species, which were described on his
return to England by his friend, Henry Walter Bates and
other authors. It was proposed that Barton should join
Bates on the Amazons; but the arrangement came to nothing,
and Barton settled in Bristol, where he formed large collec-
tions of insects, chiefly Coleoptera. He was for thirty years
President of the Entomological Section of the Bristol Natu-
ralists’ Society. He never contributed to the publications of
this Society, and though an excellent entomologist, his name
is probably little known to the present generation of Fellows,
except those who reside in the West of England.
The deaths of the following distinguished entomologists, not
Fellows of this Society, have been recorded since the last pre-
ceding Annual Meeting :—
James 'THomson, an American by birth, who passed most of
his life in Paris, formed a large and valuable collection of the
more striking Coleoptera. He published numerous papers on
the insects of his collection, chiefly on Longicornia, from 1856
onwards in the “Annales ”’ of the French Entomological Society
and other periodicals, and his name must be very familiar
to any one who has occasion to consult French monographic
works on Coleoptera, published between 1860 and 1880.
Some years ago he parted with his collections to M. René
Oberthiir, and since that time his interest in entomology
largely ceased. He was a member of this Society from 1856
to 1888. It should not be forgotten that he married a sister
of Charles Stewart Parnell.
Wix.iaAm Mites MAsKELL, late Registrar of the University
of New Zealand, was born in Hampshire, and, after serving
for a short time in the Army, went to New Zealand in 1860.
His earlier scientific work was done in connexion with micro-
scopy, but he afterwards devoted himself to the study of
Aleurodide, ‘Psyllide, and especially Coccide, on the New
Zealand species of which he was the one established authority,
though he subsequently investigated Australian and Asiatic
ae)
species. His published entomological papers began in 1879,
and appeared mainly in the “ Transactions of the New Zealand
Institute.” In 1887 he published “ An Account of the In-
sects noxious to Agriculture and Plants in New Zealand.
The Scale insects (Coccide),” a work of considerable utility
and value. His researches on this family of insects have
materially contributed to the great development of know-
ledge of the distribution and economy of Scale insects which
has taken place during the last fifteen years.
Jutes Micneaux, the well-known French entomological
artist; Dr. Josep ALBERT LinTNER, State Entomologist for
New York, and one of the leading American economic entomo-
logists ; Martian JEAN Maurice Nova.uisr, a capable hemi-
pterist, specially interested in the Hydrocores, and Prof.
Mariano DE LA Paz GRaiLLs, one of the leading Spanish
entomologists, have also died during 1898.
SEASONAL DIMORPHISM IN LEPIDOPTERA.
I wave thought this to be a suitable subject for my
Address, because it is not only of high interest as a remark
able phase of Variation, but has also of late years been
brought prominently to notice by the researches of two
groups of entomological observers ; firstly, those who, like
the pioneers, G. Dorfmeister, W. H. Edwards and August
Weismann, have experimentally studied the effects of high
and low temperatures artificially applied to lepidopterous
pupz of European or North American species ; and secondly,
those who have noted the seasonal changes in butterflies
occurring naturally in various tropical and subtropical regions,
and have in some cases reared one seasonal form of a species
from ova deposited by the other. The earlier temperature
experiments in Europe and North America were long in
advance of the observations on seasonal dimorphism in
tropical countries, the latter indeed being the natural out-
come of the former. It may prove not uninteresting if I
briefly pass under review the published memoirs relating to
both sets of observations, but, as regards the temperatwe
E 2
( lvi )
experiments, limiting my remarks almost exclusively to those
relating to seasonally-dimorphic species.
No doubt many of us remember with what interest we
welcomed Weismann’s able treatise * published twenty-three
years ago, whether in the original or in the English edition
(translated by Prof. Meldola) issued in 1882. The cases
known to Weismann, and described in this memoir, were not
numerous ; he calls special attention to six European cases
(Araschnia levana, Lycenu amyntas, L. agestis, Chrysophanus
phleas, Pieris napi, and Euchloe belia), and to three North
American (Phyciodes tharos, Grapta interrogationis and Papilio
ajax), the latter known to science through the investigations
of W. H. Edwards, the well-known monographer of the butter-
flies of North America, whose experiments and results tT are
re-published with additions as Appendix IT. to Weismann’s
essay. In the phenomenon of seasonal dimorphism Weis-
mann recognised, as two prominent factors in the possible
direct influence of the varying external conditions of life,
temperature and duration of the pupal period; and his ex-
periments with Araschnia levana and Pieris napi were accord-
ingly carried on with the view of ascertaining whether the
dimorphism exhibited by those species could be traced to the
direct action of those factors. In the case of A. levana, he
first subjected the pupz obtained from eggs laid by the winter
form, immediately after pupation, to artificial low tempera-
tures, and the result was that, by exposure to temperature of
0°—1° R. for four weeks, three-fourths of the pup produced,
not the summer form prorsa—as under natural conditions
they would have done—but the intermediate form porima
(extremely rare in nature), three of these being very nearly
the pure winter form devana. Increasing the period of ex-
posure to cold to eight weeks did not materially add to the
extent to which the summer form was lost and the winter
form substituted. The converse experiment, frequently re-
peated, consisted in placing in a hot-house (temperature
* «Studien zur Descendenz-Theorie. I. Ueber den Saison-Dimorphis-
mus der Schmetterlinge,” 1875.
+ Canadian Entomologist, vii, p. 236 (1875), and ix, p. 69 (1879).
( lvii )
12°—24° R.) immediately after pupation, pupe from eggs laid
by the August brood of the summer form, prorsa ; but here
the artificial temperature had little or no effect, all, or nearly
all, the pupe hibernating, and emerging in the following
spring as the pure winter form /evana. This latter result led
the author to the opinion that cold and warmth could not be
the immediate causes of a pupa emerging in the prorsa or
levana form ; and that the explanation of the facts seemed to
be (a) that the winter form /evana is the original type of the
species, seeing that it was found possible to make many
specimens of the summer form prorsa revert to it by means of
cold, whereas the converse change could not be effected; and
(6) that the species originally existed in the glacial period as
a single-brooded and monomorphic butterfly, and only became
double-brooded and gradually developed the prorsa form as
warmth of climate increased.
With Pieris napi, Weismann found the pupe from eggs
laid by the winter form much more responsive to the action
of cold (applied immediately after pupation and continued for
three months) than those of A. levana, by far the larger
number emerging as the pure winter form when transferred
to a hot-house, and the remainder (which resisted forcing and
hibernated) all producing the same form in the following
spring. The converse experiment was not tried with the
pupe of ordinary P. napi, but with those of the Alpine and
Polar variety, bryonia, but the result was in accordance with
that of the corresponding experiment in the case of A. levana
—the application of heat had no transforming effect, and all
the butterflies emerged as pure bryoniw. Weismann was thus
led to regard the single-brooded variety bryonie as the original
form of the species from the glacial period, and napi in its
winter and summer forms as gradually produced under
increasing climatic warmth.
The experiments conducted with so much skill and perse-
verance by W. H. Edwards with the North-American
Papilio ajax and Phyciodes tharos yielded much the same
results as those obtained by Weismann in Europe. In the
complicated case of P. ajax—where the winter form presents
itself in the two differing generations known as walshii and
(Wii)
telamonides, and the summer form known as marcellus appears
in three similar generations—Mr. Edwards, by the applica-
tion of ice for a period of two months, found that fifty pup
reared from eggs laid by the second generation of the
winter form (telamonides), which under natural conditions
would nearly all have given the summer form marcellus,
produced no fewer than twenty-two telamonides, one speci-
men intermediate between telamonides and walshii, eight
examples intermediate between telamonides and marcellus,
but nearer to the former, eight intermediate between the
same forms but nearer to the latter, and only eleven true
marcellus. It should be observed, however, that there is a
difference in the shape of the wings between the winter and
summer forms of this Papilio, and that the strong innate
tendency of the progeny of the winter form to assume
the summer form was evidenced in the fact that all the
butterflies from the refrigerated pupz which had the
markings of telamonides or of walshit yet bore the shape
of marcellus.
The extreme variability of Phyciodes tharos renders it
difficult to follow the details of Edwards’ experiments with
the various broods from different districts, but it is clear
that, as in the case of P. ajax, the application of cold in-
duced the summer form to revert to the winter form (marcia).
I do not gather that the converse experiment was tried with
this butterfly ; but it was attempted to a certain extent with
Papilio ajax, whose hibernating pupe were subjected to a
moderate degree of heat during some months, for several
years in succession, without any change being effected in the
resulting winter form of the butterfly. The evidence in the
case of Grapta interrogationis has a different bearing on the
subject, seeing that this species does not hibernate as pupa
but as imago, and that therefore there is not, strictly speak-
ing, any “ winter” form; but it would appear that the first
of the four broods in the year consists wholly of the form
named wmbrosa and the fourth of the form named /fabriciz,
while the intervening second and third broods are each com-
posed of both forms.
Only brief reference is made by Weismann to the experi-
(Cilia P)
ments on Araschnia levana made by G. Dorfmeister,* an account
of which was published as far back as 1864, but a full résumé
of them has been given by the late Prof. Th. Eimer.t
From this I find that, although, as Weismann points out,
Dorfmeister did not sueceed—apparently from not employing
a low enough temperature—in transforming the prorsa-form
into the Jevana-form, but obtained only some few of the
intermediate form porima, yet he was apparently repeatedly
successful in the important converse experiment (where
Weismann’s results were almost negative), obtaining prorsw
by means of warmth from the prorsa August brood. He
further obtained numerous gradations of the intermediate
form porima, stages which under natural conditions occur so
rarely that, during forty years’ collecting, he met with only
a Single specimen in the wild state in places where the forms
levana and prors« were quite common. Dorfmeister was
clearly the first to point out that temperature exercises its
chief influence during the act of pupation or shortly after-
wards, but he expressed his “ inability to decide whether the
modifications obtained were the direct consequence of the
rise in temperature, or only the indirect, depending on the
shortening of the time of development caused by the in-
creased temperature.”
Familiar to all of us is the fine series of papers on
temperature experiments contributed to our “‘ Transactions ”’
and ‘ Proceedings’’ to the ‘ Entomologist,’ and to the
* Proceedings of the South London Entomological Society ”’
by our Secretary, Mr. F. Merrifield ; they are eight in number,
the first having been published in 1888 and the last in 1897.4
Mr. Merrifield’s earlier experiments were made with Geo-
* ¢* Ueber der Einwirkung verschiedener wahrend der Entwickelungs-
perioden angewendeter Warmegrade auf das Farbung und Zeichnung der
Schmetterlinge.” (Mittheil. Naturw. Vereins fiir Steiermark, 1864.)
+ ‘‘Entstehung der Arten auf Grund von Vererben erworbene Eigen-
schaften nach der Gesetzen organischer Wiichsens,” 1888. (Engl. transl.,
by J. T. Cunningham, 1890, Sect. iv, pp. 131-134. I have to thank
Mr. Merrifield for lending me this work. )
+ Fora most convenient précis and illustration of Mr. Merrifield’s work,
by Dr. F. A. Dixey, see ‘‘ Nature,” vol. 57, pp. 184-188 (1897).
(rks)
metrid moths of the genera Selenia and Hnnomos, certain
species of which have normally two differing seasonal forms
in England, and they extended to the application of both
icing and forcing for various periods in all stages from egg
to imago. The results were of much interest from many
points of view, and more especially as showing (a) that the
continued application of low temperature to the pupz reared
from eggs laid by the spring brood produced moths more and
more like their parents, instead of the natural summer form ;
(5) that the opposite experiment of applying heat to the pup
from eggs of the summer brood was fatal to a majority of
individuals, and produced in the survivors a proportion of
the summer form but mainly specimens intermediate only
between the spring and summer types ; (c) that it was in the
pupal state that temperatures exercised their chief influence ;
(d) that forcing produced pale and comparatively spotless
moths, while cooling or icing produced dark and much
spotted ones. Another noteworthy point was that the ap-
plication of moisture in combination with various tempera-
tures to the pupe of S. tetralunaria and L. autumnaria had
no effect on the resulting moths.
The dimorphic species next treated by Mr. Merrifield in
1892-93 were Pieris napi, Araschnia levana, and Chryso-
phanus phleas. The results in the first and second of these
species were generally confirmatory of those obtained by
previous experimenters. In the case of C. phleas, which,
though many-brooded almost throughout its immense range,
does not exhibit seasonal dimorphism in Europe except in
Southern Italy, Corsica, and Greece, forcing caused on the
upperside the dusky suffusion and larger black spots of the
forewings characteristic of the southern summer form eeus,
while cold induced exactly the opposite characters in the fore-
wings and also a great broadening and radiation of the
coppery band in the hindwings. In 1896, Mr. Merrifield
experimented on pup of Pieris daplidice, and found that
forcing produced the ordinary summer form, while cooling for
six weeks brought out the spring form bellidice.
I have here only very briefly mentioned those of Mr.
Merrifield’s experiments which dealt with seasonally-dimorphic
(xi)
species. His researches extended besides to upwards of twenty
monomorphic ones; they were carried out with admirable
skill, care, and exactness of record, and the resulting
phenomena—especially in the species of Vanessa—were not
only most remarkable in themselves, but also, as disclosing
apparently ancestral characters, of the deepest interest in
their bearing on the phylogeny of the species concerned. The
latter aspect of these investigations has been ably dealt with
by Dr. F. A. Dixey, who, in his published comments on Mr.
Merrifield’s papers of 1893 and 1894,* points out that they
seem to go far towards indicating the possibility that a dis-
turbance of natural temperature conditions, whether in the
direction of heat or cold, can produce in a monomorphic
species a tendency towards reversion, and also notes the pro-
duction by these experiments of ancestral features in Vanessa
io, V. polychloros, and Grapta C.-album.
Concurrently with Mr. Merrifield’s later work appeared
both Dr. M. Standfuss’s f and Prof. Weismann’s { important
memoirs, containing accounts of the series of temperature
experiments carried on by them respectively in the course of
‘the last decade. Standfuss’s paper of 1894 deals with the
effects of the warm and cold treatment of the summer pup
of nine species of European butterflies. None of these can be
included among seasonally-dimorphie species in Europe itself,
but the author points out that the effect of heat on the
Ziivich pup of Papilio machaon was to produce specimens
perfectly resembling the August form of the species that is
found in Syria. Other striking results as given by the
* See Dr. Dixey’s papers (1) ‘‘ On the Phylogenetic Significance of the
Variations produced by difference of Temperature in Vanessa atalanta”’
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 69); and (2) ‘* Mr. Merrifield’s Experi-
ments in Temperature Variation as bearing on Theories of Heredity.”
(Op. cit., 1894, p. 439.)
+ ‘* Ueber die Griinde der Variation und Aberration des Falterstadiums
bei den Schmetterlingen,” 1894. (Engl. transl. by Dr. F. A. Dixey in
** Entomologist,’ 1895.)
‘¢ Handbuch der Paliarktischen Gross-Schmetterlinge fiir Forscher und
Sammler,” 1896.
+ **New Experiments on the Seasonal Dimorphism of Lepidoptera ”’
(1895). Engl. transl. by W. E. Nicholson in ‘‘ Entomologist,” 1896.
( lxii )
experimenter were the production of specimens representing
(a) Local forms, such as constantly occur in nature in certain
definite localities ; in Vanessa urtice, Pyrameis cardui, and to
some extent in Papilio machaon and Vanessa antiopa: (b)
Aberrations, like those which now occur in nature; in JV. 7o,
P. cardui, and Argynnis aglaia: (c) Phylogenetic forms,
““which may have either existed in past epochs, or may
perhaps be destined to arise in future:” in certain cooled
V. io and V. antiopa and certain warmed JV. atalanta, and the
reverse respectively. Noting the remarkable circumstance
that the same conditions lead to such diverse effects in
different species—the changes wrought in one species being
entirely within the limits of its variation at the present day,
while in another they far surpass those limits,—he suggests
that the species coming under the former category are the
phylogenetically older, and those belonging to the latter are
the phylogenetically younger. The author found that the
high temperature of 104° F. rapidly caused death in nearly all
the species tested—P. machaon and G. C.-album proving least
sensitive—but low temperatures prolonged for even four
weeks were much better tolerated ; and it was thought that
this favoured the conclusion that the species so tested ‘ were
constrained in past ages to accommodate themselves much
?
more to lower than to higher temperatures.”
In the edition of his ‘‘ Handbuch” which appeared in 1896,
Standfuss recapitulated the cases published in 1894, and
added mention of a warmth experiment with Gonepteryx
rhamni which had the effect of inducing in the females some
indications of the yellow colouring of the males. He also
gave excellent coloured figures of most of the more marked
variations resulting from temperature treatment, some of
them exhibiting marvellous divergence from the normal form
now existing in nature.
Before turning to Weismann’s memoir of 1895, it will be
convenient to refer briefly to Standfuss’s recent and elaborate
treatise issued during the present year (1898).* After re-
* « Experimentelle Zoologische Studien mit Lepidoptern. A. Tem-
peratur-Experimente.” (Denkschr. Schweiz. Naturf-Gesellsch., xxxvi,
i, 1898.)
( Ixiii_ )
viewing (in Sect. I.) his experiments as to effects from treat-
ment of pup with constant moderately high (+37° to
+ 39° C.) or moderately low (+4° to +6° C.) temperatures
in the years from 1885 to the beginning of 1895, the author
proceeds (in Sect. II.) to give an account of the continuation of
these “ Warm and Cold” experiments during the succeeding
period from the middle of 1895 to1897. These additional experi-
ments were made on no fewer than fifty-six species of European
Lepidoptera (thirty-six butterflies and twenty moths) and on
a largely-increased number of specimens:; and their results
were found to be fully confirmatory of those derived from the
earlier more restricted experiments, affording various fresh
instances of the production of more or less marked variation
in the directions previously indicated, viz.: seasonal forms,
local forms, aberrations, phylogenetic forms, and forms showing
assumption of the male colouring by the female. Under the
respective headings of “ Frost-Experiments” (Sect. III.) and
“‘ Heat-Experiments” (Sect. IV.) the several results are
given of employing temperatures under 0° C. (0° to —18° C.,
and exceptionally to — 20° C.), and those above + 40° C. (up
.to +45°C.); and the attempt is made (Sect. V.) to explain
from the results of these two sets of experiments the active
cause of most of the “ Aberrations” occurring in nature.
Attention is directed to the extremely interesting fact that
the aberrations resulting from the artificial very high tem-
peratures agree closely with the aberrations found in nature,*
while aberrations like those produced by the use of very low
temperatures are never found in nature ; and the inference
drawn from this is that the typical aberrations occurring
naturally among the Nymphalidze are produced by the tem-
porary influence of a high degree of heat (40° to 45° C.).
I cannot here do more than just refer to the remaining
* This is well illustrated by Plate IV accompanying the memoir,
where figures of Aberrations, (a) captured at large, and (b) forced at very
high temperature, of the following species, are given side by side, viz. :
Vanessa polychloros, V. antiopa, V. atalanta, and Pyrameis cardui,
figures 1, 3, 5, 7 differing very slightly respectively from figures 2, 4, 6,
and 8. (Plate III figures the Aberrations produced in the same four
species by ‘‘ Frost-Experiments.’’)
(> Isa ©)
sections of Dr. Standfuss’s treatise ; they include a consideration
of the mode of action of the frost and heat experiments, a
discussion as to the nature of aberrations, and an account of
the further breeding of aberrational Vanessa urtice, and with
the concluding remarks at pp. 37 and 38 will well repay
perusal. Some idea of the satisfactory and extensive scale
upon which the experiments were conducted, may be gathered
from Standfuss’s statement that he had employed altogether
during 1895-97 the number of over 42,000 pupz belonging to
about 60 different species.*
Weismann’s memoir of 1895, above referred to, contains a
full record of his later experiments and results in the cases of
Araschnia levana, Chrysophanus phleas, and Pieris napi, as
well as in those of Pararge egeria (with its ‘ climatic variety,”
meione) and Vanessa urtice. It further treats of the effect
on pup of variously-coloured light, and on hibernating pupz
of warmth, and concludes with a comprehensive general review
of the whole subject, including a comparison of the results of
some of his own experiments with those obtained by Merri-
field and Standfuss. In the case of A. levana, he not only
succeeded, by means of temperatures of 27-28° C.,and 30-32" C.,
in obtaining repeatedly a small number of the prorsa-form from
the second summer generation of that form, but also proved that
occasionally the same result arose in isolated instances without
the use of a higher temperature than that of an ordinary warm
room. It was further established that the intermediate forms
known as portma, so rare under natural conditions, are pro-
duced whenever a brood is subjected to an unsuitable tempera-
ture at the beginning of the pupal stage, occurring indeed
with the second brood from unusual cold, and with the third
brood from unusual heat. As regards the seasonal forms of
Pieris napt it was shown that low temperature effects the
conversion of the summer form into the winter, only when
* Dr. E. Fischer, of Ztirich, has also carried out very extensive tem-
perature experiments on European Lepidoptera with most striking results,
which are mentioned by Weismann, Merrifield, and Standfuss. I have
not seen Dr. Fischer’s published accounts of his work, but I believe he
did not experiment with seasonally dimorphic species.
(size )
applied immediately after pupation ; while repeated experiments
with the variety bryoniw gave no sufficient support to Weis-
mann’s view (see above, p. 9) that this variety was the
original parent-form of napi.
It isin this memoir that Weismann first recognises fully
what he had formerly questioned, but had latterly* put forward
as probable, viz., that, besides the direct seasonal dimorph-
ism attributable to temperature, there also exists adaptive
seasonal dimorphism dependent on the indirect influence of
the varying environment according to the time of year. He
again cites the case of A. /evana itself as possibly exhibiting
in its prorsa-form mimicry of Limenitis, and suggests that the
seasonal forms of P. napi may be adapted on the underside to
the vegetation tints of spring and summer respectively. In
the case of the latter species he expresses the belief that
adaptive and direct seasonal dimorphism are combined, point-
ing out that the differences presented by the upperside may
perhaps be referred to the direct influence of temperature.
The possible adaptation of the green-and-white underside of
the dimorphic Anthocharis belia to the respective resting
-plants of each season is also indicated.
The poverty, however, of such instances among the season-
ally dimorphic species of the European butterfly-fauna is
manifest ; and itis thus satisfactory to find Weismann turn-
ing, in support of his view, to the numerous striking cases
(first brought to his notice in 1894 in a paper by Dr. G,
Brandes) of seasonal dimorphism occurring in tropical and
sub-tropical regions, among which were instances where one
seasonal form at least assumes a special protective colouring.
Hitherto all the cases investigated and experimented on,
whether in Europe or North America, had been found refer-
able to the influence of high and low temperatures, and
nobody seems to have suspected the occurrence of similar
seasonal variation in hot countries; but, as Mr. L. de
Nicéville, Mr. W. Doherty, and other observers have pointed
out, and as Weismann was apt to recognise, the alternation of
wet and dry seasons is as actively inciting an agent in the
* «© Aeussere Einfliisse als Entwickelungsreize,” 1894.
(Eb)
production of seasonal dimorphism in many parts of the
tropics, as that of hot and cold ones is in the temperate
latitudes.
I must confess that I shared in the prevalent erroneous
opinion that seasonal dimorphism was not to be looked for in
countries without summer and winter seasons of greatly
differing temperatures; and no doubt this was mainly due to
my never having resided for any length of time in a region
where the rainy season is the warmer and the dry one the
cooler. In the south-west of the Cape Colony, where I was
stationed, exactly opposite conditions prevail, and in the
rainy winter, scarcely a dozen species of butterflies appear,
and none of them presents any marked difference from the
dry summer specimens of the same species. I was thus
unprepared to attach due value to the suggestion, by my
friend, Mr. W. D. Gooch, as early as the year 1877, of the
occurrence of differing seasonal forms of butterflies in Natal,
or to the opinion to the same effect given by Mr. A. J. Spiller
in 1880 (‘‘ Entomologist,” vol. xiii, p. 3). I believe this
communication of Mr. Spiller’s to have been the first
published intimation of the apparent occurrence of seasonal
dimorphism in the warmer parts of the world ; and the four
cases which he specially notices (in the genera Anthocharis
[= Teracolus], Pieris, Mycalesis, and Hypanis) are un-
doubtedly true ones. Mr. Gooch (op. cit., pp. 226 and 273)
published his concurrence in the main with Mr. Spiller’s view,
but at the same time mentioned that, in the only two attempts
he made to test the matter, by rearing Zeracolus omphale and
Pieris severina, he found no difference between the winter and
summer broods, both belonging to the theoretical winter form
with reduced black markings.
It was in 1885 that Mr. L. de Nicéville, the well-known
authority on Indian butterflies; published* a notice of
apparent seasonal dimorphism in several species of Calcutta
Satyrine of the genera Mycalesis, Ypthima and Melanitis—the
wet-season form presenting distinct ocellated spots on the
* <¢ List of the Butterflies of Calcutta, etc.” (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
liv, plssaisps189.)
( Ixvii )
underside, and the dry-season form being without those
markings. He suggested as a possible explanation, that
while the conspicuously marked wet-season form is concealed
by the dense vegetation, the dry-season non-ocellated form
had in the scantily-clothed jungle found protection by the
gradual loss through natural selection of the conspicuous
markings. Mr. de Nicéville’s specimens illustrating his
paper were exhibited at a meeting of this Society in February,
1885, but his view did not meet with much acceptance among
the members present, nor was any alternative explanation of
the phenomenon brought forward. He was able, however, in
the following year to adduce proof of the correctness of his
theory in a memoir* giving details of the rearing of one
seasonal form from eggs laid by the other in four of the
seven cases named by him in his previous paper, viz. :—
Ypthima hiibneri and Y. howra ; Y. philomela and Y. marshallii ;
Mycalesis mineus and M. indistans; Melanitis leda and M.
ismene ; these pairs consisting respectively of the ocellated
wet-season form and non-ocellated dry-season form of each
species concerned.
Just previously to the latter notable record of Mr. de
Nicéville, Mr. W. Doherty had contributed to the same
Journal t his four years’ observation of seasonal variation
while collecting Indian butterflies. He brings to notice that,
speaking generally, there were ows broods annually in that
country, viz.: two in the wet season and two in the dry
season, and that, while there was no perceptible difference
between the two broods of the same season, there were often
very marked differences between the wet-season broods and
the dry-season ones. ‘These differences included size (the wet-
season form boing usually smaller), the angulation of the
wings, and the colouring and ocelli of the underside, and
were well illustrated by species of Junonia, Ypthima, Mycalesis,
* «On the Life-History of certain Calcutta Species of Satyrine, with
special reference to the Seasonal Dimorphism alleged to occur in them.”’
(Op. cit., lv, pl. ii, p. 229, 1886.)
7 ‘‘A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon,.” (Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, ly, pt ii, p. 107.)
Crilixvili=
and Melanitis. The author remarks that some countries
with wet climate do not yield any but wet-season forms,*
and conversely that some very dry countries produce only
dry-season ones, instancing the case of Junonia almana, the
dry-season form of which alone occurs in Scinde, while its
wet-season form (asterie) only is met with in Ceylon and
Singapore. He is of opinion that De Nicéville’s view is
strengthened by the fact that the dry-season forms are more
or less leaf-like both in shape and in the underside colouring,
while no such resemblance is manifested by the wet-season
ones, and argues that this points to the greater exposure to
danger in the dry season ; but he is inclined to think that the
eye-like underside markings in the wet season may serve as a
protection from the attacks of birds. It is singular that,
while this observant collector enumerates no fewer than
twenty-three species of Pierine in his “ List,’ he does not
seem to have noticed the occurrence of seasonal dimorphism
in the subfamily which is especially fertile in illustrations
of it.
In view of the satisfactory evidence afforded by De Nicé-
ville’s experiments with Indian Satyrine, I could no longer
doubt that many hitherto puzzling cases of variation among
African butterflies would find their solution in the same way,
especially as the dated specimens accessible all pointed to the
seasonal character of the varieties. I kept the question con-
stantly before my entomological correspondents in Natal and
the other warmer parts of South Africa, and was enabled by
their assistance to indicate, in 1889,+ various extremely
probable instances of a corresponding phenomenon among
African Satyrine and Pierine. Among a most interesting
collection made by Mr. A.W. Eriksson in tropical 8.-W. Africa,
* Mr. de Nicéville has recorded (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, pt. ii,
p. 362, 1895) that in N.E. Sumatra rain falls in every month of the year,
and it is rare for a week to pass without a shower, and that consequently
there are no dry-season forms of butterflies to be found there, with the
solitary exception of the dry-season form of Melanitis leda, which (as in
Java) prevails all the year round as commonly as the wet-season form.
+ ‘South-African Butterflies,” I1I, pp. 6, 7, 125,and 395 (1889).
( Ixix )
described by me in 1891,* I noted what appeared to be un-
doubted cases of seasonal dimorphism in species of Acreine,
Lycenide and Pierine ; and again, in cataloguing Mr. F. C.
Selous’s Manica butterflies in 1894,r I showed reason for
recognising the prevalence of the same kind of variation,
especially pointing out how in the case of Melanitis leda all
the dated South African examples went to confirm De Nice-
ville’s experience at Calcutta, and what strong similar ground
existed for considering the much-discussed variation in the
Nymphaline Hamanumida dedalus to be seasonal.
An important contribution to the elucidation of the subject
was made in 1894 by the late Capt. EK. Y. Watson in a paper
entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Synonymy of some Species of Indian
Pierine.” +
According to this experienced entomologist’s observations
some species—Terias hecabe, for instance—produce successive
broods (from four in the cooler to ten or twelve in the
warmer districts) throughout the year, and the last alone of
the wet-season or dry-season broods respectively yields off-
spring exhibiting the opposite seasonal form ; but it is at the
same time pointed out that “in some cases the eggs laid by
one female would produce more than one form, according to
the state of the atmosphere shortly before the emergence of
each individual, which is the period at which it would be
chiefly affected.” The author calis attention to the fact that
“in different parts of the Indian Region, the seasons vary to
a certain extent, so that it cannot be laid down that speci-
mens captured in any particular month will belong to any
particular form”; he defines, however, roughly the limits of
the rainy and dry seasons and states that “the very large
majority of specimens obtained during those periods will be
wet- and dry-season forms respectively.” Emphasis is laid
on another important point, viz., that the seasonally dimor-
phic species present numerous intermediate forms, and that
these intermediate forms themselves vary according to the
* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, pp. 59, 64, 85, 89, 96, 97, and 99.
+ Op. cit., 1894, pp. 14, 22, 29, 37, 64, and 67.
+ Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe., viii, p. 489 (1894).
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. v., 1898. FE
(@ ke<))
vegetation and rainfall, “so that the extreme of a rainy-
season form from a district where the rainfall is great and
the vegetation dense, is much more pronounced than the
extreme of a rainy-season form from a district with slight
rainfall and sparse vegetation ; and these differences are even
more marked in the dry-season forms.” The genera of
Pierine dealt with in this paper are Huphina, Appias, Ixias,
Terias, and Teracolus, and seasonal dimorphism is shown to
prevail largely in all of them, so that the author feels war-
ranted in materially reducing the number of hitherto ad-
mitted species, contending that many of these are palpably
founded on mere seasonal variations.
In 1895, I had the pleasure of receiving from a valued
friend and correspondent in Natal, Mr. Cecil N. Barker,
the MS. of an interesting paper he had drawn up, from
many years’ field observations, on the seasonal variation
of butterflies in that colony and the adjacent territories.
This paper, which was published the same year,* proceeds on
much the same lines as that of Capt. Watson’s just noticed,
but, instead of being confined to the Pierinz, traces the occur-
rence of the phenomenon throughout the suborder, indicat-
ing the following cases, viz., Acreinz 1 (in Acr@a) ; Satyrine
2 (in Mycalesis) ; Nymphaline 9 (1 each in Atella, Junonia,
Aypanis, Hamanumida and Charaxes, and 2 each in Precis
and Crenis); Lycenide 3 (in Lycena); and Pierine 20
(9 in Teracolus, 4 in Pieris, 3 each in FLronia and Terias, and
1 in Herpenia). In many of these thirty-five cases the
seasonal differences and the occurrence of intermediate
specimens about the change of season are carefully described ;
and several instances are recorded of the pairing of Pieris
gidica with P. abyssinica or with intermediate examples.
Mr. Barker’s observations were decidedly in support of my
own published opinion as to the seasonal dimorphism of
Hamanumida dedalus, Herpenia eriphia, Teracolus regina,
T. speciosus, Pieris pigea, P. gidica, Hronia cleodora, and
H. leda.
* « Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhopalocera in Natal.” (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 413.)
(CO Mest)
Mr. Barker’s paper was soon followed by one of equal
interest * contributed to our “Transactions ” by Mr. G. A. K.
Marshall, who has a most wide and intimate knowledge of
butterfly-life south of the Zambesi. Mr. Marshall, after ex-
pressing his concurrence with Mr. Barker’s opinions on the
subject, proceeds to criticise with justice Dr. A. G. Butler’s
rather random suggestion fT that in the Acreine the presence
of a broad apical black patch on the forewings indicates a
wet-season form, proving this idea to be wholly untenable, at
any rate in three of the five cases advanced by Dr. Butler.
He goes on to indicate the signs of seasonal variation in nine
species of Acrea, and notably in the Mashunaland 4, halali,
where both sexes vary strongly, and unlike the other known
cases in the genus, have the black spots larger in the dry-
season than in the wet-season form. To the numerous in-
stances given by Barker he adds two more in Mycalesis and
eight more in Precis. The latter are shown to offer a
beautiful series of gradations in dimorphism, from the four
species P. natalica, P. elgiva, P. tugela and P. artaxia, where
—in addition to larger size and more falcate forewings—the
. dry-season change is almost limited to the dull withered-leaf
colour and marking of the underside ; then to the two species
P. ceryne and P. archesia, where the upperside as well pre-
sents considerable alteration both in colour and marking ;
and finally, to the species P. stmia and P. octavia-natalensis,
where the suggested respective dry-season forms P. cwama
and P. sesumus present such extreme disparity in the aspect
of both upper and under sides as to render it almost incred-
ible that they can belong to the same species as the two wet-
season forms in question.
The actual rearing of the dry-season form of Terias zoe
from eggs laid by the latter, and its proving to be (as had
long been anticipated) the butterfly known as 7’. brigitta, is
recorded in this paper on the authority of that practised
collector and observer, my friend Mr. J. M. Hutchinson, of
* «Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in South-African Butterflies.”
(Op. cit., 1896, p. 551.)
+ Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1895, p. 519.
=
bo
(GQ ab-c-cnl )))
Estcourt in Natal ; and early in 1897, Mr. Marshall, writing
from that locality, informed me that he had succeeded in
rearing three specimens of Zeracolus auxo, a wet-season form,
from eggs laid by 7’. topha, a dry-season butterfly. In each
of these two Pierine cases the close relationship of the
seasonal forms was so manifest, that all the circumstances
of their occurrence led one to expect the species-identity
to be proved before very long; but it was otherwise in the
ease of Precis octavia-natalensis and P. sesamus, notwith-
standing the significant facts—very close resemblance in
both larvee and pupe, occasional pairing of the two forms,
and the existence of various intermediate examples—which
favoured a similar conclusion. Thus it was with no ordinary
interest that I received from Prof. Poulton Mr. Marshall’s
announcement, in a letter dated June, 1898, that in three
cases he had bred P. seswmus from the eggs laid by P.
octavia-natalensis, and that I saw the actual specimens of
parent and offspring in two of the three cases, which had
been sent to the Hope Department of the Oxford University
Museum. An excellent account by Mr. Marshall of what
he rightly describes as “the most remarkable instance of
seasonal variation as yet known” was published in July
last.* What makes the case so striking is not alone the very
great difference of the upperside—deep salmon-red with
black borders and spots in ociavia-natalensis, and violaceous-
blue streaked with black, and a continuous series of
salmon-red spots in sesamus—but that of the underside
also—almost the same as the upperside, but pinker in octavia-
natalensis, and very dark greenish-bronze with black
streaks in sesamus. Owing to the latter disparity nothing
could be more different than the appearance of the
two forms when at rest, octavia-natalensis being very con-
spicuous, while sesamus is well concealed ;7 and this wide
* See ‘‘Seasonal Dimorphism in Butterflies of the Genus Precis, Doub.”
(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 11, p. 30 (1898).)
+ The rarely-occurring intermediate examples, as I have pointed out
(South-Afr. Butt., i, pp. 230, 231, and 233 ; 1887), exhibit a complete
gradation as respects both upperside and underside.
( Ixxiii )
divergence is associated with the differing haunts and habits
of the two forms. Mr. Marshall seems inclined to the view
that the wet-season form octavia-natalensis is the older one,
and that the dry-season form sesamus, with its distinctly
protective underside, may be the result of greater persecution
—in the scarcity of insects of other orders—during that
season. On the other hand, he suggests the possibility of
the wet-season natalensis-form being in process of modification
in mimicry of the prevalent red black-spotted Acree of the
same region ; in which case sesamus would have to be taken
as the older form. I consider the latter to be more likely
than the former view, seeing how much less seswmus has
diverged than octavia-natalensis from the general pattern of
the genus Precis.*
A noteworthy fact in Mr. Marshall’s experience in this
case was that, while in the second instance recorded he
reared an example of sesamus from an egg laid by octavia-
natalensis, he also obtained, only five days later, from another
egg laid by the same mother, on the same day, a pure
octavia-natalensis. He expressly states that the two larve from
“which these amazingly different butterflies resulted were
reared from the egg under precisely similar conditions ; and
he adds that not a few similar instances had come under his
notice. This is sufficiently remarkable, but it by no means
exhibits the apparent extreme of variation among the off-
spring of one mother; for Mr. de Nicéville (in a letter
of 13th June last) assures me that in India “at the change
of the season, in one brood, from one batch of eggs laid by
one female, you sometimes get both seasonal forms and all
intermediate ones.”? Such cases, like those of more or less
* The only other species of Precis of the octavia pattern and colouring
is P. simia (considered by Mr. Marshall to be the wet-season form of the
dry-season P, cwama) and this species may possibly also be mimetic of the
Acree.
+ It would be of the very greatest service to these inquiries if such a
series as this, the offspring of one mother, could be preserved in its
entirety, together with a full record of all the conditions bearing on the
case. Mr. de Nicéville does not mention the actual species to which his
remark applies.
( lxxiv=§)
complete resistance to altered temperature, so frequent in
the experiments of Weismann and others, point very clearly
to the operation of some other factor than the degree of
humidity, or of temperature ; but it must be admitted that
we are as yet quite in obscurity as to its actual nature, and
that our investigations into seasonal dimorphism must be far
more systematically and thoroughly prosecuted before con-
clusions of a satisfactory character can be arrived at.
While the observations already on record, to which I
have drawn attention above, render it beyond question that
seasonal dimorphism is of world-wide prevalence, it is at the
same time surprising—considering the great and increasing
study devoted to exotic butterflies of late years—that so very
little is definitely known of the actual range and conditions of
its occurrence beyond European limits. So far as the Pale-
arctic Region is concerned we are indebted to Standfuss* for
a comprehensive list of the cases recognised, distinguish-
ing between those where the seasonal disparity 1s so marked
as to have led to the bestowal of distinct names on the
two forms, and those where the disparity is less and no
second name has been given. In the former category there
are 23 cases (17 in Butterflies and 6 in Moths), and in the
latter 15 (14 in Butterflies and 1 in Moths), making in all 38
cases, viz., 31 in Butterflies and 7 in Moths. The butter-
flies comprised in the more marked category include | case
in Satyrine, 2 cases in Nymphaline, 5 in Lycenide, 6 in
Pierine, and 3 in Papilionine; while those in the less
marked category are three cases in Satyrine, 3 in
Nymphaline, 3 in Lycenide, and 5 in Pierine, so that
taking the totals of both categories in their order of
numerical importance we have 11 cases in Pierinew, 8 in
Lycenide, 5 in Nymphaline, 4 in Satyrine, and 3 in Papilion-
ine. The moths are all ranked in the more marked category
with the exception of a Liparid (Dasychira abietis); they
are two in the Bombycide and four Geometers. The number
of known cases in the Palearctic Region thus appears to be very
* © Handbuch der Paliarktischen Gross-Schmetterlinge fiir Forscher
und Sammler,” Ed. 1896, p. 229.
( Ixxv )
small, when contrasted with the very large number of species
of the groups to which they belong ascertained to inhabit
the Region; but it may be observed that a considerable
proportion of them must be of greatly extended occurrence
and very ancient standing, Pryer* noting no fewer than six
of them in Japan (besides three additional cases in local
species); and Dr. A. Fritze + further recording in the same
country the case of Araschnia levana (var. burejana),.
When we turn tothe great tropical and subtropical Regions,
where butterfly life finds its fullest and most varied develop-
ment, it is almost disheartening to find how extremely little
has been done in the observation of this apparently prominent
feature of seasonal variation. With the exception of India
in the Oriental Region, and South Africa in the Ethiopian
Region, none of the hot or warmer countries have hitherto
received the slightest investigation as regards this particular
subject of biological inquiry. I can find no record of any
observations in East or West Africa, in Australia, or in
Central and South America. Feeling especially the deplore
able lack of information from that paradise of butterflies, the
Neotropical Region, I consulted Dr. F. A. Dixey with the
view of ascertaiming whether the Pierinee—the group which he
has made so emphatically his own, and which in the Old
World has yielded more cases of seasonal dimorphism than
any other—offered any instances of the kind in Central or
South America. He most obligingly brought together, in
the Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum,
a series of Neotropical species of Callidryas, all of which
included forms corresponding in character with the seasonal]
varieties occurring among their Old-World congeners and
allies, viz., a larger form, of deep or rich colouring with the
underside freckling and markings strongly expressed; a
smaller form, of paler colouring, with the underside freckling
* “ Rhopalocera Nihonica: a Description of the Butterflies of Japan,”
1886-88. The species named are Papilio machaon, P. xuthus, Pieris napi,
Colias hyale, Vanessa C.-album, and Polyommatus phleas.
+ Zool. Anzeiger, 1890, p. 12. Transl. in Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
6), v, p. 200 (1890).
(Gy besa)
and markings very faint or altogether absent ; and, in addi-
tion to these, specimens holding an intermediate position be-
tween them as regards the characters mentioned. Dr. Dixey
exhibited this series (with some additions and substitutions)
at the Society’s meeting on December 7th, and explained
that, in order to meet the possible objection that the varia-
tions in question pointed to local forms, he had been careful
in the case of each species to select examples from the same
locality. The species concerned were C. vurina (Mexico), C.
neocypris (South Paraguay), C. argante (Brazil), C. agarithe
(Mexico), C. senne (Guatemala and Brazil), and C. philea
(Guatemala). There was no sufficient evidence as to the
seasons of appearance of these variations, only seven examples
(four C. argante and three C. senne) in the whole series
bearing dates of capture; but the nature of them, and the
parallelism with which they were displayed by each of the
six species, were such as to leave little doubt of their being
seasonal.
I am further indebted to Dr. Dixey for the first indication
of the occurrence of seasonal dimorphism in Australia, afforded
by the Old-World section (Catopsilia) of the same genus Ca/l-
lidryas. In one species, C. gorgophone, from Melville Island
and Queensland, gradations are found quite in correspondence
with those observed in both Indian and Neotropical - species ;
and the same phases are even more completely illustrated in
a fine series of Brisbane examples of the well-known Oriental
C. crocale, which lends some probability to Dr. Dixey’s sus-
picion that C. crocale and C. pomona (including C. catilla)
will prove to be seasonal forms of one species.*
In bringing to a close this attempt to give a general survey
of what has been published on the subject, 1 purposely abstain
* ©. crocale is an extremely variable and very widely distributed
butterfly. Mr. de Nicéville (‘‘Gazetteer of Sikkim,” 1894, p. 166 ; and
‘¢ Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,” lxiv, ii, p. 490, 1895) considers that C.
catilla cannot be held a distinct species from C. crocale, all the supposed
distinctive characters proving quite inconstant, and breaking down when
large numbers of specimens are compared. But he does not think seasonal
dimorphism comes into play here, ‘‘ the innumerable varieties which are
found in both sexes occurring at all times.”
(| ixxvne )
from indulging in any speculative disquisition on my own part,
because, however attractive to myself such a course might be,
I very much doubt if, in the present very restricted bounds
of our knowledge, it would prove of any service to the
Society. To generalise or to speculate to any good purpose
demands a considerable body of well-ascertained fact as a
basis, and this—as my remarks have shown—is precisely what
is wanting in the present instance, notwithstanding the
labours of the entomologists of distinction to whom reference
has been made. ° While fully recognising that the artificial-
temperature experiments noted above have been designed and
conducted with a skill and thoroughness truly admirable so
far as certain species of Palearctic and Nearctic Lepidoptera are
concerned, it cannot at the same time be denied that even in
Europe very little has been done to ascertain all the natural
conditions under which seasonal dimorphism occurs, or to
what extent it is adaptive to the environment; and when
we turn to the wide tropical and subtropical regions, it 1s
obvious that we stand upon merely the threshold of inquiry.
We have, indeed, from these regions—thanks to such capable
observers as De Nicéville and Marshall—some valid experi-
mental evidence to guide us, but this must be very greatly
added to, and the life-history of the dimorphic species. be
worked out from many different directions, before we can
hope to approach to a clear comprehension of the complex
problem now presented by the extraordinarily impressionable
and mutable lepidopterous organism. In studying the cases
under notice, it is impossible not to recognise that the most
diverse influences are at work,—indications of protective and
mimetic adaptation, and of sexual selection as well, being com-
bined or contrasted with the effects of varying temperatures
and degrees of atmospheric humidity, and with distinct ten-
dencies in the direction of reversion to ancestral characters.
The investigation is one to tax the insight and resource of
the ablest and most zealous naturalists, and demands unre-
mitting and most exact observation and record, with carefully
controlled breeding from the ova for many successive genera-
tions, during a considerable series of years. I am as fully
persuaded now as I was on the occasion of my last year’s
( Ixxvii )
Address, that such researches as these can never be satisfac-
torily prosecuted, and still less brought to any interpretation
of permanent scientific value, without the establishment in
tropical countries of fitly equipped Biological Stations for the
special observation and study, under as natural conditions as
possible, of the surrounding terrestrial fauna. It is unneces-
sary to dwell upon the manifest advantages attendant on
well-directed work pursued steadily and continuously in such
a zoological observatory, planted in the very midst of the
abounding forms of tropical life, or to do more than mention
the exceptionally favourable opportunities for discovery that
would thus be afforded. In conclusion, therefore, I will simply
express my firm conviction that from a few well organised
stations of this kind, on carefully chosen sites in the four
great tropical regions, Science would gain more in ten years
than from the casual and incomplete observations of ordinary
collectors and travellers for the next half century.
(Se ixiscer:)
LN) Eh Xe
Notrt.—Where the name only of the {Genus or Species is mentioned, the
description will be found on the page referred to.
The Arabic figures refer ‘to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman
numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings,
New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will be
found in detail, but in faunistic papers the contents are arranged
generically under the headings of those papers.
The President’s Address is not separately indexed.
Page Page
GENERAL) SUBJECTS) jc. cesescesse se] SIR] EREMIEPTER AS eee tenet esteceenees -7-L XXCKAT
@OMEOPTERAW sce) cet scasceecter creme EE IGEPIDOPTERIAY sreseaceteeteres see XXKOT
DIPTERA] sostscvesccsmsciccess eocee eX XG NEUROPTERA ...... ......0.+-+-s-IXXXVIl
ORTHOPTERA:s.:essedtessecesees Ixxxviii
_—_——————————
GENERAL SUBJECTS.
Aberrant forms of British Lepidoptera, exhibited, xix.
Abnormality in Zygena exulans, exhibited, iv.
Altai Mountains, account of journey to and lepidopterous fauna of
(H. J. Elwes), xxxvii.
Annual Meeting, xliv.
Autograph Letters, ete., belonging to the Society, exhibited, xv.
Balance Sheet, xlviii.
Biological chart of British Isles, exhibited, xxi.
Buprestid larva, dormant, in wood, exhibited, xxxiv.
Burnished golden beetles, exhibited and discussed, xx.
Dyscritina, further notes on (E. E. Green), 381.—Appendix on the Species of,
reared by Mr. Green (M. Burr), 387.—exhibition of, and discussion on, xv.
Electric light, Lepidoptera taken at, from Zermatt, exhibited, xxxix.
Erebia, papers, exhibitions and discussion on the genus, v.
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera, On the (G. C. Griffiths), 121.
Great Britain, Acridium xgyptium, introduced into, exhibited, xiii, xiv.—
San José scale in, discussion on the alleged occurrence of, xiii.
Hybridisation of Tephrosia bistortata and T, crepuscularia (J. W. Tutt), 17.
OM Eeee))
Hyeres, diptera from, exhibited, xvii.
Insect-injury, of Caryoborus, sp. to seeds of Attalea funifera, exhibition,
xxxv.—of Scolytidee to various oriental plants, 428,
Melanic forms of Arctia lubricipeda, exhibited, xxix.
Mites attacking dried insects, i.
Norway, butterflies from, exhibited and discussed, x].
President’s Address, xlix.
Protective colouring of pups of Papilio machaon, P. podalirius, Pieris
brassicae, P. napt, exhibitions and discussion, xxx.
Seasonal dimorphism in Belcnois (A. G. Butler), 431.—in Precis octavia and
P. sesamus, exhibition and discussion, xxiv.—in neotropical Pierinz,
exhibition and account of, xxxix. (See also President’s Address.)
Stainton library, bequest of books from, xxil.
Temperature experiments, results of, exhibited, iii—on lepidopterous pupe,
results of, exhibited, xxxiv.
Varietal races of Lepidoptera, bred, exhibited and discussed :—)
Eupterote chinensis, n. s., 274.
Euschemon rafflesiv, referred to, 124.
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera, On the (G. C. Griffiths), 121.
Givira pulverosa, 1. s., 260.
Hemerophila abruptaria, varieties of, exhibited and described, ii.
Herimba flavilinea, n. s.,359.—nigropuncta n. s., 348.
Herpa ochvacea, n. s., 340.
Heterogyna penella, Some remarks on (T. A. Chapman), 141.
Hydrilla palustris @ , from Carlisle, exhibited, iv.
Llliberis consimilis, n. s., 334.—ochracea, n. s., 335.
Inguva canofusa, n. s., 249,
Lolaus alienus, n. s.. 10.
Leucodrepana? lineata, n. s., 364.—L. quinquelineata, n. s., 364.
Lophopteryx umbrosa, n. s., 313.
Lozopera beatricella and allied species, exhibited, xxviii.
Lycexna gigantea, vu. s., 4.
Mechanitis equicolortdes, n. s., 109.—sylvanoides, n. s., 110,
Melinxa crameri, egesta, macaria, n. spp, 107.
Melitwa artemis, aberrant form of, exhibited, xix.
Methona psamathe, n. s., 108.
Mimacrea marshalli, n.s., 13.
M. charmian, referred to, 13.
Nemeophila plantaginis, aberrant forms of, exhibited, xix.
Neoselca, n. g., 244.
Nodaria griseirena, a. 8., 255.
(Eneis gutta, from Norway, exhibited, xli.
Orthocraspedia bistrigata, n. s., 259.
Papilio machaon, protective colouring of pup of, exhibition and discussion,
xxx.—of P. podalirius, xxxii. P. mikado, exhibited, iv.
Pararge egeria, bred varieties of, exhibited and discussed, xxxv.
Phatera alpheraky?, vn. s., 299.
Pheia daphnexa, n. s.. 241.
Phigalia pilosaria, aberrant form of, exhibited, xx.
Phrissura narcissus, 0. S., 136.—perlucens, n. s., 136.
Pidorus fasciatus, n. s., 339.
Pierine, African, On some new species of (A. G. Butler), 431 ;—seasonal
dimorphism in Neotropical, exhibition and account of in genera Calli-
dryas, Parura, Phebis (¥F, A. Dixey), xxxix.
Pieris brassice, protective colouring of pup of, exhibition and discussion,
xxxll.—of P. napi, xxx. P. napi, var. hryonix, referred to, xxxviii.
Porthesia chrysorrhea, winter nests of, exhibited, xxxiv.
Precis octavia, var. natalensis, and P. sesamus, exhibited and discussed (KE. B.-
Poulton), xxiv.
Pseudcraspedia melanosticta, nu. 8., 256.
Ptychoglene xanthopleura, nu. s., 248.
Pydna frugalis, a. s., 302.—insignis, n. s., 301.
Pyrgus delagox, nu. s., 15.
Retina rubiginosa, n. s., 338.
Rhodoneura parallelina, n. s., 377.
( lexxvii )
Rondotia lineata, n. s., 272.
Sericophora? brunnea, un. s., 375.
Spraguevia canofusa, n. 8., 247.
Stauvropus comatus, nv. s., 122.
Stictoptera tumidicosta, n. s., 249.
Striglina suffusa, n. 8., 374.
Teniocampa gothica, bred forms of, exhibited, xxix.
Tarachidia, un. g., 248.—T. flavibasis, n. 8., 248.—holophea, n. s., 248.
Teldenia inconspicua, n. s., 363.—sericea, Nn. 8., 363.
Temperature experiments, results of, described and exhibited, on Colias edusa,
Euchloe cardamines, Melitwa aurinia, Papilio machaon, xxxiv.
Tephrosia bistortata and T. crepuscularia, Experiments in hybridising (J. W.
Tutt), 17.
Tithorea, new species :—flacilla, 105.—furina, 105.—hermias, 106.—parola, 106.
Thyridia colombiana, n. s., 108.—pallida, n. s., 109.
Uzucha humeralis, habits described, xi.
Vanessa C-album, aberration of, exhibited, xix. V. urticw, from Norway,
exhibited, xli.—var. ichnusa, referred to, xxi.—var. polaris, referred
to, xli.
Wigtoushire, Lepidoptera from, exhibited, xxiii.
Xyloryctine, exhibition and account of (Lord Walsingham), viii.
Zermatt, Lepidoptera taken at electric light at, exhibited, xxxix.
Zonosoma annulata, series of, with aberrant forms, exhibited, xxiii.
Zygxna exulans, abnormality of, exhibited, iv.—from Finmark, exhibited,
XXXV.
NEUROPTERA.
Algeria, Neuroptera-Planipennia collected in (R. McLachlan), 151. Species
of the following families and genera referred to:—Ascalaphide, 159.—
Ascalaphus, 161.—Berotha, 162.—Bubopsis (Bubo), 159.—Chrysopa, Chiry-
sopidxe, 165.—Creagris, 154.—Gymnocnemia, 153.—Halter, 161.—Hemero-
biidw, 162.—Hemerobius, 164.—Macronemurus, 155.—Megalomus, 165.—
Micromus, 164.—Myrmecelurus, 154.—Myrmeleon, 156.—Myrmeleonidx,
151.—Nemopteridex, 161.—Neurorthus,163.—Nothochrysa, 165.—Osmylide,,
162.— Palpares, 151.—Sisyra, 162.
Berotha eatoni, n. s., 162.
Bubo hamatus, referred to, 160.
Bubopsis, n. n. for Bubo, 159. B. eatoni, n. s., 159.—gravidus, n. s., 160.
Chrysopa caviceps, n. 8.,165.—mutata, n.8.?, 167.
Creagris plumbeus, referred to, 154.
Macronemurus elegantulus, n. 8., 155.
Mucropalpus parvulus, referred to, 164.
Myrmecelurus atrox, referred to, 154.
Myrmeleon microstenus, n. 8., 157.—distinguendus, 157.—oulianin?, 156, re-
ferred to.
Neurorthus fallax, referred to, 163.
Palpares angustus, 0. 8., 152.—id., var. oranensis, nov., 153.
Tetracanthagyna, Considerations on the genus (R. McLachlan), 489. 7,
brunnea, n. 8., 442.—degors?, 443.—plagiata, 442.—vittata, n.s., 440.—
waterhouse?, n. s., 4433 species exhibited, xxxix.
( lxxxviii )
ORTHOPTERA.
Acridium xyyptium, imported, exhibited, xiii, xiv.
Acrotylus versicolor, n. s., 50.
Diplatys, imago of Dyscritina (q. v.), 387, Xv, Xvi.
Dyscritina, Further notes on (E. E. Green), 381 ;—Appendix on the species
of, reared by Mr. Green (M. Burr), 387. D. (Diplatys) longisetosa, 388,
referred to, 381—387.—nigriceps, 389, referred to (as n. sp.), 383. Speci-
mens exhibited and discussed, xv.
Eumastacide, species of, exhibited, iv.
Nemobius saussurvet, 0. s., 52.
Rumanian Orthoptera, List of (M. Burr), 48. Species belonging to the
following tribes and families enumerated and referred to:—
New African Butterfhes.
i sane +4 i ' o , ie
a i 1 art ay ;
rh ; i
an ' ff : =
‘ ‘ ’ ht
fi
iL a és i <> ,
« i ‘i i
t .
~% i 1 4 a
f «
, ier ‘ x
i Y ‘ RY |: ! : -_ e
. - ‘f ;
a bog i ' a .
: Y oe me
; ; : ee
: iy - ' 7 a
t at i
‘ Ty .
7 a
a a fh
' v y
‘ : : :
,™ a
‘
4 wi
Pa
Bie Wyre xt
“v
me 4)
a> =
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II,
Mlustrating Mr. G. C, Champion’s “ Notes on American and other
Tingitide.”
Fic. 1, la Dolichocysta venusta, gen. et sp. n.
2 Corythucha fuscomaculata, Stal.
w
, 38a Stephanitis mitrata, Stal.
4 Leptobyrsa steini, Stal.
5 Gargaphia trichoptera, Stal.
fon
, 6a Pachycysta diaphana, gen. et sp. n.
~I
, Ta Leptostyla furcata, Stal.
8 Leptopharsa elegantula, Stal.
9 Leptodictya fuscocincta, Stal.
10, 10a Leptocysta sexnebulosa, Stal.
11, lla Spherocysta globifera, Stal.
12 Amblystira pallipes, Stal.
’
+
. sj
74
aa
Trans Lint Soc. Lond 1898 Pl. Hf.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
Illustrating Mr. G. C. Champion’s “‘ Notes on American and other
Tingitide.”
Fie. 1. Tigava pulchella, Stal.
2. Teleonemia (Amaurosterphus) morio, Stal.
3. 5 aterrima, Stal.
4, +5 validicornis, Stal.
5: 7 luctuosa, Stal.
6. 3 proliza, Stal.
if FF longicornis, sp. n.
8. a belfragii, Stal.
op brevipennis, sp. N.
10. - (Americia) limbata, Stal.
11. Monanthia loricata, Dist.
12. 3 parmata, Dist.
Ie
on
-
nt.soc. Lond 1898 Ft
FOTOS LS
yy
Cc
on. Cambridg
Wils
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
Illustrating Mr. G, C. Griffiths’s paper “On the Frenulum of the
Lepidoptera.”
Fic, 1. Frenulum of Protoparce convolvuli, ¢.
‘ Sphinx ligustri, 9.
. Spinulee of Protoparce cingulata, Q .
. Spinulee of Smerinthus populi, 9°.
2
3
4. Abortive spina of Smerinthus populi, 3.
5
6. Spina of Protoparce cingulata, g.
7
. Frenulum of Composia olympia, ?.
8 5 Arctia sp., 3 (Florida).
9. 53 Callimorphia virgo, 9.
10. a Zygena ephialtes, 2.
11 + Drepana unguicula, g.
12. + Tanagra chexrophyllata, 2.
13: <5 Castnia licus, &.
14. a Euschemon rafflesix, &.
15. Spinulee of Sesia tipuliformis, ° .
16. Frenulum of Cataclysta lemnalis, ¢.
m = median nervure of forewing ; c = costa of hindwing.
4
t
Trans. Lint. Soc. Lona. 1898. Pl. IV
West, Newman lith.
The Frenulum of Lepidoptera.
Trans. int. Soc. Lord. 1898. Pl. V.
BRREBIA. West, Newman hth.
ae Ligea. 2,Euryale. 3, Cecilia. 4, Vicleri.
Trans. Ent. Sec. Lond. 1898. Pl. Vi
ee 6f 6g
EREBIA. West, Newman hth.
5, Manto. 6, Eriphyle.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pu. VI.
pp :
West, Near hth.
ERE BIA.
7, Epiphron. 8, Pharte. 9, Melampus.
Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond, 1898. Pl. Vi
asd ont NX
SEES
Se
i West, Newman hth.
EREBIA.
10, Arete. 11, Christi. 12, Kefersteim. 18, Flavofasciata.
‘ . ’
; ‘4
. . :
@ 1 -
. ; '
: " ‘i
i}
- " iJ
,
= af x
: c -
= 2s -
7 >
, . é
j
7 hoy 7 j
, :
5 \
; “, e : : oy
1 :
7. ‘ H
“ y Y, i}
. ii
1 ; r
.
7 ’
x
7
Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond. 1898. PU. IX.
EREBIA. West, Newman lith
14,Ceto. 15, Meaurisius. 16, Pawlowskyt. 17, Aithiops.
————
4 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pu. X
EREBIA. “/ 33a
West, Newman lth
17, Atthiops. 18,Alcemena. 19,Mnestra. 20, Gorgone.
al, Gorge. 22,Glacialis. a3, Ottomane.
aed
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. PU.XI.
Q4b - 2ac
24a
meee: \ / 28d pf
as s) . | \ a
= pee nie : wa Fy Ii
‘“EREBIA. on ;
: ; est, Newman lth,
24,Tyndarus. 425, Epistygne. 26, Neoridas.
27, Zapateri. 28, Pronoe.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pv. XI
; aoe Ps + b/ d\] ; P
y i : ( ‘ ui ,\ i!
He z= = \ Lf =z
ae ; aS it
oN, gee he 32a { a
I) a eee
326 ; 32¢
EHREBIA. West, Newman hth
ao: Serpio. 30, Lefebvr ei. 31, Nerme. 32, Goante.
mn
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. J898.Pu. XU
ERE BIA ane
33, Stygne. 34, Came. 35, Lappona. 36, Evias.
37,Rossii. 38, Embla. 39, Cyclopius.
West, Newman lith.
Trans. Lint. Soc. Lond. 1898, Pl. XIV.
EREBIA.
West,Newaman lth.
40, Disa. 41,Medusa. 42,Hewitsomi. 43, Kpipsodea.
4.4,Meta. 45,ac. Sibo. 45,d-9. Ocnus.
Trams. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1898. Pu. XV.
)
—— ee)
NS : M—_ Se }
SQ \ SS |
46a See wi . \\ /
46b 4] :
SS pa
aD ee Se
oe nt at LS]
52¢ 52a
ERE BIA.
West Newman hth.
46,Kalmuka. 47,Radians. 48, Turanica. 49, Edda.
50, Tristis. 51, Dabanensis. 51* Tundra. 52, Discoidalis.
Trams. Lint. Soc. Lond. 1898.PU. XVI.
546
596 60a 0b
BREBIA. West Newman hth.
_53,Fasciata. 54,Parmemo, 55,Afra. 56, Myops.
57, Maracandica. 58,Jordana. 59,Hades. 60,Herse.
porn
Sat ie
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Illustrating Sir George F. Hampson’s paper on “‘The Moths of the
Lesser Antilles.”
Figs. 1, 15. Ptychoglene xcanthopleura.
2. Caradrina tristicta.
3. Tarachidia flavibasis.
4. Spragueia canofusa.
5. Stictoptera tumidicosta.
6. Pseudcraspedia melanosticta.
7. Baniana veluticollis.
8. Cisthene metoxia.
9. Eublemma rosescens.
10. Catephia scriptura.
11, Duomitus punctifer.
12. Givira pulverosa.
13. Nodaria grisevrena.
14. Drepanopalpia polyeyma.
16. Ingura canofusa,
17. Tarachidia holophea.
18. Chusaris bisinuata.
19. Capnodes distacta.
20. Ditrogoptera trilineata.
21. Orthocraspeda bistrigata.
bh ane Ata i a Ay
i ui
ae +a at )
Piatra ay: anh ‘SY
y a NAVE
i
T rz Cc a yay po Tr
Frans. int, Soc. Lond. 1898 Pl. XVI.
West, Newman chromo
.
we
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
Illustrating Mr. E, Ernest Green’s “Further Notes on Dyseritina,
Westw.”, and Mr, M. Burr’s Appendix thereto.
Diplatys (Dyscritina) nigriceps, Kirby.
Fic. 1. Penultimate stage, after loss of caudal appendages.
2, Fully grown larva.
3. Adult female.
Diplatys (Dyscritina) longisetosa, Westw.
Fic, 4. Fully grown larva.
5, Adult female.
16, Part of caudal appendage of larva.
tite ath, on
Pere ith Uae sia
a te
| a
re ey
Th. Bannwarth, lith. et imp.Vienna,
E.E.Green del
ise
K
5)
UL
FORMATI(
RANS
AU:
AWSU
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Illustrating Mr. E. Ernest Green’s “ Further Notes on Dyscritina,
Westw.”, and Mr. M. Burr’s Appendix thereto.
Diplatys (Dyseritina) nigriceps, Kirby.
Fie. 6. Adult male with expanded wings.
7. Extremity of labial palpus, showing tactile organ.
8. Pygidium and forceps of adult female.
_
or
.
Part of caudal appendage of larva.
Diplatys (Dyscritina) longisetosa, Westw.
Fic. 9. Pygidium and forceps of adult female.
10. First abdominal segment of larva, showing the dorsal
glandular folds.
11. Caudal appendages of penultimate stage, shortly be-
fore the final change.
12. Part of antenna of adult female, showing auditory (?)
organs.
13. Terminal joint of larval antenna (after treatment
with potash).
14. Posterior tarsus of adult female.
hae
vee? ; wa oy an
ne 4 ie
fait, ann *
a its - oo
> rie ire var ne
atte en rey Lo
a avg
ile
Pai hs AN
eT ne we =
ue Ya Kim ie fim mut tat
a uni iste A) ath vi “ fi ny Das Wins ‘| hie nd
| if vf pas Nh iinet 2 _
ip tb
aital, mun M, “nt iy 7
: er sale
% Oy 7 t) :
Bee ue) ae 7 AN AE ik *T
om ae kee i
i
Ae hts ite Aunts ul
RN) r Li
%
*
a
-
q
]
Th. Bannwarth, ith et imp.Vienna.
E.E.Green del.
THE TRANSFORMATIONS OF DYSCRITINA (DIPLATYS).
ay |
ey it
I
Oe Ta i
ee
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
UA TU UN
a
a
P a ‘
ha
we me
s
Pe as
pa? Sree
y F 7 t S r : &
us “*£ $ ' } oe Ps sere
» rt rr 4 ’ : ' were s.
io ; i ey i _ z i 7 ‘. a ‘ " ce ‘ ») ‘i " Se date 2 i "3 ERIE wx
_ aassermine = pete ke TES SAE ETE GRO UR™ PF LO PPT PE PEE TOS IN PONE FRO IRL IP NF i Sar ‘ . FSR i arb eit ae ese Heth ASEH woe oven
isonet Soe - : - t Koper )odns aoa ae SOR One pty Pipe Me FD PASS INE EL BCE BIS ESTER EE Be RR TEI POR kk . Ea ae ass a ae Bea eS BE Re ia a
Sti Ninn 5e ASHE
-
\
mt.
A
iB